1001 Mitsubishi Lancer Evo IX.

TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)

22A-53
Code No.51 Longitudinal G-sensor system (open circuit or short circuit)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU 4WD-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue W : White Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown O : Orange GR : Gray R : Red P : Pink V : Violet
G-sensor (longitudinal) system circuit <LH drive vehicles>
22A-54
OPERATION
The 4WD-ECU receives the acceleration level in the
forward/reverse direction of the vehicle from the lon-
gitudinal G-sensor.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS
Code No.51 is set when the output signal of the lon-
gitudinal G-sensor is less than 0.5 V or above 4.5 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the longitudinal G-sensor
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Malfunction of the ABS-ECU
Malfunction of the 4WD-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III data list
Item 14: Longitudinal G-sensor voltage (Refer to data
list reference table P.22A-142).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-5).
NO : Go to Step 2.
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU 4WD-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
Wire colour code
G-sensor (longitudinal) system circuit <RH drive vehicles>
22A-55
STEP 2. Measure the voltage at longitudinal
G-sensor connector D-38.
(1) Disconnect the longitudinal G-sensor connector,
and measure the voltage between terminal No.1
and earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-211, C-214 J/B
connector, D-38 longitudinal G-sensor connector.
Check for the contact with terminals.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
AC310448AW
Connector: C-211, C-214 <LH drive vehicles>
Junction block (front view)
C-214
C-211
C-211
C-214
AC310458AS
Connector: C-211,
C-214 <RH drive vehicles>
C-214
C-211
C-214
C-211
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-56
STEP 4. Check the harness between J/B
connector C-214 terminal No.26 and longitudinal
G-sensor connector D-38 terminal No.1.
Check the power supply line for short or open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 5. Replace the longitudinal G-sensor and
then recheck the diagnosis code.
(1) Replace the longitudinal G-sensor.
(2) Test drive the vehicle.
(3) Check the diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : The inspection is complete.
NO : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
STEP 7. Measure the resistance at longitudinal
Disconnect the longitudinal G-sensor connector, and
measure the resistance between terminal No.3 and
earth.
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Go to Step 8.
AC310448AU
Connector: C-214 <LH drive vehicles>
Junction block side
C-214
AC310458AO
Connector: C-214
<RH drive vehicles>
Junction
block side
C-214
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-57
STEP 8. Connector check: B-118 ABS-ECU
connector, C-124 intermediate connector, D-38
longitudinal G-sensor connector <LH drive
vehicles> or B-118 ABS-ECU connector, C-122
intermediate connector, D-38 longitudinal
G-sensor connector <RH drive vehicles>.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311015AB
C-124
AC311016AE
Connector: C-122 <RH drive vehicles>
C-122 (L)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-58
STEP 9. Check the harness between ABS-ECU
connector B-118 terminal No.15 and longitudinal
Check the earth line for open circuit.
STEP 10. Replace the longitudinal G-sensor and
then recheck the diagnosis code.
(1) Replace the longitudinal G-sensor.
NO : Refer to GROUP 35B Inspection Chart for
Diagnosis Code P.35B-9.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-59
and connect special tool harness set (MB991348)
between the disconnected connectors.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal No.2 and
earth.
OK:
When vehicle is stationary (level): 2.4 2.6
V
When vehicle is being driven: 3.4 3.6 V
NO : Replace the G-sensor.
AC103662AL
MB991348
Connector: D-38
(Harness side)
Label
Label
22A-60
STEP 13. Connectors check: B-118 ABS-ECU
connector, C-25 4WD-ECU connector, C-122
G-sensor connector.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AE
C-122 (L)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-61
STEP 14. Check the harness between 4WD-ECU
Check the output line for short or open circuit.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-62
Check the output line for short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 6.
Code No.52 Longitudinal G-sensor system (abnormal sensor)
G-SENSOR (LONGITUDINAL) SYSTEM
CIRCUIT
Refer to P.22A-53.
OPERATION
Refer to P.22A-53.
Code No.52 is set when the G-sensor has exceeded
the specified value in a state where the ABS and
brake are not operating above the vehicle speed of
10 km/h.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the longitudinal G-sensor
DIAGNOSIS
NO : Go to Step 2.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-63
and connect special tool harness set (MB991348)
earth.
OK:
V
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at 4WD-ECU
connector C-25.
(2) Measure the voltage between 4WD-ECU
connector C-25 terminal No.23 and earth.
OK: 2.4 2.6 V (when the vehicle is in
horizontal state)
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 6.
AC103662AL
MB991348
Connector: D-38
(Harness side)
Label
Label
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-64
STEP 4. Connector check: C-25 4WD-ECU
connector.
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-65
G-sensor connector.
YES : Go to Step 7.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AE
C-122 (L)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-66
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-67
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-38 (B)
AB
Connector: D-38
<RH drive vehicles>
D-38 (B)
22A-68
Code No.56 Lateral G-sensor system (open circuit or short circuit)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU 4WD-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
Wire colour code
G-sensor (lateral) system circuit <LH drive vehicles>
22A-69
OPERATION
The 4WD-ECU receives the acceleration level of the
vehicle in the right/left direction from the lateral G
sensor.
Code No.56 is set when the output signal of the lat-
eral G sensor is below 0.5 V or above 4.5 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the lateral G-sensor
Malfunction of the ABS-EC
DIAGNOSIS
Item 15: Lateral G-sensor voltage (Refer to data list
reference table P.22A-142).
NO : Go to Step 2.
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ABS-ECU 4WD-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
Wire colour code
G-sensor (lateral) system circuit <RH drive vehicles>
22A-70
STEP 2. Measure the voltage at lateral G-sensor
connector D-37.
(1) Disconnect the lateral G-sensor connector, and
measure the voltage between terminal No.1 and
earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-211, C-214 J/B
connector, D-37 lateral G-sensor connector.
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
AC310448AW
C-214
C-211
C-211
C-214
AC310458AS
Connector: C-211,
C-214
C-211
C-214
C-211
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-71
STEP 4. Check the harness between J/B
connector C-214 terminal No.26 and lateral
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Replace the lateral G-sensor and then
recheck the diagnosis code.
(1) Replace the lateral G-sensor.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 7. Measure the resistance at lateral
Disconnect the lateral G-sensor connector, and
earth.
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 8.
AC310448AU
Junction block side
C-214
AC310458AO
Connector: C-214
<RH drive vehicles>
Junction
block side
C-214
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-72
STEP 8. Connector check: B-118 ABS-ECU
lateral G-sensor connector.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AE
C-122 (L)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-73
connector B-118 terminal No.24 and lateral
STEP 10. Replace the lateral G-sensor and then
recheck the diagnosis code.
(1) Replace the lateral G-sensor.
NO : Refer to GROUP 35B Inspection Chart for
Diagnosis Code P.35B-9.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-74
connector D-37.
connect special tool harness set (MB991348)
earth.
OK:
V
AC103662AM
MB991348
Connector: D-37
(Harness side)
Label
Label
22A-75
intermediate connector, D-37 lateral G-sensor
connector.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AE
C-122 (L)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-76
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-77
YES : Go to Step 6.
Code No.57 Lateral G-sensor system (abnormal sensor)
G-SENSOR (LATERAL) SYSTEM CIRCUIT
Refer to P.22A-53.
OPERATION
Refer to P.22A-53.
Code No.57 is set when the G-sensor has exceeded
the specified value in a state where the ABS and
brake are not operating above the vehicle speed of
10 km/h.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the lateral G-sensor
DIAGNOSIS
NO : Go to Step 2.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-78
connector D-37.
connect special tool harness set (MB991348)
earth.
OK:
V
YES : Go to Step 3.
connector C-25.
OK: 2.4 2.6 V (when the vehicle is in
horizontal state)
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 6.
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-79
connector.
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-80
intermediate connector, D-37 lateral G-sensor
connector.
YES : Go to Step 7.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AE
C-122 (L)
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-81
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-82
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Sensor side
D-37 (B)
AC
Connector: D-37
<RH drive vehicles>
D-37 (B)
22A-83
Code No.61 Stop lamp switch system
OPERATION
The stop lamp switch judges whether the brake
pedal is depressed or released, and sends the infor-
mation to the 4WD-ECU.
Code No.61 is set when the stop lamp switch is ON
for more than 15 minutes when the vehicle speed is
above 15 km/h.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of brake pedal
Malfunction of stop lamp switch
Stop lamp switch system circuit
BATTERY
STOP LAMP SWITCH
<LH DRIVE VEHICLES> OR
<RH DRIVE VEHICLES>
<RH DRIVE VEHICLES>
4WD-ECU
RELAY
BOX
Wire colour code
22A-84
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check that the stop lamps illuminate and
extinguish normally.
The stop lamps should illuminate when the brake
pedal is depressed, and extinguish when released.
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the brake pedal height.
Refer to GROUP 35A On-vehicle Service, Brake
Pedal Check and Adjustment P.35A-5.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Adjust the brake pedal height.
STEP 3. Check the stop lamp switch.
Refer to GROUP 35A Brake Pedal and Stop Lamp
Switch Continuity Check P.35A-15.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the stop lamp switch.
Item 56: Stop lamp switch (Refer to data list refer-
ence table P.22A-142).
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Connector check: C-102 stop lamp
switch connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Measure the voltage at stop lamp switch
connector C-102.
Disconnect the stop lamp switch connector, and
earth at the harness side.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 12.
AC309520
Connector: C-102
Harness side
Brake pedal
AC
4 3
2 1
C-102
AC309520
Connector: C-102
Harness side
Brake pedal
AC
4 3
2 1
C-102
22A-85
connector C-26.
(1) Connect the stop lamp switch connector C-102.
OK:
Brake pedal depressed: System voltage
Brake pedal not depressed: 1 V or less
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 10.
connector
YES : Go to Step 9.
Item 56: Stop lamp switch (Refer to data list refer-
ence table P.22A-142).
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-86
STEP 10. Connectors check: C-26 4WD-ECU
connector, C-105 J/C (6), C-124 intermediate
connector.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AF
C-105
AC311016AC
C-105
AC311015AB
C-124
AC311016AF
C-124
22A-87
STEP 11. Check the harness between stop lamp
switch connector C-102 terminal No.1 and
4WD-ECU connector C-26 terminal No.38.
YES : Go to Step 9.
STEP 12. Connector check: C-129 intermediate
connector
STEP 13. Check the harness between stop lamp
switch connector C-102 terminal No.2 and
battery.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC309520
Connector: C-102
Harness side
Brake pedal
AC
4 3
2 1
C-102
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AH
C-129
AC311016AG
C-129
AC309520
Connector: C-102
Harness side
Brake pedal
AC
4 3
2 1
C-102
22A-88
Code No.62 ACD mode changeover switch system
ACD mode changeover switch system circuit <LH drive vehicles>
IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
Wire colour code
22A-89
OPERATION
The 4WD-ECU receives a control mode (tarmac,
gravel, snow) from the ACD mode changeover
switch.
Code No.62 is set when the ACD mode changeover
switch is ON for more than 60 seconds.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the ACD mode changeover switch
DIAGNOSIS
Item 63: ACD mode changeover switch (Refer to
data list reference table P.22A-142).
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the ACD mode changeover
switch.
Refer to P.22A-169.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the ACD mode changeover switch.
ACD mode changeover switch system circuit <RH drive vehicles>
IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
Wire colour code
22A-90
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at ACD mode
changeover switch connector C-135.
(1) Disconnect the ACD mode changeover switch
connector, and measure the voltage between
terminal No.2 and earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Connectors check: C-23 J/C (4), C-135
ACD mode changeover switch connector, C-211,
C-214 J/B connector <LH drive vehicles> or
C-135 ACD mode changeover switch connector,
C-210, C-211 J/B connector <RH drive vehicles>.
AC311015AI
C-135
AC311037
C-135
AD
AC311015AK
C-23 (B)
AC311015AI
C-135
AC311037
C-135
AD
AC310448AW
C-214
C-211
C-211
C-214
22A-91
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check the harness between ACD mode
changeover switch connector C-135 terminal
No.2 and ignition switch.
YES : Go to Step 6.
Item 63: ACD mode changeover switch (Refer to
connector C-26.
OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 8.
AC310458AT
Connector: C-210,
C-210
C-210
C-211
C-211
AC311015AI
C-135
AC311037
C-135
AD
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-92
connector, C-122 intermediate connector, C-135
ACD mode changeover switch connector <LH
drive vehicles> or C-26 4WD-ECU connector,
C-138 intermediate connector, C-135 ACD mode
changeover switch connector <RH drive
vehicles>.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AB
C-138
AC311015AI
C-135
AC311037
C-135
AD
22A-93
connector C-26 terminal No.47 and ACD mode
changeover switch connector C-135 terminal
No.1.
YES : Go to Step 6.
connector.
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AI
C-135
AC311037
C-135
AD
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-94
Code No.63 Parking brake switch system
Parking brake switch system circuit <LH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
ABS-ECU
Wire colour code
Parking brake switch system circuit <RH drive vehicles>
4WD-ECU PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
ABS-ECU
Wire colour code
22A-95
OPERATION
The 4WD-ECU receives a signal from the parking
brake switch whether the parking brake lever is
pulled or released.
Code No.63 is set when the parking brake switch is
ON for more than 15 minutes with the vehicle speed
above 15 km/h.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of parking brake switch
DIAGNOSIS
Item 62: Parking brake switch (Refer to data list ref-
erence table P.22A-142).
NO : Go to Step 2.
connector C-26.
OK:
Release the parking brake lever: System
voltage
Pull the parking brake lever: 1 V or less
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 5.
connector.
YES : Go to Step 4.
Item 62: Parking brake switch (Refer to data list ref-
erence table P.22A-142).
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-96
connector, C-23 J/C (4), C-26 4WD-ECU
parking brake switch connector <LH drive
vehicles> or B-118 ABS-ECU connector, C-26
4WD-ECU connector, C-122 intermediate
connector, D-28 parking brake switch connector
<RH drive vehicles>.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311015AK
C-23 (B)
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AB
C-124
AC311016AE
C-122 (L)
22A-97
YES : Go to Step 6.
connector C-26 terminal No.37 and parking brake
switch connector D-28 terminal No.1.
YES : Go to Step 7.
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Switch side
D-28 (B)
AD
Connector: D-28
<RH drive vehicles>
D-28 (B)
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Switch side
D-28 (B)
AD
Connector: D-28
<RH drive vehicles>
D-28 (B)
22A-98
connector B-118 terminal No.1 and parking brake
switch connector D-28 terminal No.1.
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311048
<LH drive vehicles>
Switch side
D-28 (B)
AD
Connector: D-28
<RH drive vehicles>
D-28 (B)
22A-99
Code No.65 ABS monitor system
OPERATION
The 4WD-ECU receives ABS operation condition
from the ABS-ECU.
Code No.65 is set when ABS is detected to be oper-
ating for more than 1 minute continuously.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS
Item 61: ABS monitor
OK:
1. Disconnect ABS-ECU connector B-118:
ON
2. Connect ABS-ECU connector B-118: OFF
NO <When 1. is abnormal> : Go to Step 2.
NO <When 2. is abnormal> : Go to Step 4.
ABS monitor system circuit
4WD-ECU
Wire colour code
ABS-ECU
22A-100
connector, C-26 4WD-ECU connector.
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-101
connector B-118 terminal No.3 and 4WD-ECU
connector C-26 terminal No.48.
YES : Replace the ABS-ECU.
connector C-26.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 7.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-102
connector.
YES : Go to Step 6.
Item 61: ABS monitor
OK:
Connect ABS-ECU connector B-118: OFF
connector, C-26 4WD-ECU connector.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-103
YES : Go to Step 8.
connector B-118 terminal No.3 and 4WD-ECU
connector C-26 terminal No.48.
Check the output line for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-104
STEP 9. Measure the voltage at ABS-ECU
connector B-118.
(2) Execute ABS actuator test (item 05: ABS signal).
(3) Measure the voltage between ABS-ECU
connector B-118 terminal No.3 and earth.
OK: The voltage remains 1 V or less dur-
ing the actuator test (for 10 seconds) and
becomes system voltage.
YES : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
NO : Replace the ABS-ECU.
AC311020
Harness side
B-118
(B)
AB
Connector: B-118
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-118
(GR)
B-118
22A-105
Code No.74 Proportional valve system <ACD>
OPERATION
The proportional valve (ACD) controls the hydraulic
pressure to activate the ACD hydraulic multi plate
clutch according to signal from the 4WD-ECU.
Code No.74 is set when open circuit or short circuit
of the control circuit of the proportional valve has
occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of proportional valve
DIAGNOSIS
Item 11: Proportional valve current <ACD> (Refer to
NO : Go to Step 2.
PROPORTIONING VALVE
(FOR ACD CONTROL)
<RH DRIVE VEHICLES>
4WD-ECU
Wire colour code
Proportioning valve <ACD> system circuit
22A-106
STEP 2. Measure the resistance at proportional
valve connector F-24.
Disconnect the proportional valve connector, and
No.3.
OK: 4.7 or less
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the hydraulic unit.
STEP 3. Measure the resistance at proportional
valve connector F-24.
Disconnect the proportional valve connector, and
earth.
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Connectors check: F-21 intermediate
connector, F-24 proportional valve connector.
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check the harness between proportional
valve connector F-24 terminal No.2 and earth.
YES : Go to Step 6.
Item 11: Proportional valve current <ACD> (Refer to
AC311042AD
Connector: F-24
F-24 (B)
Valve side
F-24
AC311042AD
Connector: F-24
F-24 (B)
Valve side
F-24
AC311042
F-21 (B)
AE
Connector: F-21, F-24
F-24 (B)
F-21
Valve side
F-24
AC311042AD
Connector: F-24
F-24 (B)
Valve side
F-24
22A-107
connector, C-124, C-134, F-21 intermediate
connector, F-24 proportional valve connector
<LH drive vehicles> or C-25 4WD-ECU connector,
C-134, C-138, F-21 intermediate connector, F-24
proportional valve connector <RH drive
vehicles>.
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AB
C-124
AC311015AG
C-134 (B)
AC311016AD
C-134 (GR)
AC311016AB
C-138
AC311042
F-21 (B)
AE
Connector: F-21, F-24
F-24 (B)
F-21
Valve side
F-24
22A-108
connector C-25 terminal No.1 and proportional
valve connector F-24 terminal No.3.
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311042AD
Connector: F-24
F-24 (B)
Valve side
F-24
22A-109
Code No.81 Electric pump relay system (open circuit or short circuit)
ELECTRIC
PUMP
ELECTRIC
PUMP RELAY
4WD-ECU
Wire colour code
FUSIBLE
LINK 27
Electric pump relay system circuit <LH drive vehicles>
22A-110
OPERATION
The electric pump relay provides power to activate
the electric pump according to the signal from the
4WD-ECU.
Code No.81 is set when the coil circuit of the electric
pump relay has open circuit or short circuit.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of electric pump relay
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. M.U.T.-II/III actuator test
Item 04: Electric pump drive
OK: Operating sound can be heard.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the electric pump relay.
Refer to P.22A-169.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the electric pump relay.
ELECTRIC
PUMP
ELECTRIC
PUMP RELAY
4WD-ECU
Wire colour code
FUSIBLE
LINK 27
Electric pump relay system circuit <RH drive vehicles>
22A-111
STEP 3. Measure the resistance at electric pump
relay connector B-122.
Disconnect the electric pump relay connector, and
earth.
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Connector check: B-122 electric pump
relay connector.
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
22A-112
STEP 5. Check the harness between electric
pump relay connector B-122 terminal No.1 and
earth.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 7. Connectors check: B-122 electric pump
relay connector, C-25 4WD-ECU connector.
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-113
YES : Go to Step 8.
4WD-ECU connector C-25 terminal No.16.
YES : Go to Step 6.
Code No.82 Electric pump relay system (electric pump malfunction or pressure sensor defect)
ELECTRIC PUMP RELAY SYSTEM
CIRCUIT
Refer to P.22A-109.
OPERATION
Refer to P.22A-109.
Code No.82 is set when the pressure sensor does
not reach the specified value even if the 4WD-ECU
has output the electric pump motor drive command.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Insufficient fluid
Malfunction of the pressure sensor
Malfunction of the electric pump relay
Malfunction of the hydraulic unit
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-114
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the fluid.
Check that the right amount of fluid is in the reservoir
tank.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the fluid leaks.
Check that the fluid is not leaking.
YES : Add the fluid.
NO : Repair the leaking part and add the fluid.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code
Q: Are diagnosis codes 45, 46, 47 set?
YES <diagnosis code 45 is set> : Refer to
diagnosis code 45: Pressure sensor system
(open circuit or short circuit) P.22A-41.
(open earth) P.22A-46.
(abnormal power supply) P.22A-49.
NO : Go to Step 4.
Q: Are diagnosis code 81 set?
YES : Refer to diagnosis code 81: Electric pump
relay system P.22A-109.
NO : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Measure the voltage at electric pump
relay connector B-122.
Disconnect the electric pump relay connector, and
earth at the harness side.
OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 7.
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
22A-115
STEP 7. Connector check: B-122 electric pump
relay connector
YES : Go to Step 8.
fusible link No.27.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
22A-116
STEP 10. Connectors check: B-122 electric pump
relay connector, C-28, C-138 intermediate
connector, F-20 electric pump connector <LH
drive vehicles> or B-122 electric pump relay
connector, C-30 intermediate connector, F-20
electric pump connector <RH drive vehicles>.
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
AC311015AL
C-28
C-138
C-28
C-138
AC311016AH
C-30 (GR)
C-30
AC311042AF
Connector: F-20
F-20 (B)
Pump side
F-20
22A-117
earth.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC311020
Relay side
B-122
AD
Connector: B-122
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
B-122
B-122
22A-118
SYMPTOM CHART
M1221007100593
Trouble symptom Inspection
procedure No.
Reference page
No communication possible between M.U.T.-II/III and all systems 1
P.22A-119
No communication possible between M.U.T.-II/III and 4WD-ECU 2
P.22A-124
ACD mode indicator lamp does not light up when the ignition
switch is set to "ON" (engine is stopped)
3
P.22A-132
More than two ACD mode indicator lamps remain lit even after the
engine is started
4
P.22A-138
The ACD does not operate (no diagnostic code) 5
P.22A-141
The AYC does not operate (no diagnostic code) 6 Refer to GROUP 27
Symptom Chart
P.27-23.
The rear tyre sounds when turning at low speed corners (vehicle
slows down)
7 Refer to GROUP 27
Symptom Chart
P.27-23.
Noise is produced from the torque transfer differential during
turning
8 Refer to GROUP 27
Symptom Chart
P.27-23.
22A-119
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: No communication possible between M.U.T.-II/III and all systems
FUSIBLE
LINK
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
POWER
SOURCE
4WD-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
1
Diagnosis connector circuit <LH drive vehicles>
Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green
G : Green L : Blue
W : White Y : Yellow
SB : Sky blue BR : Brown
O : Orange GR : Gray
R : Red P : Pink V : Violet
22A-120
OPERATION
The M.U.T.-II/III is energised by connecting the diag-
nosis connector.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The diagnosis connector power supply circuit, earth
circuit, or M.U.T.-II/III may be faulty.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of diagnosis connector
FUSIBLE
LINK
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
POWER
SOURCE
4WD-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
1
Diagnosis connector circuit <RH drive vehicles>
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
22A-121
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Measure the voltage at diagnosis
connector C-14.
Measure the voltage between diagnosis connector
C-14 terminal No.16 and earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Connectors check: C-14 diagnosis
connector, C-126 intermediate connector, C-212,
C-214 J/B connector.
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
AC311015AN
C-126
C-126
AC311016AI
C-126
C-126
22A-122
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the harness between diagnosis
connector C-14 terminal No.16 and fusible link
No.1.
AC310448AV
C-214
C-212 (B)
C-212
C-214
AC310458AR
Connector: C-212,
C-214
C-212 (B)
C-212
C-214
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
22A-123
STEP 4. Measure the resistance at diagnosis
connector C-14.
Measure the resistance between terminal No.4, No.5
and earth.
OK: 2 or less
YES : Replace the M.U.T.-II/III.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Connector check: C-14 diagnosis
connector.
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
22A-124
connector C-14 terminal No.4, No.5 and earth.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Communication possible between M.U.T.-II/III and 4WD-ECU
DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR CIRCUIT
Refer to P.22A-119.
OPERATION
The M.U.T.-II/III will be able to communicate with the
4WD-ECU by connecting the diagnosis connector.
The diagnostic output circuit, 4WD-ECU power sup-
ply circuit, earth circuit, or 4WD-ECU may be faulty.
PROBABLE CAUSES
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
22A-125
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Measure the harness resistance between
diagnosis connector C-14 and 4WD-ECU
connector C-26.
Measure the resistance between connector C-14 ter-

minal No.1 and connector C-26 terminal No.46.
Measure the resistance between connector C-14
terminal No.7 and connector C-26 terminal
No.35.
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-126
STEP 2. Connectors check: C-14 diagnosis
connector, C-23 J/C (4), C-26 4WD-ECU
connector, C-101 J/C (2), C-105 J/C (6), C-124
intermediate connector <LH drive vehicles> or
C-14 diagnosis connector, C-21 J/C (5), C-23 J/C
(4), C-26 4WD-ECU connector, C-105 J/C (6),
C-122, C-124 intermediate connector <RH drive
vehicles>.
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC311087
Connector: C-14, C-23, C-101, C-105, C-124
<LH drive vehicles>
AB
C-14 C-23, C-101
C-105
C-124
C-14 (B)
C-23 (B)
C-101 (L)
C-105
C-124
AC311088
Connector: C-14, 23 <RH drive vehicles>
AB
C-14 C-23
C-14 (B)
C-23 (B)
AC311089
Connector: C-21, C-105, C-122, C-124
<RH drive vehicles>
AB
C-21 C-105
C-122
C-124
C-21
C-105
C-122 (L)
C-124
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-127
connector C-14 (terminal No.1, 7) and 4WD-ECU
connector C-26 (terminal No.46, 35).
connector C-25.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 5.
AC311015AM
C-14 (B)
C-14
AC311037
C-14 (B)
AE
C-14
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-128
connector, C-124 intermediate connector, C-210,
C-211 J/B connector <LH drive vehicles> or C-25
4WD-ECU connector, C-138 intermediate
connector, C-211, C-214 J/B connector <RH drive
vehicles>.
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AB
C-124
AC311016AB
C-138
AC310448AX
C-211
C-210
C-211
C-210
AC310458AS
Connector: C-211,
C-214
C-211
C-214
C-211
22A-129
connector C-25 terminal No.13 and ignition
switch.
STEP 7. Measure the resistance at 4WD-ECU
connectors C-25, C-26.
Measure the resistance between 4WD-ECU connec-

tor C-25 terminal No.26 and earth.
Measure the resistance between 4WD-ECU con-
nector C-26 terminal No.42 and earth.
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 8.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
AB
Connector: C-25
4WD-ECU
C-25 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AD
Connector: C-25, C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
C-25 (Y)
C-25 C-26
22A-130
STEP 8. Connectors check: C-25, C-26 4WD-ECU
connector.
YES : Go to Step 9.
connector C-25 terminal No.26, C-26 terminal
No.42 and earth.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AD
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
C-25 (Y)
C-25 C-26
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AD
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
C-25 (Y)
C-25 C-26
22A-131
STEP 10. Connectors check: C-25, C-26
4WD-ECU connector.
YES : Repair the 4WD-ECU.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AD
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
Harness side
C-25 (Y)
C-25 (Y)
C-25 C-26
22A-132
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: ACD mode indicator lamp does not light up when the ignition switch is
set to "ON" (engine is stopped)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
DRIVE CIRCUIT
4WD-ECU
COMBINATION
METER
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
ACD mode indicator lamp system circuit <LH drive vehicles>
22A-133
OPERATION
The 4WD-ECU displays a control mode (tarmac,
gravel, snow) on the ACD mode indicator lamp on
the combination meter.
The ACD mode indicator lamp circuit or 4WD-ECU
may be faulty.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the ACD mode indicator lamp
assembly
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
DRIVE CIRCUIT
4WD-ECU
COMBINATION
METER
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
ACD mode indicator lamp system circuit <RH drive vehicles>
22A-134
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Measure the voltage at combination
meter connector C-01.
(1) Disconnect the combination meter connector,
and measure the voltage between terminal No.9
and earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Connectors check: C-01 combination
meter connector, C-23 J/C (4), C-211, C-214 J/B
connector <LH drive vehicles> or C-01
combination meter connector, C-211, C-214 J/B
connector <RH drive vehicles>.
AC311015AO
C-01
C-01
AC311037
C-01
AG
C-01
AC311015AO
C-01
C-01
AC311037
C-01
AG
C-01
AC311015AK
C-23 (B)
AC310448AW
C-214
C-211
C-211
C-214
22A-135
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the harness between combination
meter connector C-01 terminal No.9 and ignition
switch.
STEP 4. Check the ACD mode indicator lamp
illumination.
(1) Disconnect the 4WD-ECU connector C-26, and
check the harness side.
(3) Connect terminal No.40,51,52 to body earth.
OK: The indicator lamp illuminates.
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 5.
AC310458AS
Connector: C-211,
C-214
C-211
C-214
C-211
AC311015AO
C-01
C-01
AC311037
C-01
AG
C-01
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-136
meter connector, C-26 4WD-ECU connector,
C-122 intermediate connector <LH drive
vehicles> or C-01 combination meter connector,
C-26 4WD-ECU connector, C-138 intermediate
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC311015AO
C-01
C-01
AC311037
C-01
AG
C-01
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AB
C-138
22A-137
meter connector C-01 (terminal No.10, 14, 15) and
4WD-ECU connector C-26 (terminal No.40, 52,
51).
YES : Replace the ACD mode indicator lamp
assembly.
connector.
AC311015AO
C-01
C-01
AC311037
C-01
AG
C-01
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-138
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: More than two ACD mode indicator lamps remain lit even after the
engine is started
ACD MODE INDICATOR LAMP SYSTEM
CIRCUIT
Refer to P.22A-132.
OPERATION
Refer to P.22A-132.
The output circuit of the ACD mode indicator lamp
may be faulty.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the ACD mode indicator lamp
assembly
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the ACD mode indicator lamp
illumination.
(1) Disconnect the 4WD-ECU connector C-26.
(3) Check that the ACD mode indicator lamp does
not illuminate.
OK: The indicator lamp does not illumi-
nate.
NO : Go to Step 2.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-139
meter connector, C-26 4WD-ECU connector,
C-122 intermediate connector <LH drive
vehicles> or C-01 combination meter connector,
C-26 4WD-ECU connector, C-138 intermediate
YES : Go to Step 3.
meter connector C-01 (terminal No.10, 14, 15) and
4WD-ECU connector C-26 (terminal No.40, 52,
51).
AC311015AO
C-01
C-01
AC311037
C-01
AG
C-01
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AC311015AC
C-122
AC311016AB
C-138
AC311015AO
C-01
C-01
AC311037
C-01
AG
C-01
22A-140
YES : Replace the ACD mode indicator lamp
assembly.
AC311002
4WD-ECU
Harness side
C-26 (Y)
AC
Connector: C-26
4WD-ECU
C-26 (Y)
Rear console
assembly
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
22A-141
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The ACD does not operate (no diagnosis code)
Insufficient operating oil, oil leakage, faulty opera-
tions of the oil pressure unit, and faulty operations of
the ACD transfer may be suspected.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Leakage of transfer oil
Insufficient transfer oil
Leakage of oil pressure line
Insufficient fluid
Malfunction of the hydraulic unit
Malfunction of the ACD transfer
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the transfer oil.
Refer to P.22A-152.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the transfer oil leaks.
Check that the transfer oil is not leaking.
YES : Add the transfer oil.
NO : Repair the leaking part and add the transfer
oil.
STEP 3. Check the fluid.
Refer to P.22A-152.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the fluid leaks.
Check that the fluid is not leaking.
YES : Add the fluid.
NO : Repair the leaking part and add the fluid.
STEP 5. Check the ACD operation.
Refer to P.22A-153.
YES : The inspection is complete.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check the fluid pressure.
Refer to P.22A-154.
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 7. Check the hydraulic pressure line.
Check that the hydraulic pressure line is not contam-
inated with foreign materials.
YES : Replace the ACD transfer.
NO : Repair.
STEP 8. Perform air bleeding.
Refer to P.22A-153.
YES : The procedure is complete.
NO : Replace the hydraulic pressure unit.
22A-142
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
M1221011200010
Item
No.
Check item Check condition Normal
condition
01 Wheel speed sensor
<FR>
Execute actual driving. The speed meter
display and
M.U.T.-II/III
display match.
<FL>
<RR>
<RL>
<FR> (0.2 km/h)
<FL> (0.2 km/h)
<RR> (0.2 km/h)
<RL> (0.2 km/h)
09 Vehicle speed
10 Battery voltage Ignition switch: ON System voltage
11 Proportional valve
current <ACD>
During ACD operation 50 1,000 mA
12 Proportional valve
current <AYC>
During AYC operation 50 1,000 mA
13 TPS voltage Ignition switch: ON
Engine: Stopped
Accelerator pedal: Full
closed
535 735 mV
Accelerator pedal: Press Gradually rises
from the above
value
throttle
4,500 5,000
mV
14 Longitudinal G-sensor
voltage
Ignition switch: ON Vehicle stopped (horizontal)
state
2.4 2.6 V
Actual driving The displayed
value increases
and decreases
mainly around
2.5 V.
15 Lateral G-sensor
voltage
Ignition switch: ON Vehicle stopped (horizontal)
state
2.4 2.6 V
Perform actual driving The displayed
value increases
and decreases
mainly around
2.5 V.
22A-143
16 Steering operation
angle
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Steer by 90
degrees to the right
R90 deg
Steering wheel: Steer by 90
degrees to the left
L90 deg
17 Steering angle
velocity
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: No steering 0 deg/s
Steering wheel: Steer The display
changes
according to the
revolution
speed.
18 Pressure sensor During electric pump motor operations 1.0 1.6 MPa
19 Pressure sensor
power supply
Ignition switch: ON Approx.5 V
20 Valve power supply Ignition switch: ON System voltage
21 Steering wheel
sensor voltage
<ST-1>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Turn 1 2 V and 2.5
4.5 V are
displayed
alternately.
22 Steering wheel
sensor voltage
<ST-2>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Turn 1 2 V and 2.5
4.5 V are
displayed
alternately.
23 Steering wheel
sensor voltage
<ST-N>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Neutral 1 2 V
Steering wheel: Turn 2.5 4.5 V
51 Idle switch Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Full
closed
ON
Accelerator pedal: Press OFF
52 Steering wheel
sensor <ST-N>
Ignition switch: ON steering wheel: Neutral ON
Steering wheel: Turn from
the neutral position
OFF
53 Steering wheel
sensor <ST-1>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Turn slowly ON and OFF are
displayed
alternately.
54 Steering wheel
sensor <ST-2>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Turn slowly ON and OFF are
displayed
alternately
55 Steering wheel
sensor learning
<ST-N>
Perform actual driving Steering wheel sensor
neutral position learning
executed
ON
Steering wheel sensor
neutral position learning
un-executed
OFF
56 Stop lamp switch Ignition switch: ON
Engine: Stopped
Brake pedal: Depress ON
Brake pedal: Release OFF
Item
No.
condition
22A-144
57 Motor monitor Electric pump motor is currently operating ON
Electric pump motor is currently not operating OFF
58 Oil pressure state Electric pump motor is currently operating LOW
Electric pump motor is currently not operating HIGH
59 Directional valve
<Right>
AYC clutch right side is currently operating ON
AYC clutch right side is currently not operating OFF
<Left>
AYC clutch left side is currently operating ON
AYC clutch left side is currently not operating OFF
61 ABS monitor ABS is currently operating ON
ABS is currently not operating OFF
62 Parking brake switch Ignition switch: ON
Engine: Stopped
Parking brake lever: Pull ON
Parking brake lever:
Release
OFF
63 ACD mode switch Ignition switch: ON
Engine: Stopped
ACD mode switch: Press ON
ACD mode switch: Release OFF
Item
No.
condition
22A-145
ACTUATOR TEST JUDGEMENT VALUE
M1221011300017
1. The actuator test can be executed only when all
the following conditions are satisfied.
All wheel speed sensor inputs below 20 km/h.
No system malfunction detected.
Steering angle is within 30 degrees from the
neutral position.
2. When the actuator test corresponds to one of the
following conditions, forced driving will be cleared.
When any one of the wheel speed sensor input is
detected to be above 20 km/h. (excluding Item
No.08 "Control OFF").
When system malfunction is detected. (excluding
diagnostic code No.82, 84, and 85).
When the forced drive time is exceeded.
When the M.U.T.-II/III is removed.
When the Clear key of the M.U.T.-II/III is oper-
ated.
Item
No.
Check item Test description Normal state
01 Bleeding <ACD> Input current to the proportional valve
according to the steering angle, and
operate the proportional valve for five
minutes.
Make sure no air leaks from the
bleeder screw on the transfer.
02 Bleeding <AYC> Input current to the proportional valve
according to the steering angle, and
operate the directional valve for five
minutes.
Make sure no air leaks from the
bleeder screw on the torque transfer
differential.
03 Check the oil
volume
Operate the directional valve to the left
and right for 20 seconds.
Check that the oil volume of the
reservoir tank is appropriate.
04 Electric pump drive Operate the electric pump for 5 seconds. Operation sounds of the electric
pump can be heard.
05 Check the
operations of the
ACD
Operate the proportional valve <ACD>
and supply the maximum oil pressure to
the multi plate clutch.
Generate the tight corner braking
phenomenon.
06 Check clutch
operations <Left>
Operate the direction valve and supply
the maximum oil pressure to the left
clutch.
When the wheels are lifted, speed
difference will occur between the
rear left and right wheels.
07 Check clutch
operations <Right>
Operate the direction valve and supply
the maximum oil pressure to the right
clutch.
When the wheels are lifted, speed
difference will occur between the
rear left and right wheels.
08 Control OFF Turn OFF the electric pump relay, and
turn OFF the control of the ACD and
AYC.
In actual driving, there is difference
between control ON and OFF.
22A-146
CHECK AT 4WD-ECU TERMINALS
M1221011400014
AC310529AB
C-26 C-25
Terminal
No.
Check item Check condition Normal state
1 Proportional
valve <ACD>
Operate the Proportional
valve in the actuator test
(Item No.01). <ACD>
While executing the
actuator test
System voltage
After completing the
actuator test
1 V or less
3 Proportional
valve <AYC>
Operate the Proportional
valve in the actuator test
(Item No.02). <AYC>
While executing the
actuator test
System voltage
actuator test
1 V or less
6 Wheel speed
sensor <FL>
Vehicle is stopping 1 V or less
Moving forward slowly 0 5 V flushing
7 Wheel speed
sensor <RR>
8 Wheel speed
sensor <RL>
9 Wheel speed
sensor <FR>
10 Pressure sensor
earth
Any time 1 V or less
11 Lateral G-sensor Ignition switch: ON Vehicle horizontal state 2.4 2.6 V
13 4WD-ECU
power supply
Ignition switch: OFF 0 V
Ignition switch: ON System voltage
<Right>
Operate the directional
valve <right> in the
actuator test (Item No.07)
While executing the
actuator test
System voltage
actuator test
1 V or less
<Left>
Operate the directional
valve <left> in the
actuator test (Item No.06)
While executing the
actuator test
System voltage
actuator test
1 V or less
16 Electric pump
relay power
supply
When the electric pump motor is not operating 0 V
While the electric pump motor is operating System voltage
23 Longitudinal
G-sensor
Ignition switch: ON Vehicle horizontal state 2.4 2.6 V
26 ECU earth Any time 1 V or less
22A-147
31 ECU backup
power supply
Any time System voltage
32 Pressure sensor Ignition switch: ON 0.5 1.5 V
33 Steering wheel
sensor <ST-1>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Turn
slowly
1 2 V 2.5 4.5 V
flushing
34 Steering wheel
sensor <ST-2>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Turn
slowly
1 2 V 2.5 4.5 V
flushing
36 Idle switch Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Full
closed
1 V or less
Accelerator pedal:
Depress
4.5 5.0 V
37 Parking brake
switch
Ignition switch: ON Parking brake lever: Pull 1 V or less
Parking brake lever:
Release
System voltage
38 Stop lamp switch Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Depress System voltage
Brake pedal: Release 1 V or less
39 TPS Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Full
closed
0.5 0.7 V
throttle
4.5 5.5 V
40 ACD mode
indicator lamp
<TARMAC>
Ignition switch: ON ACD mode indicator lamp
position: TARMAC
0 V
ACD mode indicator lamp
position: Except for
above
Approx.10.5 V
42 ECU earth Any time 1 V or less
43 Pressure sensor
power supply
Ignition switch: OFF 1 V or less
Ignition switch: ON Approx.5.0 V
44 Steering wheel
sensor <ST-N>
Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel: Neutral 1 2 V
Steering wheel: Turn from
the neutral position
2.5 4.5 V
47 ACD mode
switch
Ignition switch: ON Switch: Press System voltage
Switch: Release 0 V
48 ABS monitor With ABS not active System voltage
With ABS active 1.5 V or less
51 ACD mode
indicator lamp
<SNOW>
position: SNOW
0 V
above
Approx.10.5 V
Terminal
No.
TROUBLESHOOTING <M/T>
22A-148
INTRODUCTION
M1221006900701
The manual transmission can exhibit any of the fol-
lowing symptoms: noise or vibration is generated, oil
leaks, shifting gears is hard or troublesome, or the
transmission jumps out of gear.
The causes of these symptoms could come from:
incorrect mounting, the oil level may be low, or a
component of the transmission may be faulty.
TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY
M1221007000626
Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy. If
you follow them carefully, you will be sure that you
have exhausted most of the possible ways to find a
manual transmission fault.
1. Gather information from the customer.
2. Verify that the condition described by the
customer exists.
3. Find the malfunction by following the Symptom
Chart.
4. Verify malfunction is eliminated.
SYMPTOM CHART
M1221007100612
52 ACD mode
indicator lamp
<GRAVEL>
position: GRAVEL
0 V
above
Approx.10.5 V
Terminal
No.
procedure No.
Reference page
Noise, vibration 1 P.22A-149
Oil leaks 2 P.22A-150
Hard shifting 3 P.22A-150
Jumps out of gear 4 P.22A-151
22A-149
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Noise, vibration
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the idle speed.
Q: Does the idle speed meet the standard values?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to GROUP 11A On-vehicle Service,
Idle Speed Check P.11A-10.
STEP 2. Check whether the transmission and
engine mount is loose or damaged.
Q: Are the transmission and engine mount loose or
damaged?
YES : Tighten or replace the part. Then go to Step
7.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check that the oil level is up to the lower
edge of the filler plug hole.
Q: Is the oil level up to the lower edge of the filler plug
hole?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Refill DIA QUEEN SUPER MULTI GEAR
75W85W (GL4) or exact equivalent. Then
go to Step 7.
STEP 4. Check for the specified oil.
Q: Is the specified oil DIA QUEEN SUPER MULTI
GEAR 75W85W (GL4) or exact equivalent?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : If in doubt, replace the oil. Refer to
P.22A-152. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 5. Remove the transmission. Check the
axial play of the input and output shafts.
Q: Does the axial play of the input and output shafts
meet the standard value?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Adjust the axial play of the input and output
shafts. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 6. Disassemble the transmission. Check
the gears for wear and damage.
Q: Are the gears worn or damaged?
YES : Replace the gears. Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Retest the systems.
Q: Is the noise or vibration still there?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
AC102278AO
Filler plug Transmission oil
Filler plug hole
22A-150
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Oil leaks
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Visual check.
Raise the vehicle, and check for oil leaks. If oil leak is
difficult to locate, steam clean the transmission and
drive the vehicle for at 10 minutes. Then check the
leak again.
Q: Is the oil leak(s) found?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Check for the oil leaks around the engine.
Then go to Step 4.
STEP 2. Visual check at the clutch housing.
Q: Do oil leaks appear around the joint between the
engine and the clutch housing?
YES : Remove the transmission. Check the input
shaft oil seal, and replace if necessary.
Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the oil seal or O-ring for damage.
Q: Is the oil seal or O-ring damaged?
YES : Replace the oil seal or the O-ring. Then go
to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Is the oil still leaking?
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Hard shifting
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the transmission control
Q: Are the shift cable and the select cable in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair or replace the shift cable and the
select cable. Refer to P.22A-157. Then go
to Step 7.
STEP 2. Check the transmission oil.
Q: Is the oil dirty?
YES : Replace the oil. Refer to P.22A-152. Then
go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the clutch system.
Q: Is the clutch system normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair or replace the clutch system. Refer
to GROUP 21B Clutch P.21B-3. Then go
to Step 7.
STEP 4. Remove and disassemble the
transmission. Check the control housing.
Q: Is the control housing in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair or replace the control housing. Refer
to GROUP 22B Transmission P.22B-11.
Then go to Step 7.
STEP 5. Check for poor meshing of worn
synchronizer ring and gear cone.
Q: Is poor meshing or worn synchronizer ring and
gear cone found?
YES : Repair or replace the synchronizer ring and
gear cone. Then go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check the synchronizer spring for
weakness.
Q: Is the synchronizer spring weak?
YES : Replace the synchronizer spring. Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 7.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
22A-151
Q: Is the shifting of the gears still hard?
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Jumps out of gear
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the transmission control
Q: Are the shift cable and the select cable in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair or replace the shift cable and the
select cable. Refer to P.22A-157. Then go
to Step 6.
STEP 2. Remove and disassemble the
transmission. Check the poppet spring for
breakage.
Q: Is the poppet spring broken?
YES : Replace the poppet spring. Refer to
GROUP 22B Transmission P.22B-11.
Then go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the control housing.
Q: Is the control housing in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair or replace the control housing. Refer
to GROUP 22B Transmission P.22B-11.
Then go to Step 6.
STEP 4. Check the gear shift forks for wear.
Q: Is the gear shift forks worn?
YES : Replace the gear shift fork. Refer to
GROUP 22B Transmission P.22B-11.
Then go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check the clearance.
Q: Is the clearance between the synchronizer hub and
sleeve excessive?
YES : Replace the synchronizer hub or sleeve.
Refer to GROUP 22B Input Shaft
P.22B-24. Then go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Q: Does the transmission still jump out of gear?
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
TRANSMISSION OIL CHECK
M1221000900491
1. Remove the oil filler plug.
2. Oil level should be at the lower portion of the filler
plug hole.
3. Check that the transmission oil is not noticeably
dirty, and that it has a suitable viscosity.
4. Tighten the filler plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 32 2 Nm
AC210553AB
Filler plug hole
Filler plug
Transmission oil
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
22A-152
TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT
M1221001000565
1. Remove oil filler plug and oil drain plug.
2. Drain oil.
3. Tighten the oil drain plug to the specified torque.
4. Fill with specified oil till the level comes to the
lower portion of oil filler plug hole.
Specified transmission oil: DIA QUEEN
SUPER MULTI GEAR 75W85W (GL4) or
exact equivalent
Quantity: 2.2 L
5. Tighten the oil filler plug to the specified torque.
TRANSFER OIL CHECK
M1221001100120
1. Remove the oil filler plug.
2. Oil level should be at the lower portion of the filler
plug hole.
3. Check that the transfer oil is not noticeably dirty,
and that it has a suitable viscosity.
4. Tighten the filler plug to the specified torque.
TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT
M1221001200138
1. Remove oil filler plug and oil drain plug.
2. Drain oil.
3. Tighten the oil drain plug to the specified torque.
4. Fill with specified oil till the level comes to the
lower portion of oil filler plug hole.
Specified transfer oil: Dia Quieen LSD gear oil
Quantity: 0.6 L
5. Tighten the oil filler plug to the specified torque.
FLUID CHECK
M1221011500033
1. Remove the maintenance lid located in the
luggage compartment.
2. <Not using M.U.T.-II/III>
If the vehicle has been run, leave it for 90 min. or
more in an ordinary temperature (10C 30C) to
allow the accumulator internal pressure to drop.
NOTE: If the ambient temperature is 10C or less,
allow more time to leave the vehicle to stand idle.
3. <Using M.U.T.-II/III>
CAUTION
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) posi-
tion before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-II/III.
Set the M.U.T.-II/III to the 16-pin diagnosis con-
nector.
Turn ON the ignition switch, perform M.U.T.-II/III
actuator test (Item No.03), forcibly drive the
hydraulic unit and remove the pressure in the
accumulator.
AC504941AB
Filler plug
Drain plug
AC210553AC
Filler plug hole
Filler plug
Transfer oil
AC310836AF
Filler plug
Oil pan
Drain plug
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
22A-153
NOTE: .
In the actuator test (Item No.03: Oil Level
Check Mode), the directional valve of the
hydraulic unit is moved to the left and right for
20 times, and then the differential is cleared
automatically. Drive can also be cleared forci-
bly using the clear key of the M.U.T.-II/III.
If the function has been stopped by fail-safe,
the hydraulic unit cannot be cleared forcibly.
4. Check that the fluid level in the oil reservoir is in
the range between MAX and MIN.
5. If the fluid level is lower than MIN, add the
specified fluid.
Specified fluid: DIA QUEEN ATF SP III
6. Reinstall the maintenance lid.
BLEEDING
M1221011600018
CAUTION
If bleeding is not performed completely, noise
may be produced from the hydraulic unit, or the
durability of the pump, etc. may drop.
1. Lift up the vehicle.
CAUTION
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK"(OFF)
position before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-II/III.
2. Set the M.U.T.-II/III to the 16-pin diagnosis
connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
4. Set the steering wheel in the straight-ahead
position.
5. Perform the M.U.T.-II/III actuator test (Item
No.01), and forcibly drive the hydraulic unit.
NOTE: .
The actuator test (Item No.01: Bleeding Mode)
will be performed for 5 minutes, after which it
will be cleared automatically. Drive can also be
cleared during forced driving using the clear
key of the M.U.T.-II/III.
If the hydraulic unit function has been stopped
by fail-safe, the hydraulic unit cannot be forci-
bly driven.
6. Remove the cap of the bleeder screw on the
transfer, and connect the vinyl hose.
CAUTION
During bleeding, replenish the fluid so that some
always remains in the oil reservoir.
7. Slowly turn the steering wheel to the left or right
from the neutral state. Loosen the bleeder screw,
and check that air is discharged together with the
fluid.
8. After the air is discharged, tighten the bleeder
screw, and return the steering wheel to the neutral
state.
9. Repeat steps 6 and 7 several 2 to 3 times, and
after checking that no more air mixes in, tighten
the bleeder screw at the specified torque.
10.After bleeding, check the fluid level. (Refer to
P.22A-152).
11.If the hydraulic pressure unit is removed, bleed
the AYC (Refer to GROUP 27 On-vehicle
Service P.27-28).
ACD OPERATION CHECK
M1221011700037
CAUTION
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
M.U.T.-II/III.
connector.
2. Start the engine.
AC310841AB AC310843AB
Front exhaust pipe
Bleeder screw
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
22A-154
3. Set the steering wheel to the neutral position, and
carry out the actuator test (Item No.05) using
M.U.T.-II/III. Then, activate the transfer forcibly.
NOTE: .
The actuator test (Item No.05: ACD Operation
Check Mode) is performed for 1 minute, after
which it will be cleared automatically. Drive
can also be cleared during forced driving using
the clear key of the M.U.T.-II/III.
by fail-safe, the transfer cannot be forcibly
driven.
4. Turn the steering wheel 180 or more to the right
or left, and drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or less to
check that tight corner braking phenomenon.
NOTE: .
The occurrence level of the body vibration and
noise depends on the condition of tyres and
roads.
If tight corner braking does not occur, check
the hydraulic pressure because the system
may be defective.
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE CHECK
M1221011800034
1. Lift up the vehicle.
CAUTION
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) posi-
tion before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-II/III.
connector.
3. Disconnect the hydraulic unit and transfer
connector assembly, and connect the special tool
to the hydraulic unit.
4. Turn the ignition switch to ON.
5. Perform the M.U.T.-II/III actuator test (Item
No.05), and forcibly drive the hydraulic unit.
NOTE: .
The actuator test (Item No.05 ACD Operation
Check Mode) is performed for 1 minute, after
which it will be cleared automatically. Drive
can also be cleared during forced driving using
the clear key of the M.U.T.-II/III.
by fail-safe, the hydraulic unit cannot be forci-
bly driven.
CAUTION
While the oil pressure is checked, add fluid as
necessary to ensure that it is left in the oil reser-
voir during the entire procedure.
6. Check that the generated oil pressure of the
hydraulic unit satisfies the standard value.
Standard value: 1.0 1.6 MPa
7. If the measured value exceeds the standard
value, replace the hydraulic unit.
8. Connect the hydraulic unit and transfer connector
assembly, and tighten the flare nut at the specified
torque.
Tightening torque:
34 5 Nm (when screw is dry)
26 4 Nm (when screw is applied with oil)
9. Supply the specified fluid up to the MAX level of
the oil reservoir, and bleed the oil pressure pipes.
Specified fluid: DIA QUEEN ATF SP III
Quantity: 1.0 L
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT
M1221011900019
Lift the vehicle, and release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Insert the probe from the harness of the connec-
tor. Inserting in the terminal side may cause con-
tact fault.
1. Disconnect the 4WD-ECU connector, and
measure at the connector of the harness.
AC310844AC
MB991705
MD998330
AC310852AB
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
22A-155
2. Rotate the measured wheel by about 1/2 to 1
rotations/second, and check the output voltage
between the following terminals using a circuit
tester (AC mV range) or oscilloscope.
Output voltage:
Above 70 mV when measured with the circuit
tester
Above 200 mVP-P when measured with the
oscilloscope
3. If the output voltage is lower than the above
values, the following reasons may be suspected.
Check or replace the wheel speed sensor.
Excessive clearance between the ball piece of
the wheel speed sensor and ABS rotor
Wheel speed sensor fault
INSPECTION PROCEDURE USING
OSCILLOSCOPE
After checking the connected state of the harness of
the wheel speed sensor and connector, and measure
the output voltage waveform of each wheel speed
sensor on the oscilloscope as follows.
Start the engine, shift the transmission to the 1st
gear to rotate the driving wheel, and rotate the
non-driving wheel at constant velocity with the hand.
NOTE: .
It is also possible to actually drive the vehicle and
observe the waveform.
The output voltage is low if the wheel speed is
low and gradually increases as the speed
increases.
CAUTION
As the wheel speed sensor cable follows the
movement of the front or rear suspension, it will
change considerably on poor condition roads.
Therefore, also observe the output voltage wave-
form of the wheel speed sensor with the sensor
harness vibrated to simulate special conditions
such as driving in poor road conditions.
Front left Front right Rear left Rear right
Terminal
No.6 and
No.19
Terminal
No.9 and
No.22
Terminal
No.8 and
No.21
Terminal
No.7 and
No.20
AC310853
When rotated with the hand
When idling (5 - 6 km/h) 1st gear
10.0 ms/DIV
1 V/DIV
AB
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
22A-156
<WAVEFORM OBSERVATION POINTS>
OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK
M1221006700020
1. Remove the oil temperature sensor.
2. Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and
2 of the oil temperature sensor connector.
Standard value:
3. If the resistance is not within the standard value,
replace the oil temperature sensor.
4. Install the oil temperature sensor, and tighten it to
the specified torque.
Phenomenon Probable cause Solution
Waveform amplitude is too small or
not output at all
Wheel speed sensor fault Replace the sensor
Excessive waveform amplitude
(However allowed if above the
minimum amplitude of 100 mV)
Excessive vibration or
concentricity of the axle hub
Replace the hub
4WD-ECU earth fault Correct
Noise in the waveform or waveform
is abnormal
Open circuit of the sensor Replace the sensor
Open circuit of the harness Replace the harness
Wheel speed sensor installation
fault
Correct the installation of the
sensor
Chipping or flattening of the ABS
rotor
Replace the ABS rotor
AC504940AB
Oil temperature sensor
Filler plug
N
Oil temperature (C) Resistance value (k)
20 2.31 2.59
110 0.145 0.146
AC504890
Transmission oil
AB
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
22A-157
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1221003800783
WARNING
Be careful not to subject the SRS-ECU to any shocks during removal and installation of
the shift cable and select cable assembly.
Do not disassemble the shift lever assembly except the distance piece and bushing.
(non-supply parts)
Never use mineral grease for the shift lever assembly moving area. If mineral grease is
used, the plastic parts can be damaged.
Pre-removal Operation
Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 15 P.15-5).
Air Pipe C, Air Hose D Removal (Refer to GROUP 15
Intercooler P.15-6).
Battery and Battery Tray Removal
AC211367AC
1
2
4
3
5
12
13
10
6
7
8
9 N
11
12 2 Nm
12 2 Nm
6.0 1.5 Nm
Shift cable and select cable
assembly removal steps
1. Shift knob
Front floor console (Refer to

GROUP 52A P.52A-7).
2. Front floor console bracket
>>C<< 3. Select cable connection (Shift
lever side)
4. Shift cable connection (Shift lever
side)
5. Clip (Shift lever side)
6. Snap pin
7. Shift cable connection
(Transmission side)
<<A>> >>B<< 8. Select cable connection
(Transmission side)
<> >>A<< 9. Clip
10. Shift cable and Select cable
assembly
Shift lever assembly removal
steps
1. Shift knob

GROUP 52A P.52A-7).
>>C<< 3. Select cable connection (Shift
lever side)
4. Shift cable connection (Shift lever
side)
5. Clip (Shift lever side)
11. Shift lever assembly
12. Distance piece
13. Bushing
22A-158
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
<<A>> SELECT CABLE CONNECTION
(TRANSMISSION SIDE) REMOVAL
Set the clip of the select cable as shown in figure 1
and 2, and disconnect the select cable.
<> CLIP REMOVAL
Push up the claws of the clip using a screwdriver,
etc., and then remove the clip from the bracket
together with the cables.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< CLIP INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Insert thoroughly the clip, shift cable and select
cable until they click in place.
1. After installing the new clip to the cable bracket of
the transmission, install the shift cable and select
cable to the cable bracket.
NOTE: The clip is reversible.
2. Move the shift lever to all positions and check that
the operation is smooth.
>>B<< SELECT CABLE CONNECTION
(TRANSMISION SIDE) INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Check that the clip is securely installed.
1. Install the clip of the select cable as shown in the
illustration.
AC211243AC
1
2
Select cable
AC310871AC
Clip
Claws
Gear shift cable,
select cable
AC210558
Gear shift cable, Select cable
New clip
Cable bracket
AE
AC402309
Clip
AC
Select cable
22A-159
2. Move the shift lever to all positions and check that
the operation is smooth.
>>C<< SELECT CABLE CONNECTION
(SHIFT LEVER SIDE) INSTALLATION
1. Move the shift lever until it contacts the 5-speed or
6-speed stopper to stabilize the shift cable at the
shift lever.
2. Release the shift lever, and install the select cable
(at the shift lever side) to the select lever while the
lever is at the neutral position.
3. Check that the shift cable (shift lever side) and the
select cable (shift lever side) are installed
securely, and move the shift lever to all shift
positions.
4. If the shift lever cannot be moved to the shift
positions, adjustment the select cable.
SELECT CABLE (SHIFT LEVER SIDE)
ADJUSTMENT
M1221013300013
Place the shift lever to the neutral position .
1. Remove the front floor console.
2. Remove the select cable from the select lever.
3. Move the shift lever until it hits the stopper at the
6th gear side.
4. Release the shift lever to place it to the neutral
position.
5. Move the lock clip of the select cable towards the
arrowed direction in the figure, and pull the fixing
clip.
6. Install the select cable to the select lever, taking
care not to move the shift lever from the neutral
position.
7. Pulling the select cable slightly towards the cabin
side, press in the fixing clip of the select cable.
Then, return the lock clip back to the original
state.
8. Move the shift lever to all shift positions.
NOTE: If the shift lever cannot be moved to each
position or is difficult to move, repeat from step 3
to step 9.
9. Install the front floor console.
AC211351AC
Select lever
Neutral position
5th gear, 6th gear direction
AC211351AC
Select lever
Neutral position
5th gear, 6th gear direction
AC211247AD
Select cable
Lock clip
Fixing clip
AC211248
Fixing clip
Lock clip
AD
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
22A-160
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
M1221003200178
CAUTION
Always refer to GROUP 52B Service Precautions and Airbag Modules and Clock Spring before
removing the steering wheel and airbag module assembly.
If the Brembo brake caliper is used, be careful not to hit parts and tools against the caliper when
servicing because the paint of the caliper may delaminate.
*: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the
vehicle horizontally and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
Steering Wheel Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 37 Steering Wheel P.37-13).
Under Cover Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
51 Front Bumper P.51-2).
Steering Shaft Cover Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 37 Steering Clumn shaft P.37-15).
Steering Gear and Joint Connection Removal and Instal-
lation (Refer to GROUP 37 Steering Clumn shaft
P.37-15).
Front Axle Crossmember Bar Removal and Installation
(Refer to GROUP 32 Engine Roll Stopper, Centermem-
ber P.32-7).
Front Exhaust Pipe Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 15 Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13).
Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 25 Propeller Shaft P.25-3).
Output shaft Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
26 Drive Shaft Assembly P.26-11).
Transmission Oil Draining and Supplying (Refer to
P.22A-152).
Transfer Oil Draining and Supplying (Refer to P.22A-152).
Bleeding and Hydraulic Pressure Check <ACD> (Refer to
P.22A-153, P.22A-154). <after installation only>
Power Steering Fluid Refilling and Bleeding (Refer to
GROUP 37 On-vehicle Service P.37-10) <Only after
Installation>.
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
22A-161
AC211381AC
2
3
4
5
6
7
49 10 Nm
167 9 Nm
1
54 5 Nm*
7
N
N
N
44 5 Nm
69 9 Nm
69 9 Nm
54 5 Nm
*
167 9 Nm
69 10 Nm
69 10 Nm
Removal steps
1. Centremember assembly
Power steering return hose and

steering gear connection
Power steering pressure hose and

steering gear connection
2. Rear roll stopper connecting bolt
<<A>> 3. Front axle No.1 crossmember
assembly
4. Pressure hose connection
5. Gasket
<> 6. Transfer assembly
7. O-ring
Removal steps (Continued)
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
22A-162
<<A>> FRONT AXLE NO.1 CROSSMEM-
BER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Support the front axle No.1 crossmember assembly
with a transmission jack, and remove the crossmem-
ber mounting bolts and the front axle No.1 cross-
member assembly.
<> TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Support the transfer assembly with a transmission
jack, and remove the transfer mounting bolts and the
transfer assembly.
AC211732AC
Transmission jack
Front axle No.1
crossmember assembly
AC211733AC
Transmission jack
Transfer assembly
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
22A-163
M1221002700590
CAUTION
If the Brembo brake caliper is used, be careful not to hit parts and tools against the caliper when
servicing because the paint of the caliper may delaminate.
*: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the
Transfer Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer to
P.22A-160).
Battery and Battery Tray Removal and Installation.
Strut Tower Bar Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 42 Strut Tower Bar P.42-9).
Strut assembly mounting bolt temporary Installation
<Pre-removal only>
Air duct, Air Cleaner Assembly and Air Intake Hose
Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP 15 Air
Cleaner ).
Air By-pass Hose, Air Hose E, Air Pipe C and Air Hose D
Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP 15 P.15-6).
Starter Assembly Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 16 P.16-20).
AC211629AC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18 3 Nm
18 3 Nm
Removal steps
1. Main harness clamp connection
2. Back-up lamp switch connector
connection
3. Vehicle speed sensor connector
connection
4. Snap pin
5. Shift cable connection
<<A>> 6. Select cable connection
7. Control cable assembly and
bracket
8. Clutch release cylinder and clutch
oil pipe
22A-164
<<A>> SELECT CABLE CONNECTION
REMOVAL
Set the clip of the select cable as shown in figure 1
and 2, and disconnect the select cable.
<> TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
INSULATOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Jack up and support the engine and transmission
assembly, and remove the transmission mounting
insulator assembly.
AC211628AC
11 12
12
13
16
14
15
15
9
10
9
9
10
82 7 Nm*
47 7 Nm*
26 5 Nm
9.0 1.0 Nm
48 5 Nm
48 5 Nm
48 5 Nm
48 5 Nm
8.8 1.0 Nm
48 5 Nm
Removal steps
9. Transmission assembly upper part
coupling bolt
10. Harness clump
<> 11. Transmission mounting insulator
assembly
>>A<< 12. Transmission mounting insulator
stopper
13. Transmission mounting insulator
<<C>>

Engine assembly supporting
Raise the vehicle.

14. Bell housing cover
<<D>>

Clutch release bearing separation
15. Transmission assembly lower part
coupling bolt
16. Transmission assembly
AC211243AC
1
2
Select cable AC211722AC
Engine and transmission assembly
Garage jack
22A-165
<<C>> ENGINE ASSEMBLY SUPPORTING
1. <Engine hanger (special tool MB991895) is used>
(1) Set special tool MB991895 to the strut
mounting nuts and the radiator support upper
insulator mounting bolts, which are located in
the engine compartment, as shown.
(2) Set special tool MB991454 to hold the engine
and transmission assembly.
2. <Engine hanger (special tool MB991928) is used>
(1) Assemble the engine hanger (special tool
MB991928). Set the following parts to the
base hanger.
Slide bracket (HI)
Foot (standard) (MB991932)
Joint (90) (MB991930)
(2) Set the engine hanger (special tool
MB991928) to the strut mounting nuts and the
radiator support upper insulator mounting
bolts, which are located in the engine
compartment, as shown.
NOTE: Adjust the engine hanger balance by
sliding the slide bracket (HI).
(3) Set special tool MB991454 to hold the engine
and transmission assembly.
<<D>> CLUTCH RELEASE BEARING
SEPARATION
1. Remove the service hole cover of the clutch
housing.
CAUTION
Do not insert the flat-tipped driver before
pressing the release fork towards direction A.
Do not insert the flat-tipped driver between
the wedge collar and the wave spring.
2. Insert the flat-tipped driver between the release
bearing and wedge collar while slightly pressing
the release fork towards direction A by hand.
CAUTION
If the driver cannot be turned slightly (the release
bearing cannot be disconnected), remove the
flat-tipped driver and press the release fork sev-
eral times towards direction A, then retry again. If
the release bearing is pried off forcibly, it may be
damaged.
3. Disconnect the release bearing with the wedge
collar while prying off slightly by the flat-tipped
driver (turn the driver's handle 90).
NOTE: When the release bearing is discon-
nected, the release fork is moved to the direction
B fully by the return spring.
AC211734AC
MB991895
MB991454
AC209516AB
Slide bracket (HI)
Joint (90)
(MB991930)
Foot (Standard)
(MB991932)
Front side
AC211735AC
Slide bracket (HI) MB991928
MB991934
MB991932
MB991930
MB991932
MB991527
MB991454
AC211679AD
A B
Release
bearing
Wedge collar
Refer to CAUTION 2.
Service hole
Release fork
22A-166
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< TRANSMISSION MOUNTING INSU-
LATOR STOPPER INSTALLATION
Install so that the arrow on the transmission mount-
ing insulator stopper faces the top of the vehicle.
AC310943 AC
Transmission
mounting
insulator
stopper
Engine side
Transmission
mounting
insulator
4WD-ECU
22A-167
4WD-ECU
M1221012100016
Cowl Side Trim <RH> Removal and Installation. (Refer to
GROUP 52A - Trims P.52A-10). <LH drive vehicles>
Front Floor Console Removal and Installation. (Refer to
GROUP 52A P.52A-7). <RH drive vehicles>
AC310944AB
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
4.9 0.9 Nm
4.9 0.9 Nm
4WD-ECU
4WD-ECU
SENSOR, SWITCH AND RELAY
22A-168
M1221012300043
WARNING
Before removing the steering wheel and air bag module assembly, refer to GROUP 52B, Serv-
ice Precautions (P.52B-3) and Air Bag Module and Clock Spring (P.52B-110).
NOTE: For details on the wheel speed sensor, refer to GROUP 35B On-vehicle Service P.35B-138.
AC311353
5
4
3
2
Parking brake lever
1
AC
Steering wheel sensor removal
steps
Column cover (Refer to GROUP 37

Steering Shaft P.37-15).
<<A>> 1. Steering wheel sensor
G-sensor removal steps

GROUP 52A P.52A-7).
2. Longitudinal G-sensor
3. Lateral G-sensor
Electric pump relay removal
4. Electric pump relay
ACD mode changeover switch
removal steps
Instrument panel ornament (Refer to

GROUP 52A Instrument Panel
Assembly P.52A-2).
5. ACD mode changeover switch
22A-169
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> STEERING WHEEL SENSOR
REMOVAL
CAUTION
Make sure no oil adheres to the steering wheel
sensor because a photocoupler is used.
Remove the steering wheel sensor from the column
switch.
INSPECTION
M1221008000016
ELECTRIC PUMP RELAY CONTINUITY
CHECK
1. Using a jumper wire, connect a battery (+) to
terminal No.2 of the electric pump relay and
battery (-) to terminal No.1.
2. While intermittently disconnecting the jumper wire
at the battery side, check for continuity between
terminals No.3 and No.4 of the electric pump
relay.
ACD MODE CHANGEOVER SWITCH
CONTINUITY CHECK
AC310946AC
Steering wheel sensor
AC311213AB
Jumper wire Continuity between No.3 No.4
Connected Less than 2 ohms
Disconnected Open circuit
ACD mode
changeover switch
terminal
ACD mode
changeover
switch
Continuity
No.1 No.2 ON Less than 2
ohms
OFF Open circuit
No.3 No.4

Less than 2
ohms
AC311214AB
AIR DUCT
22A-170
AIR DUCT
M1221013400010
<<A>> AIR DUCT REMOVAL
Turn the splash shield up to the position where the
air duct mounting bolts can be removed.
Front Under Cover Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 51, Front Bumper Assembly P.51-2.)
AC504974
11 2 Nm
AB
1
Removal steps
<<A>> 1. Air duct
52B-1
GROUP 52B
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 52B-2
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . 52B-3
SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-6
TEST EQUIPMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-8
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-8
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS . . . . 52B-102
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-105
WARNING/CAUTION LABELS . . . . . 52B-106
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . 52B-107
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-107
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-108
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU) . . . 52B-109
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-110
DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULES AND CLOCK
SPRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-110
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-115
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-
TENSIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-117
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-119
AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL
PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-120
WARNING
Carefully read and observe the information in the SERVICE PRECAUTIONS prior to any service.
For information concerning troubleshooting or maintenance, always observe the procedures in the
Troubleshooting section.
If any SRS components are removed or replaced in connection with any service procedures, be sure to follow the
procedures in the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE section for the comportments involved.
If you have any questions about the SRS, please contact your local distributor.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
52B-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1524000100558
The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and seat
belt with pre-tensioner is designed to supplement the
driver's and front passenger's seat belts to help
reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and
front passenger by activating and deploying both
front air bags in certain frontal collisions.
The SRS consist of two air bag modules, SRS air
bag control unit (SRS-ECU), two front impact sen-
sors, SRS warning lamp, clock spring and seat belt
pre-tensioner. Front air bags are located in the centre
of the steering wheel and above the glove box. Each
air bag is made up of a folded air bag and an inflator
unit. The SRS-ECU under the front floor console
monitors the system and has a safing G-sensor and
analogue G-sensor. The warning lamp on the instru-
ment panel indicates the operational status of the
SRS. The clock spring is installed in the steering col-
umn. The seat belt pre-tensioner is built into the
driver's and passenger's front seat belt retractor. The
front impact sensor is assembled on the headlamp
support panel to monitor collision upon frontal
impact.
Only authorized service personnel should do work on
or around the SRS components. Those service per-
sonnel should read this manual carefully before start-
ing any such work.
AC310783
AC304668
AC310070
AC208855
Driver's air bag
module
Clock spring
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
SRS-ECU
Diagnosis connector
SRS warning lamp
Seat belt with
pre-tensioner
Front impact sensor
AB
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
52B-3
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
M1524000300596
DANGER
In order to avoid injury to yourself or others
from accidental deployment of the air bag
during servicing, read and carefully follow all
the precautions and procedures described in
this manual.
CAUTION
Do not use any electrical test equipment on or
near SRS components, except those specified on
P.52B-8.
CAUTION
Never Attempt to Repair the Following Compo-
nents:
1. SRS air bag control unit (SRS-ECU)
2. Clock spring
3. Driver's and front passenger's (front) air bag
modules
4. Front impact sensor
5. Seat belt with pre-tensioner
NOTE: If any of these components are diagnosed as
faulty, they should only be replaced, in accordance
with the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS SERVICE pro-
cedures in this manual, starting at page P.52B-105.
CAUTION
AC300634
SRS-ECU connector
AB
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
52B-4
Do not attempt to repair the wiring harness con-
nectors of the SRS. If a defective wiring harness
is found, repair or replace it by referring to the
table below.
SRS-ECU terminal No. Destination of harness Remedy
1, 2 Instrument panel wiring harness
Front wiring harness (RH) Front
impact sensor (RH)
Correct or replace each wiring
harness.
Front wiring harness (LH) Front
impact sensor (LH)
harness.
7 Instrument panel wiring harness
Earth
Correct or replace the instrument
panel wiring harness.
SRS warning lamp
Passenger's (front) air bag module
Clock spring Driver's air bag
module
Correct or replace instrument panel
wiring harness. Replace the clock
spring.
Junction block (fuse No.3)
Diagnosis connector
27, 28 Floor wiring harness (RH)
Passenger's (front) seat belt
pre-tensioner <LH drive vehicles>
Floor wiring harness (LH)
pre-tensioner <RH drive vehicles>
Connect or replace the floor wiring
harness.
29, 30 Floor wiring harness (LH) Driver's
seat belt pre-tensioner <LH drive
vehicles> Floor wiring harness (RH)
Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
<RH drive vehicles>
harness.
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
52B-5
DANGER
After disconnecting the battery cable, wait 60
seconds or more before proceeding with the
following work. In addition, insulate the neg-
ative battery terminal with a tape. The con-
denser inside the SRS-ECU is designed to
retain enough voltage to deploy the air bag
for a short time even after the battery has
been disconnected, so serious injury may
result from unintended air bag deployment if
work is done on the SRS system immediately
after the battery cables are disconnected.
CAUTION
The SRS components and seat belt with pre-ten-
sioner should not be subjected to heat, so
remove the front impact sensors, SRS-ECU,
drivers and passengers (front) air bag modules,
clock spring, and seat belt pre-tensioner before
drying or baking the vehicle after painting.
Front impact sensors, SRS-ECU, air bag mod-
ules, clock spring: 93C or more
Seat belt with pre-tensioner: 90C or more
CAUTION
Whenever you finish servicing the SRS, always
erase the diagnosis code and check warning
lamp operation to make sure that the system
functions properly.
CAUTION
If checks are carried out by using the SRS-ECU
harness connector, observe the following proce-
dures: Insert the special tool extra fine probe
(MB992006) into connector from harness side
(rear side), and connect the tester to this probe. If
any tool than special tool is used, damage to the
harness and other components will result. Never
insert the probe directly to the terminals from the
front of the connector. The terminals are plated
to increase their conductivity, so that if they are
touched directly by the probe, the plating may
break, which will cause drops in reliability.
AC300580AB
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
AC006195
SRS-harness connector
SRS-ECU harness connector
(rear side)
AH
MB992006
SPECIAL TOOLS
52B-6
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1524000700549
Tool No. Name Use
MB991865 Dummy resistor SRS air bag and seat belt with
pre-tensioner circuit check
MB991866 Resistor harness SRS air bag circuit check
MB991884 Resistor harness (For
Pre-tensioner)
Seat belt with pre-tensioner and
curtain air bag circuit check
MB686560 SRS air bag adapter
harness
Deployment of passenger's
(front) air bag module inside
the vehicle
Deployment of passenger's
(front) air bag module outside
the vehicle
MB991885 Pre-tensioner adapter
harness
Deployment of seat belt with
pre-tensioner and curtain air
bag inside the vehicle
Deployment of seat belt with
pre-tensioner and curtain air
bag outside the vehicle
MB990784 Ornament remover Removal of cover.
MB991502 M.U.T.-II sub assembly Reading and erasing
diagnosis code
Reading trouble period
Reading erase times
MB991865
MB991866
MB991884
MB686560
MB991885
MB990784
B991502
SPECIAL TOOLS
52B-7
MB991955
A: MB991824
B: MB991827
C: MB991910
D: MB991911
E: MB991825
F: MB991826
M.U.T.-III sub-assembly
A: Vehicle
communication
interface (V. C. I.)
B: M.U.T.-III USB cable
C: M.U.T.-III main
harness A (Vehicles
with CAN
communication
system)
D: M.U.T.-III main
harness B (Vehicles
without CAN
communication
system)
E: M.U.T.-III measure
adapter
F: M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
Checking diagnosis code
CAUTION
M.U.T.-III main harness B
(MB991911) should be used.
M.U.T.-III main harness A
should not be used for this
vehicle.
MB991223
A: MB991219
B: MB991220
C: MB991221
D: MB991222
Harness set
A: Check harness
B: LED harness
C: LED harness
adapter
D: Probe
Checking the continuity and
measuring the voltage at the
MB992006 Extra fine probe Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
Tool No. Name Use
MB991910
MB991826
MB991955
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827
MB991825
A
B
C
D
E
F
DO NOT USE
MB991223
A
D
C
B
AZ
DO NOT USE
MB992006
TEST EQUIPMENTS
52B-8
TEST EQUIPMENTS
M1524000800290
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
M1524003100386
Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshoot-
ing/Inspection Service PointsP.00-5.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1524003200361
DIAGNOSIS CODES CHECK
CAUTION
Turn off the ignition switch before connecting or
disconnecting the M.U.T.-II/III.
Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis connector
(16-pin) under the instrument under cover, then
check diagnosis codes (Refer to GROUP 00 How
to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
PointsP.00-5).
ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODE
CAUTION
Turn off the ignition switch before connecting or
disconnecting the M.U.T.-II/III.
and erase the diagnosis code.
SRS WARNING LAMP CHECK
M1524004300446
1. Check that the SRS warning lamp comes on
when the ignition switch is turned ON.
2. Check that the SRS warning lamp illuminates for
about 7 seconds and then goes out.
3. If this is not the cause, check the diagnosis codes.
Tool Name Use
Digital multi-meter Checking SRS electrical circuitry (Use
multi-meter for which the maximum test
current is 2 mA or less at minimum range
of resistance measurement
AC300683
AC311044 SRS warning lamp AB
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-9
CHECK CHART FOR DIAGNOSIS CODES
M1524003300885
Inspect according to the inspection chart that is
appropriate for the diagnosis code.
Code No. Diagnosis item Reference Page
1A Front impact sensor (LH) circuit short
P.52B-11
1B Front impact sensor (LH) circuit open
P.52B-11
1C Front impact sensor (LH) short-circuited to power supply
P.52B-11
1D Front impact sensor (LH) short-circuited to earth
P.52B-11
2A Front impact sensor (RH) circuit short
P.52B-11
2B Front impact sensor (RH) circuit open
P.52B-11
2C Front impact sensor (RH) short-circuited to power supply
P.52B-11
2D Front impact sensor (RH) short-circuited to earth
P.52B-11
14 Analogue G-sensor malfunction
P.52B-15
15 Safing G-sensor (for frontal collision) short-circuited
P.52B-15
16 Safing G-sensor (for frontal collision) open-circuited
P.52B-15
21*
2
Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited
between terminals of the squib circuit)
P.52B-17
22*
2
Driver's air bag module (squib) system (open-circuited in the
squib circuit)
P.52B-21
24*
2
Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system
(short-circuited between terminals of the squib circuit)
P.52B-24
25*
2
Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system
(open-circuited in the squib circuit)
P.52B-27
26*
2
Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
(short-circuited between terminals of the squib circuit)
P.52B-29
27*
2
Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
P.52B-34
28*
2
Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
(short-circuit between terminals of the squib circuit)
P.52B-38
29*
2
Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
P.52B-43
31 SRS-ECU capacitor circuit voltage too high
P.52B-15
32 SRS-ECU capacitor circuit voltage too low
P.52B-15
34*
1
SRS-ECU connector lock out of order
P.52B-47
35 Ignition of the air bag completed
P.52B-49
39 Air bag deployed simultaneously
P.52B-49
41*
1
Power supply voltage (IG1 (A) voltage) drops abnormally.
P.52B-50
42*
1
Power supply voltage (IG1 (B) voltage) drops abnormally.
P.52B-55
43*
1
SRS warning lamp circuit
open-circuited
Lamp does not illuminate
P.52B-60
Lamp does not switch off
P.52B-64
44*
1
SRS warning lamp circuit malfunction
P.52B-67
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-10
NOTE: .
1. *
1
: If the vehicle condition returns to normal, the diagnosis code will be automatically erased, and the SRS
warning lamp will return to normal.
2. *
2
: However, if no diagnosis code resets, the SRS warning lamp will be switched off (The diagnosis code
will be retained).
3. If the vehicle has a discharged battery, it will store the diagnosis code 41 or 42. When these diagnosis
codes are read, check the battery.
45 SRS-ECU non-volatile memory (EEPROM) and A/D
converter system
P.52B-15
46*
1
Improper installed of SRS-ECU
P.52B-68
51 Driver's air bag squib activating circuit short-circuited
P.52B-15
52 Driver's air bag squib activating circuit open-circuited
P.52B-15
54 Passenger's (front) air bag squib activating circuit
short-circuited
P.52B-15
55 Passenger's (front) air bag squib activating circuit
open-circuited
P.52B-15
56 Drivers seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit short-
circuited
P.52B-15
57 Drivers seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit open-
circuited
P.52B-15
58 Passengers (front) seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit
short- circuited
P.52B-15
59 Passengers (front) seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit
open- circuited
P.52B-15
61 Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the
power supply)
P.52B-69
62 Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the
earth)
P.52B-72
64 Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system
(short-circuited to the power supply)
P.52B-75
65 Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system
(short-circuited to the earth)
P.52B-77
66 Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
(short-circuited to the power the supply)
P.52B-79
67 Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
P.52B-83
68 Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
(short-circuited to the power supply)
P.52B-87
69 Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system
P.52B-91
Code No. Diagnosis item Reference Page
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-11
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
PROCEDURES
Code No.1A Front impact sensor (LH) circuit short
Code No.1B Front impact sensor (LH) circuit open
Code No.1C Front impact sensor (LH) short-circuited to power supply
Code No.1D Front impact sensor (LH) short-circuited to earth
Code No.2A Front impact sensor (RH) circuit short
Code No.2B Front impact sensor (RH) circuit open
Code No.2C Front impact sensor (RH) short-circuited to power supply
Code No.2D Front impact sensor (RH) short-circuited to earth
OPERATION
When the left and right front impact sensors
detect a collision, the switches inside the sensors
turn ON.
SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analogue G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
MICROCOMPUTER
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
Front Impact Sensor Circuit
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-12
These diagnosis codes are set if these are abnormal
resistance between the input terminals of the front
impact sensors.
The most likely causes for these codes to be set are
shown in the table below:
PROBABLE CAUSE
Front impact sensor failed
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
Step 1. Check the front impact sensor.
Refer to P.52B-108.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the front impact sensor (Refer to
P.52B-107).
Code No. Trouble causes
1A Left front impact sensor or its wiring shorted
1B Left front impact sensor or wiring open circuit
1C Short to the power supply in the left front impact sensor harness
1D Short to body earth in the left front impact sensor harness
2A Right front impact sensor or its wiring shorted
2B Right front impact sensor or wiring open circuit
2C Short to the power supply in the right front impact sensor harness
2D Short to body earth in the right front impact sensor harness
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-13
Step 2. Resistance measurement at the SRS-ECU
connector C-12.
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from
its front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(2) Take the measurements below at harness-side
connector C-12.
Resistance between terminals 1 and 2 as well
as 3 and 4.
NG: 2 ohms or less (short circuit) or 2
megaohms or more (open circuit)
Continuity between terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 and
body earth
OK: No continuity
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
Step 3. Voltage measurement at the SRS-ECU
connector C-12.
CAUTION
(2) Take the measurements below at harness-side
connector C-12.
Voltage between terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 and body
earth
OK: 0V
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC100338
AC103684
1314151617181920
5 6 7 8 9101112
1 2 3 4
AC103683AK
C-12 Harness side
(Rear View)

AC100338
1314151617181920
5 6 7 8 9101112
1 2 3 4
AC103684AK
C-12 Harness side
(Rear View)

AC103372
4 1 2 3
5 7 6 8
16 15 14 13
12 11 10 9
20 19 18 17
AI
C-12 Harness side
(Rear View)

AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
4 1 2 3
5 7 6 8
16 15 14 13
12 11 10 9
20 19 18 17
AC210613
C-12 Harness side
(Rear View)

AB
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-14
Step 4. Check the wiring harness between the
right front impact sensor connector A-37
(terminals 1 and 2) and SRS-ECU connector C-12
(terminals 1 and 2) as well as between left front
impact sensor connector A-33 (terminals 1 and 2)
and SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminals 3 and 4).
NOTE:
AC310431
Connector: A-37 <LHD>
AF
Harness side
(front view)
A-37 (Y)
2 1
AC310433
Connector: A-37 <RHD>
AE
Harness side
(front view) A-37 (Y)
2 1
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC310542
Connectors: A-33 <LHD>
AE
A-33 (Y)
Harness side
(front view)
2 1
AC310475
Connector: A-33 <RHD>
AD
A-33 (Y)
Harness side
(front view)
2 1
AC310452AW
Connector: C-111
<LHD>
AC310456
Connector: C-111
AT
<RHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-129 <LHD>
BD
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-15
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check interme-
diate connectors C-111 and C-129, and repair if nec-
essary.
Check the front impact sensor output line for
open or short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
Q: Is diagnosis code 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2A, 2B, 2C or 2D
set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-109).
NO : The procedure is complete. (If no
malfunctions are found in all steps, an
intermittent malfunction is suspected. Refer
to GROUP 00 How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
P.00-5).
Code No.14: Analogue G-sensor malfunction
Code No.15: Safing G-sensor (for frontal collision) short-circuited
Code No.16: Safing G-sensor (for frontal collision) open-circuited
Code No.31: SRS-ECU capacitor circuit voltage too high
Code No.32: SRS-ECU capacitor circuit voltage too low
Code No.45: SRS-ECU non-volatile memory (EEPROM) and A/D converter system
Code No.51: Driver's air bag squib activating circuit short-circuited
Code No.52: Driver's air bag squib activating circuit open-circuited
Code No.54: Passenger's (front) air bag squib activating circuit short-circuited
Code No.55: Passenger's (front) air bag squib activating circuit open-circuited
Code No.56: Drivers seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit short-circuited
Code No.57: Drivers seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit open-circuited
Code No.58: Passengers (front) seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit short-circuited
Code No.59: Passengers (front) seat belt pre-tensioner activating circuit open-circuited
AC310454
Connector: C-129 <RHD>
AV
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-16
These diagnosis codes are set when a fault is
detected in the SRS-ECU. The most likely causes for
this code to be set are shown in the table below:
PROBABLE CAUSE
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-109).
Code No. Part/Circuit integral to
SRS-ECU
Trouble causes
14 Analog G-sensor When the analog G-sensor is not operating
When the characteristics of the analog G-sensor are
abnormal
When the output from the analog G-sensor is
abnormal
15 Safing G-sensor (for frontal
collision)
Short circuit in the safing G-sensor
16 Open circuit in the safing G-sensor
31 Capacitor circuit Voltage at the capacitor terminal is higher than the
specified value for five seconds or more
32 Voltage at the capacitor terminal is lower than the
specified value for five seconds or more (This is not
detected if diagnosis code No.41 or 42 indicating
battery positive voltage drop has been output).
45 Non-volatile memory (EEPROM)
and A/D converter
When the non-volatile memory (EEPROM) and A/D
converter system are abnormal
51 Driver's air bag module (squib
ignition drive circuit)
Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
52 Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
54 Passenger's (front) air bag
module (squib ignition drive
circuit)
56 Drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
(squib ignition drive circuit)
58 Passengers (front) seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib ignition drive
circuit)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-17
Code No.21: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited between terminals of the squib
circuit)
OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
SRS-ECU outputs an ignition signal. At this time,
if the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
This diagnosis code is set if one driver's air bag
squib wire shorted to the other. However, if no diag-
nosis code resets, the SRS warning lamp will be
switched off (diagnosis code will be retained).
PROBABLE CAUSES
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit in the clock spring
Short circuit between the driver's air bag module
(squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the earth wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected).
Therefore, if connector C-12, C-205 or C-201 is dam-
aged or improperly engaged, the short spring may
not be released when the connector is connected.
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK
SPRING
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(DRIVER'S SIDE)
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-18
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1.M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code
CAUTION
To prevent damage to M.U.T.-II/III, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position
before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-II/III.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOOK" (OFF)
position.
Q: Is diagnosis code 34 set?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 2. Connector lock check: SRS-ECU
connector C-12 (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect connectors C-12 and then reconnect
them.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase the diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed
that diagnosis code 21 set as connector
C-12 was engaged improperly.
connector C-12 clock spring connector C-205
and drivers air bag module connector C-201.
(M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
(2) Disconnect connectors C-12, C-205 and C-201,
and then reconnect them.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-12, C-205 or C-201 was engaged
improperly.
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC310479 AF
Connectors: C-201, C-205
<LHD>
C-205 (Y)
C-201
C-205 Harness side
connector (rear view)
C-201 Harness side
AC310481AF
<RHD>
C-205 (Y)
C-205 Harness side
C-201 Harness side
C-201
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-19
STEP 4. Check the diagnosis code by connecting
a dummy resistor. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
(2) By sliding the A section (in the figure) of air bag
module connector C-201 in the arrow direction,
disconnect the connector.
(3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865)
to special tool resistor harness (MB991866).
CAUTION
(4) Insert special tool (MB991866) into clock spring
side air bag module connector C-201 by
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module (Refer
to P.52B-110).
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-205.
CAUTION
harness side connector C-205 (terminal No.3 and
4) by backprobing.
diagnosis code.
AC105823
AC304700
AC305145AE
A
Steering
wheel
C-201 Air bag
module connector
AC300945AE
MB991865
(Dummy resistor : 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-201 Air bag
module
connector
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC300949AC
MB991865 (Dummy
resistor : 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-205 Clock spring
connector
(Rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-20
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the clock spring (Refer to
P.52B-110).
STEP 6. Resistance measurement at the
SRS-ECU connector C-12.
DANGER
To prevents the air bag from deploying unin-
tentionally, disconnect the clock spring con-
nector C-205 to short the squib circuit.
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth
of 4 mm or more, otherwise the short spring will
not be released.
(3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm wide, 0.5 mm thick]
between terminals 11, 12 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
CAUTION
(4) Resistance measurement between C-12 harness
side connector terminals 11 and 12.
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.11
and 12 and clock spring connector C-205
(terminal No.3 and 4).
STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
P.52B-109).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
(Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use
P.00-5).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC100391BG
Section
A - A Cable tie
Short spring
4 mm or more
Terminal
A
A
C-12 Harness side
(front view)

C-12 Harness side
(rear view)
AQ
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-21
Code No.22: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib circuit)
OPERATION
This diagnosis code is set if drivers air bag squib
wire(s) are open-circuited. However, if no diagnosis
code resets, the SRS warning lamp will be switched
off (diagnosis code will be retained).
PROBABLE CAUSES
Open circuit in the clock spring
Open circuit due to improper neutral position of
the clock spring
Open circuit in the driver's air bag module (squib)
circuit
Disengaged driver's air bag module (squib) con-
nector
Improper connector contact
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK
SPRING
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(DRIVER'S SIDE)
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-22
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
module connector C-201 in the arrow direction,
CAUTION
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module (Refer
to P.52B-110).
CAUTION
4) by backprobing.
diagnosis code.
AC105823
AC304700
AC305145AE
A
Steering
wheel
C-201 Air bag
module connector
AC300945AE
MB991865
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-201 Air bag
module
connector
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC300949AC
MB991865 (Dummy
resistor : 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-205 Clock spring
connector
(Rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-23
YES : Go to Step 3.
P.52B-110).
STEP 3. Resistance measurement between the
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.11 and 12)
and the clock spring connector C-205 (terminal
No.3 and 4)
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12 and clock
spring connector C-205.
CAUTION
(2) Resistance measurement between the following
terminals.
SRS-ECU connector C-12 terminal No.11 and
the clock spring connector C-205 terminal
No.3
the clock spring connector C-205 terminal
No.4
OK: Less than 2
Q: Are the check results normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
and 12) and clock spring connector C-205
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
1 2 4 3
AC200924
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
C-12 Harness
side connector
(rear view)
C-205 Harness
side connector
(rear view)
AJ
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-24
Code No.24: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited between terminals of
the squib circuit)
OPERATION
to inflate the air bag.
This diagnosis code is set if one passengers (front)
air bag squib wire shorted to the other. However, if no
diagnosis code resets, the SRS warning lamp will be
PROBABLE CAUSES
spring*
Short circuit between the passenger's (front) air
bag module (squib) circuit terminals
squib circuit when the connectors are discon-
nected).Therefore, if connector C-12 or C-106 is
damaged or improperly engaged, the short spring
may not be released when the connector is con-
nected.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
CAUTION
position.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Go to Step 3.
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-25
connector C-12. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
(2) Disconnect the connectors C-12 and then
reconnect them.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
connector C-12 and passengers (front) air bag
module connector C-106. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis
code)
(2) Disconnect connectors C-12 and C-106, and then
reconnect them.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-12, or C-106 was engaged improperly.
(2) Disconnect passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-106.
CAUTION
(4) Disconnect the passenger's (front) air bag
module connector C-106 and insert special tool
(MB991866) into the harness side connector by
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag
module (Refer to P.52B-110).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC300956AL
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-106 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector
C-106 Harness side
connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-26
STEP 5. Resistance measurement at SRS-ECU
connector C-12.
connector C-106.
DANGER
tentionally, disconnect the passengers
(front) air bag module connector C-106 to
short the squib circuit.
module connector C-106.
CAUTION
not be released.
CAUTION
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 6.
and 10) and passengers (front) air bag
module connector C-106 (terminal No.2 and
1).
reset.
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer
toP.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC006036
Section
A - A
C-12
Harness side connector
(front view)
Cable tie
Short spring
4 mm or more
Terminal
AV
A
A
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
AC006044
C-12
(rear view)
AQ
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-27
Code No.25: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib circuit)
OPERATION
This diagnosis code is set if passengers (front) air
bag squib wire(s) are open-circuited. However, if no
diagnosis code resets, the SRS warning lamp will be
PROBABLE CAUSES
Open circuit in the passenger's (front) air bag
module (squib) circuit
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-28
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
connector C-106.
CAUTION
module connector C-106, and insert special tool
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement between
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No9 and 10)
and the passenger's (front) air bag module
connector C-106 (terminal No.2 and 1)
connector C-106.
(2) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12 and
passenger's (front) air bag module connector
C-106.
CAUTION
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC300956AL
MB991865
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-106 Harness side
connector
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
1 2
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 18 19 20 17
AC203891
C-12
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
C-106 Harness side connector
(rear view)
AG
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-29
terminals.
the passengers (front) air bag module con-
nector C-106 terminal No.1
the passengers (front) air bag module con-
nector C-106 terminal No.2
OK: Less than 2
YES : Go to Step 3.
and 9 and passengers (front) air bag
2).
reset.
toP.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.26: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited between terminals of the
squib circuit)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
AIR BAG DRIVE CIRCUIT
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) (LHD)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-30
OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analogue G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU outputs an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the seat belt pre-tensioner will
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if one drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner squib wire shorted to the other. How-
ever, if no diagnosis code resets, the SRS warning
lamp will be switched off (diagnosis code will be
retained).
PROBABLE CAUSES
spring*
Short circuit between the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
Therefore, if connector C-13, D-16 <LHD>, or D-03
<RHD> is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) (RHD)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-31
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
CAUTION
position.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Go to Step 3.
connector C-13 (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
reconnect them.
(3) Connector the negative battery terminal.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
connector C-13 and drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03
<RHD> (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
(2) Disconnect connectors C-13, D-16 <LHD>, or
D-03 <RHD>, and then reconnect them. For
connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD>, use a
flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking
button at the harness side connector, and then
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-32
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-13, D-16 <LHD>, or D-03 <RHD> was
engaged improperly.
(2) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD>. Use a
(4) Connect special tool (MB991884) to the
D-16<LHD> or D-03 <RHD> harness side
connector.
(6) Erase diagnosis code memory, and then check
the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with
pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-117).
AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC300975AI
MB991865
MB991884
(Resistor
harness)
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
Harness side connectors
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-33
SRS-ECU connector C-13.
DANGER
tentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
<RHD> to short the squib circuit.
CAUTION
of 4mm or more, otherwise the short spring will
not be released.
CAUTION
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 6.
and 30) and drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
AC200988 AM
A
A
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
(front view)
Terminal
Section
A - A Cable tie
Short spring
4 mm or more
AC006244
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
25 26
27 28 29 30
31 32 33
21 22 23 24
C-13
(rear view)
AS
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-34
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.27: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib circuit)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-35
OPERATION
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if driver's seat belt pre-ten-
sioner squib wire(s) are open-circuited. However, if
no diagnosis code resets, the SRS warning lamp will
be switched off (diagnosis code will be retained).
PROBABLE CAUSES
Open circuit in the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
(squib) circuit
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-36
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
(4) Connect special tool (MB991884) to the D-16
<LHD> or D-03 <RHD> harness side connector.
the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC300975AI
MB991865
MB991884
(Resistor
harness)
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-37
and the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner D-16
<LHD> or D-03 <RHD> (terminal No.2 and 1).
driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-16
<LHD> or D-03 <RHD>, and measure at the
wiring harness side. For connector D-16 <LHD>
or D-03 <RHD>, use a flat-tipped screwdriver to
pull out the locking button at the harness side
connector, and then disconnect the connector.
(2) Connect D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD> harness
side connector to special tool resistor harness
(MB991884).
CAUTION
terminals.
special tool terminal No.1
special tool terminal No.2
OK: Less than 2
YES : Go to Step 3.
and 30) and drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD>
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
AC201287AZ
MB991884
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Harness side
connectors
AC203780
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
25 26
27 28 29 30
31 32 33
21 22 23 24
2
1
C-13 Harness side
connector
(rear view)
Special tool
MB991884
AE
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-38
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.27 set?
toP.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.28: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuit between
terminals of the squib circuit)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
Passenger's (Front) Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) (LHD)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-39
OPERATION
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if one passengers (front)
seat belt pre-tensioner squib wire shorted to the
other. However, if no diagnosis code resets, the SRS
warning lamp will be switched off (diagnosis code will
be retained).
PROBABLE CAUSES
spring*
Short circuit between the passenger's (front) seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
Therefore, if connector C-13, D-03 <LHD> or
D-16<RHD> is damaged or improperly engaged, the
short spring may not be released when the connector
is connected.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
CAUTION
position.
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
Passenger's (Front) Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) (RHD)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-40
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Go to Step 3.
connector C-13. (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
reconnect them.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-13, D-03 <LHD> or D-16 <RHD> was
engaged improperly.
connector C-13 and passengers (front) seat belt
<RHD> (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code)
(2) Disconnect connectors C-13 and D-03 <LHD> or
D-16 <RHD>, and then reconnect them. For
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-41
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-13, D-03 <LHD> or D-16 <RHD> was
engaged improperly.
(2) Disconnect passenger's (front) seat belt
<RHD>. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out
the locking button at the harness side connector,
and then disconnect the connector.
the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) seat belt
with pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-117).
AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC103283AY
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
(Resistor
Harness)
MB991865
(Dummy Resistor : 3 )
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-42
SRS-ECU connector C-13
DANGER
tentionally, disconnect the passengers
(front) seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-03
<LHD> or D-16 <RHD> to short the squib cir-
cuit.
CAUTION
not be released.
CAUTION
OK: Open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 6.
and 8) and passengers (front) seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 <LHD> or
D-16 <RHD> (terminal No.1 and 2).
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
AC100393AB AQ
A
A
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
(front view)
Terminal
Section
A - A
Cable tie
Short spring 4 mm or more
AC100326
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
25 26
27 28 29 30
31 32 33
21 22 23 24
AQ
C-13 Harness side
connector
(rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-43
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.29: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (open-circuited in the squib
circuit)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-44
OPERATION
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if the passenger's (front)
seat belt pre-tensioner squib wire(s) are
open-circuited. However, if no diagnosis code resets,
the SRS warning lamp will be switched off (diagnosis
code will be retained).
PROBABLE CAUSES
Open circuit in the passenger's (front) seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-45
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC103283AY
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
(Resistor
Harness)
MB991865
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-46
and the passenger's (front) seat belt
<RHD> (terminal No.1 and 2)
passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-03 <LHD> or D-16 <RHD>. For
(2) Connect D-03 <LHD> or D-16 <RHD> harness
side connector to special tool resistor harness
(MB991884).
CAUTION
terminals.
the special tool terminal No.2
the special tool terminal No.1
OK: Less than 2
YES : Go to Step 3.
and 28) passengers (front) seat belt
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
AC201287BB
MB991884
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Harness side
connectors
AC210076
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
25 26
27 28 29 30
31 32 33
21 22 23 24
2
1
AG
Resister harness
connector
C-13 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-47
STEP 3.Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.34: SRS-ECU connector lock out of order
This diagnosis code is set if a poor connection at the
SRS-ECU is detected. However, if the vehicle condi-
tion returns to normal, diagnosis code number 34 will
be automatically erased, and the SRS warning lamp
will go out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Damaged connectors
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-48
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
connector C-12 and C-13 (M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis
code)
(2) Disconnect SRS-ECU connectors C-12 and
C-13, and then reconnect them.
the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
C-12 or C-13 was engaged improperly.
connector C-12 and C-13
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connectors C-12 and
C-13.
(2) Check the connector lock switch terminal inside
the harness side connector for improper contact
or deformation.
Q: Are the SRS-ECU connector C-12 and C-13 in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the SRS-ECU connector C-12 or
C-13.
AC309146
CONNECTORS: C-12, C-13
SRS-ECU
AC
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
C-13
Harness side
(front view)
C-12 (Y)
C-12
AC006249AM
SRS-ECU Harness side connector
(front view)
Connector lock
switch terminal
AC309146
CONNECTORS: C-12, C-13
SRS-ECU
AC
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
C-13
Harness side
(front view)
C-12 (Y)
C-12
AC006249AM
SRS-ECU Harness side connector
(front view)
Connector lock
switch terminal
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-49
reset.
toP.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.35: Ignition of the air bag completed
This diagnosis code is set after the air bag has
deployed. If this diagnosis code is set before the air
bag has deployed, the cause is probably a malfunc-
tion inside the SRS-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSE
DIAGNOSIS
Replace the SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-109).
Code No. 39 Air bags Deployed Simultaneously
This code is set when the air bags have deployed
simultaneously. If this code is set before the air bags
have deployed, an internal failure may have occurred
in the SRS-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSE
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Replace the SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-109).
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-50
Code No.41: Power supply voltage (IG1 (A) voltage) drops abnormally.
OPERATION
The SRS-ECU is powered from the ignition
switch (IG1).
The SRS-ECU power is supplied from two cir-
cuits. Even if one circuit is shut off, the air bag
can inflate.
This diagnosis code is set if the voltage between the
IG1 terminals (fuse No.2 circuit) and earth is lower
than a predetermined value for a continuous period
of 5 second or more. However, if the system returns
to normal condition, code number 41 will be erased
automatically and the SRS warning lamp will go out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
POWER SOURCE
CIRCUIT
BACK-UP
CAPACITOR
D.C.-D.C.
CONVERTER
MICROCOMPUTER
COMBINATION
METER
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
SRS-ECU
NOTE
: LH drive
vehicles
: RH drive
vehicles
IG1 Power Supply Circuit System
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-51
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check junction block fuse number 2.
Q: Is the fuse burned out?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the SRS-ECU
connector C-12
CAUTION
(5) Voltage measurement between C-12 harness
side connector terminal 16 and body earth.
OK: 9 V or more.
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC301761AC
Fuse No.2
Junction
block
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC203279
131415 1617 1819 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
1 2 3 4
AF
C-12
Harness connector
(rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-52
STEP 3. Check the connectors between SRS-ECU
connector C-12 and ignition switch connector
C-208.
YES : Check the harness wires for open circuit
between SRS-ECU connector C-12
(terminal No.16) and ignition switch
connector C-208, and repair if necessary.
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC303806
Connector: C-208
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AI
Clock spring
AC303820 AE
Connector: C-208
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
Clock spring
AC303823
C-214
C-211
AV
<RHD>
C-211
Harness side
(front view)
C-214
AC303809
C-211
Harness side
(front view)
C-214
C-211
AY
<LHD>
C-214
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-53
STEP 4. Check a burned-out fuse.
(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait
for at least one minute and then turn the ignition
switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : This diagnosis is complete.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the junction
block connector C-214
(1) Disconnect junction block connector C-214, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
CAUTION
(2) Resistance measurement between terminal 24
and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 6. Resistance measurement at junction
CAUTION
and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
AC303808
Connector: C-214
AN
<LHD>
Harness side (front view)
AC303822
Connector: C-214
AO
<RHD>
AC106855
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
1516171819202122232425262728
C-214 Harness side connector (rear view)
AN
AC303808
Connector: C-214
AN
<LHD>
AC303822
Connector: C-214
AO
<RHD>
Y1729AU
AC106854
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314
1516 1718 19 20 212223 242526 2728
AM
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-54
YES : Check the other circuit, which flows through
fuse number 2.
NO : Check the harness wire for short circuit
between junction block connector C-214
(terminal No.25) and combination meter
connector C-01 (terminal No.9), and repair if
necessary.
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12, and
CAUTION
and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 8.
(terminal No.16) and junction block
connector C-214 (terminal No.24), and
repair if necessary.
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC201665
131415 1617 1819 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
1 2 3 4
AI
C-12 Harness connector
(rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-55
Code No.42: Power supply voltage (IG1 (B) voltage) drops abnormally.
OPERATION
switch (IG1).
can inflate.
This diagnosis code is set if the voltage between the
IG1 terminals (fuse No.3 circuit) and earth is lower
than a predetermined value for a continuous period
of 5 second or more. However, if the system returns
to normal condition, code number 42 will be erased
PROBABLE CAUSES
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
POWER SOURCE
CIRCUIT
BACK-UP
CAPACITOR
D.C.-D.C.
CONVERTER
MICROCOMPUTER
COMBINATION
METER
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
SRS-ECU
NOTE
: LH drive
vehicles
: RH drive
vehicles
IG1 Power Supply Circuit System
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-56
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check junction block fuse number 3.
Q: Is the fuse burned out?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at SRS-ECU
connector C-12
CAUTION
side connector terminal 13 and body earth.
OK: 9 V or more
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC301761AD
Fuse No.3
Junction
block
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC203280
131415 1617 181920
5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
1 2 3 4
AH
C-12 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-57
STEP 3. Check the connectors between SRS-ECU
connector C-12 and ignition switch connector
C-208.
YES : Check the harness wires for open or short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-12
(terminal No.13) and ignition switch
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC303806
Connector: C-208
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AI
Clock spring
AC303820 AE
Connector: C-208
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
Clock spring
AC303823
C-214
C-211
AV
<RHD>
C-211
Harness side
(front view)
C-214
AC303809
C-211
Harness side
(front view)
C-214
C-211
AY
<LHD>
C-214
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-58
STEP 4. Check a burned-out fuse.
(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait
for at least one minute and then turn the ignition
switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the junction
CAUTION
and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
YES : Check the other circuit, which flows through
fuse number 3.
NO : Go to Step 6.
(1) Disconnect SRS-ECU connector C-12, and
CAUTION
and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 7.
(terminal No.13) and junction block
connector C-214 (terminal No.7), and repair
if necessary.
AC303808
Connector: C-214
AN
<LHD>
AC303822
Connector: C-214
AO
<RHD>
AC100339
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
1516171819202122232425262728
AI
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC202026
131415 1617 181920
5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
1 2 3 4
C-12 Harness connector (rear view)
AL
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-59
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-60
Code No.43: SRS warning lamp circuit open-circuited (Lamp does not Illuminate).
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
MICROCOMPUTER
COMBINATION
METER
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
Wire colour code
SRS Warning Lamp Drive Circuit
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-61
OPERATION
Power for the SRS warning lamp is supplied from
the ignition switch (IG1) circuit.
The SRS warning lamp illuminates when the igni-
tion switch is turned to the "ON" position and
goes out after approximately 7 seconds if there is
not a malfunction in the SRS system.
This diagnosis code is set when an open circuit is
detected for a continuous period of 5 seconds
while the SRS-ECU is monitoring the SRS warn-
ing lamp and the lamp is OFF. (transistor OFF).
However, if the vehicle condition returns to nor-
mal, diagnosis code 43 will be automatically
erased, and the SRS warning lamp will go out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Damaged wiring harnesses of connectors
Blown bulb
Malfunction of the combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the SRS warning lamp.
(2) Disconnected the SRS-ECU connector C-12.
Q: Does the warning lamp illuminate?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the SRS warning lamp bulb.
Q: Has the SRS warning lamp bulb blown?
YES : Replace the SRS warning lamp bulb.
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-62
STEP 3. Check the harness for open circuit
between ignition switch connector C-208
(terminal No.2) and combination meter C-01
(terminal No.9) and between combination meter
C-02 (terminal No.36) and SRS-ECU connector
C-12 (terminal No.8).
NOTE: After inspecting intermediate connectors
C-01, C-02, C-23 <LHD> or C-01, C-02 <RHD>
inspect the wiring harness. If intermediate connec-
tors C-01, C-02, C-23 <LHD> or C-01, C-02 <RHD>.
are damaged, repair or replace them.
YES : Replace the combination meter (Refer to
GROUP 54A Combination Meters
Assembly P.54A-56). Then go to Step 4.
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.8)
and the ignition switch connector C-208
(terminal No.2).
AC303806
Connector: C-208
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AI
Clock spring
AC303820 AE
Connector: C-208
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
Clock spring
AC303799
Connectors: C-01, C-02, C-23
AQ
C-01
<LHD>
C-01 Harness side
C-02 (L)
C-23 (B)
C-02
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-23
2 1 3
13 12 14 21
10 5 4 6
16 15 17
7 8 9
19 18 20
11
22
Harness side
AC303815
AR
<RHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-63
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-64
Code No.43: SRS warning lamp circuit open-circuited (Lamp does not Switch Off).
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
MICROCOMPUTER
COMBINATION
METER
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
Wire colour code
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-65
OPERATION
the ignition switch (IG1) circuit.
This diagnosis code is set when a short to earth
occurs in the harness between the SRS warning
lamp and SRS-ECU while SRS-ECU is monitor-
ing the lamp and the lamp is ON. However, if the
vehicle condition returns to normal, diagnosis
code 43 will be automatically erased, and the
SRS warning lamp will go out.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the SRS warning lamp.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery cable.
(2) Disconnect the combination meter connector
C-02.
(3) Connect the negative battery cable.
Q: Does the SRS warning lamp go out?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the combination meter (Refer to
GROUP 54A Combination Meters
Assembly P.54A-56).
AC303798
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AZ
Harness side
C-02 (L)
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
AC303814
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AV
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-66
STEP 2. Check the harness for short circuit to
earth between SRS-ECU connector C-12
(terminal No.8) and combination meter connector
C-02 (terminal No.36).
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the harness wire between SRS-ECU
connector C-12 (terminal No.8) and
combination meter connector C-02 (terminal
No.36).
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC303798
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AZ
Harness side
C-02 (L)
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
AC303814
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AV
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-67
Code No.44: SRS warning lamp circuit malfunction
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
MICROCOMPUTER
COMBINATION
METER
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
Wire colour code
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-68
OPERATION
the ignition switch (IG1).
This diagnosis code is set under one of the fol-
lowing cases while the SRS-ECU is monitoring
the warning lamp drive circuit:
When a short circuit occurs in the warning
lamp drive circuit.
When a malfunction is detected in the output
transistor inside the SRS-ECU.
However, if the vehicle condition returns to nor-
mal, diagnosis code 44 will be automatically
erased, and the SRS warning lamp will go out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Check the SRS warning lamp drive circuit system.
Refer to P.52B-60, P.52B-64.
Code No. 46 Improper installation of SRS-ECU
This diagnosis code is set when an SRS-ECU
designed only for the driver's air bag, is installed on
vehicle, which has both driver's and passenger's
(front) air bags. However, if the system returns to
normal condition, code number 46 will be erased
PROBABLE CAUSES
Incorrect SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Replace the SRS-ECU to a proper one for equipment
(Refer to P.52B-109).
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-69
Code No.61: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the power supply)
OPERATION
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
This diagnosis code is set if the drivers air bag squib
wire(s) are short-circuited to the power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the clock spring
Short to the power supply in the driver's air bag
module (squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK
SPRING
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(DRIVER'S SIDE)
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-70
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
module connector C-201 in arrow direction,
CAUTION
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code 61 out put?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the drivers air bag module (Refer
to P.52B-110).
CAUTION
4) by backprobing.
diagnosis code.
AC105823
AC304700
AC305145AE
A
Steering
wheel
C-201 Air bag
module connector
AC300945AE
MB991865
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-201 Air bag
module
connector
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC300949AC
MB991865 (Dummy
resistor : 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-205 Clock spring
connector
(Rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-71
YES : Go to Step 3.
P.52B-110).
connector C-12
DANGER
CAUTION
side connector terminals 11, 12 and body earth.
OK: 0 V
YES : Go to Step 4.
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC006255
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
AT
C-12 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-72
Code No.62: Driver's air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
OPERATION
This diagnosis code is set if the driver's air bag squib
wire(s) are short-circuited to the earth.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the clock spring
Short to the earth in the driver's air bag module
(squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK
SPRING
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(DRIVER'S SIDE)
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-73
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
module connector C-201 in arrow direction,
CAUTION
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code 62 out put?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the drivers air bag module (Refer
to P.52B-110).
CAUTION
4) by backprobing.
diagnosis code.
AC105823
AC304700
AC305145AE
A
Steering
wheel
C-201 Air bag
module connector
AC300945AE
MB991865
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-201 Air bag
module
connector
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC300949AC
MB991865 (Dummy
resistor : 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-205 Clock spring
connector
(Rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-74
YES : Go to Step 3.
P.52B-110).
DANGER
CAUTION
(3) Check for continuity between C-12 harness side
connector terminals 11, 12 and body earth.
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 4.
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC310479 AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC310481AG
C-205 (Y)
Harness side
connector
(rear view)
AC006256
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
AS
C-12 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-75
Code No.64: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the power supply)
OPERATION
air bag squib wire(s) are short-circuited to the power
supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Short to the power supply in the passenger's
(front) air bag module (squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-76
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP1. Check the diagnosis code by connecting
connector C-106.
CAUTION
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
connector C-12
CAUTION
To prevents the air bag from deploying uninten-
tionally, disconnect the passengers (front) air
bag module connector C-106 to short the squib
circuit.
module connector C-106.
CAUTION
OK: 0 V
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC300956AL
MB991865
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-106 Harness side
connector
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
AC006257AR
C-12 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-77
YES : Go to Step 3.
and 10) and passenger's (front) air bag
2).
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.65: Passenger's (front) air bag module (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
OPERATION
if the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRs
(front) air bag will inflate.
spring to inflate the air bag.
air bag squib wire(s) are short-circuited to the earth.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Short to the earth in the passenger's (front) air
bag module (squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
AIR BAG DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-78
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
connector C-106.
CAUTION
backprobing.
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
CAUTION
To prevents the air bag from deploying uninten-
tionally, disconnect the passengers (front) air
bag module connector C-106 to short the squib
circuit.
connector C-106.
CAUTION
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC300956AL
MB991865
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-106 Harness side
connector
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
2 1
Harness side
C-106 (R)
AQ
AC006258
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
AR
C-12 Harness side connector
(rear view)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-79
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 3.
and 10) and passenger's (front) air bag
2).
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
Code No.66: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the power supply)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-80
OPERATION
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner wire(s) are short-circuited to the power
supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Short to the power supply in the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-81
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
(6) Erase diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC300975AI
MB991865
MB991884
(Resistor
harness)
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-82
connector C-13
CAUTION
OK: 0 V
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified
range?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the harness wire between SRS-ECU
connector C-13 (terminal No.29 and 30) and
drivers seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD> (terminal No.1
and 2).
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
AC006259
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
25 26
27 28 29 30
31 32 33
21 22 23 24
AS
C-13 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-83
Code No.67: Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-84
OPERATION
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner wire(s) are short-circuited to the earth.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Short to the earth in the driver's seat belt pre-ten-
sioner (squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-85
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
(6) Erase diagnosis code memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC300975AI
MB991865
MB991884
(Resistor
harness)
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-86
CAUTION
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the harnss wire between SRS-ECU
connector C-13 (terminal No.29 and 30) and
drivers seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-16 <LHD> or D-03 <RHD> (terminal No.1
and 2).
reset.
toP.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AN
Connector: D-16
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC310471Ai
Connector: D-03
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC300147AW
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-16 <LHD>,
D-03 <RHD>
Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
connector
D-16 <LHD>, D-03 <RHD>
AC201666
3435 363738 3940 4142
2526
2728 2930
313233
2122 2324
AM
C-13 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-87
Code No.68: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the power
supply)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-88
OPERATION
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if passenger's (front) seat
belt pre-tensioner wire(s) are short-circuited to the
power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Short to the power supply in the passenger's
(front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-89
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC103283AY
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
(Resistor
Harness)
MB991865
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-90
connector C-13
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position,
CAUTION
OK: 0 V
YES : Go to Step 3.
and 28) and passenger's (front) seat belt
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
AC100341
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
25 26
27 28 29 30
31 32 33
21 22 23 24
AS
C-13 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-91
Code No.69: Passenger's (front) seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) system (short-circuited to the earth)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(RH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-92
OPERATION
deploy.
This diagnosis code is set if passenger's (front) seat
belt pre-tensioner wire(s) are short-circuited to the
earth.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Short to the earth in the passenger's (front) seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib) harness
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER
(LH)
Wire colour code
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED: OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-93
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
MB991885
AC103283AY
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
MB991884
(Resistor
Harness)
MB991865
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-94
CAUTION
OK: Open circuit
YES : Go to Step 3.
and 28) and passenger's (front) seat belt
reset.
P.52B-109).
P.00-5).
AC101951
Connector: C-13
SRS-ECU
AL
C-13 (Y)
21
252627282930 313233
343536373839404142
22 2324
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

AC310465AO
Connector: D-03
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-03 (B)
AC310471AJ
Connector: D-16
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
D-16 (B)
AC300147AX
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 <LHD>,
D-16 <RHD>
Passenger's (front)
seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
D-03 <LHD>, D-16 <RHD>
AC201663
3435 363738 39 40 4142
2526
2728 2930
313233
2122 2324
AK
C-13 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-95
CHECK CHART FOR TROUBLE
SYMPTOMS
M1524003400611
Trouble Inspection procedure No. Reference page
Communication with M.U.T.-II MB991502 or
M.U.T.-III MB991955 is not possible
(Communication with all systems is not
possible).
GROUP 13A
Troubleshooting
P.13A-237
Communication with M.U.T.-II MB991502 or
M.U.T.-III MB991955 is not possible
(Communication is not possible with SRS).
1
P.52B-96
When the ignition switch is turned to the "ON"
position (engine stopped), the SRS warning
lamp does not illuminate.
Refer to diagnosis code No.43.
P.52B-60
After the ignition switch is turned to the "ON"
position, the SRS warning lamp does not go off
within approximately 7 seconds.
Refer to diagnosis code No.43.
P.52B-64
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-96
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with M.U.T.-II MB991502 or M.U.T.-III MB991955 is not
possible (Communication is not possible with SRS).
OPERATION
switch (IG1).
can inflate.
The SRS system diagnosis can be done by con-
necting M.U.T.-II MB991502 or M.U.T.-III
MB991955 to the diagnosis connector.
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
POWER SOURCE
CIRCUIT
BACK-UP
CAPACITOR
D.C.-D.C.
CONVERTER
MICROCOMPUTER
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
MUT INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
FRONT SIDE
Wire colour code
SRS-ECU
NOTE
: LH drive vehicles
: RH drive vehicles
SRS-ECU Power Supply Circuit
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-97
If communication is not possible with the SRS only,
the cause is probably an open circuit in the on-board
diagnostic output circuit of the SRS or in the power
circuit (including earth circuit).
PROBABLE CAUSES
Incorrect M.U.T.-II ROM pack
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check that the M.U.T.-II/III can
communicate with the other systems.
Q: Can the M.U.T.-II/III communicate with the other
systems?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to GROUP 13A Troubleshooting
P.13A-237.
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.20) and
diagnosis connector C-14 (terminal No.7)
diagnosis connector C-14, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC303800
Connector: C-14
<LHD>
AJ
Front side
C-14 (B)
AC303812
Connector: C-14
<RHD>
AE
Front side
C-14(B)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-98
CAUTION
of the SRS-ECU connector C-12 its front side
directly as the connector contact pressure may
be weakened.
terminals.
SRS-ECU connector C-12 (terminal No.20)
and diagnosis connector C-14 (terminal No.7)
OK: Less than 2
Q: Is the check results normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement the earth
circuit to the SRS-ECU connector C-12
CAUTION
(2) Check for continuity between terminal 7 and body
earth.
OK: Less than 2
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Check the harness wire for open circuit
(terminal No.7) and earth, and repair if
necessary.
1314151617181920
5 6 7 8 9 101112
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10111213141516
AC201667AN
C-12 Harness side
connector
(rear view)
C-14 Diagnosis
connector
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC006264
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
AM
C-12 Harness side
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-99
STEP 4. Voltage measurement the power supply
circuit to the SRS-ECU connector C-12
CAUTION
(4) Voltage measurement between terminals 13, 16
and body earth.
OK: 9 V or more
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 5. Check the harness wires between
SRS-ECU connector C-12 and diagnosis
connector C-14.
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC006265
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
AR
C-12 Harness side
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC303800
Connector: C-14
<LHD>
AJ
Front side
C-14 (B)
AC303812
Connector: C-14
<RHD>
AE
Front side
C-14(B)
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-100
NOTE:
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check junction
block connector C-101 <LHD> or C-23 <RHD>, and
YES : An intermittent malfunction is suspected
P.00-5).
NO : Repair the harness wires.
STEP 6. Check the harness wires between
SRS-ECU connector C-12 and ignition switch
connector C-208.
AC303798
Connector: C-101
<LHD>
BA
2 1 3
13 12 14 21
10 5 4 6
16 15 17
7 8 9
19 18 20
11
22
C-101 (L)
AC303814
Connector: C-23
<RHD>
AW
C-23 (B)
AC101950AJ
SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector
(rear view)

C-12 (Y)
Connector: C-12
AC303806
Connector: C-208
<LHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AI
Clock spring
AC303820 AE
Connector: C-208
<RHD>
Harness side
connector
(front view)
Clock spring
TROUBLESHOOTING
52B-101
NOTE:
block connectors C-211 and C-214, and repair if nec-
essary.
P.00-5).
NO : Repair the harness wires.
Q: Does the M.U.T.-II/III communicate normally with
the SRS system?
P.00-5).
NO : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-109).
AC303823
C-214
C-211
AV
<RHD>
C-211
Harness side
(front view)
C-214
AC303809
C-211
Harness side
(front view)
C-214
C-211
AY
<LHD>
C-214
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
52B-102
M1524001100692
Whether or not the air bags have deployed, check
and service the vehicle after collision as follows:
SRS-ECU MEMORY CHECK
CAUTION
Refer to that the ignition switch is "LOCK" (OFF)
when connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-II/III.
1. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis
connector (Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use
P.00-5).
2. Read (and write down) all displayed diagnosis
codes (Refer to P.52B-9).
NOTE: If battery power supply has been shut
down by the collision, the M.U.T.-II/III cannot com-
municate with the SRS-ECU. Check and, repair if
necessary, the instrument panel wiring harness
before the next job.
3. Use the M.U.T.-II/III to read the data list (how long
trouble(s) have continued and how often memory
have been erased).
AC304777
Steering shaft
AB
MB991502
<Using the M.U.T.-II>
AC211686
MB991911
16-PIN
MB991827
MB991824
AE
<Using the M.U.T.-III>
52B-103
Data list
4. Erase the diagnosis codes and after waiting 5
seconds or more read (and write down) all
displayed diagnosis codes.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
WHEN FRONT AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN A
COLLISION
1. Replace the following parts with new ones.
Front impact sensor (Refer to P.52B-107).
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-109).
Drivers and passengers (front) air bag modules
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-117).
Instrument panel (Refer to GROUP 52A Instru-
ment Panel Assembly P.52A-2).
2. Check the following parts and replace if there are
any malfunctions.
Clock spring (Refer to P.52B-110).
Steering wheel, steering column and shaft
assembly
(1) Check the wiring harness (built into the
steering wheel) and connectors for damage,
and terminals for deformation.
(2) Install the air bag module to check fit or
alignment with the steering wheel.
(3) Check the steering wheel for noise, binds or
difficult operation and excessive free play.
(4) Check the steering column shaft shock
absorbing mechanism (Refer to GROUP 37
On-vehicle Service P.37-12).
3. Check the harness for binding, connectors for
damage, poor connections, and terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-2).
WHEN AIR BAGS DO NOT DEPLOY IN
LOW-SPEED COLLISION
Check the SRS components. If visible damage such
as dents, cracks, or deformation are found on the
SRS components, replace them with new ones. Con-
cerning parts removed for inspection, replacement
with new parts and cautions in working refer to
P.52B-105.
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
1. Check the radiator support panel for distortion and
rust.
2. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks,
deformation or rust.
3. Check the front impact sensor wiring harness for
binding, check the connector for damage, and
check the terminals for deformation.
SRS-ECU
No Data List Item Applicability
92 Number indicating how often the memory is
cleared
Maximum time to be stored: 250 times
93 How long a problem has lasted (How long it
takes from the occurrence of the problem till
the first air bag squib igniting signal)
Maximum time to be stored: 9,999 minutes
(approximately 7 days)
94 How long a problem has lasted (How long it
takes from the first air bag squib igniting
signal till now).
AC208855
Front impact
sensor
AF
Battery
AC300582
SRS-ECU
AB
52B-104
1. Check the SRS-ECU case and brackets for dents,
cracks or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and the
terminals for deformation.
3. Check the SRS-ECU and bracket for installation
condition.
AIR BAG MODULES
1. Check the pad cover for dents, cracks or
deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, terminals
deformities, and the harness for binding.
3. Check the air bag inflator case for dents, cracks or
deformities.
4. Check the air bag modules for proper installation.
CLOCK SPRING
1. Check the clock spring connectors and protective
tube for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
2. Visually check the case for damage.
STEERING WHEEL, STEERING COLUMN
AND SHAFT ASSEMBLY
1. Check the wiring harness (built into the steering
wheel) and the connectors for damage, and the
terminals for deformation.
2. Install the air bag module to check fit or alignment
with the steering wheel.
3. Check the steering wheel for noise, binding or
difficult operation and excessive free play.
4. Check the steering column shaft shock absorbing
mechanism (Refer to GROUP 37 On-vehicle
Service P.37-12).
SEAT BELT WITH PRE-TENSIONER
1. Check the seat belt for damage or deformation.
2. Check the seat belt with pre-tensioner for cracks
or deformation.
3. Check that the unit is installed correctly to the
vehicle body.
HARNESS CONNECTOR (INSTRUMENT
PANEL WIRING HARNESS AND FLOOR
WIRING HARNESS, ROOF WIRING
HARNESS)
Check harnesses for binding, connectors for damage
and terminals for deformation (Refer to P.52B-2).
AC006205
AC311067
AC304700
Steering
wheel
AC
Inflator case
Connector
<Driver's side> Connector
<Front passenger's side>
AC300585AB
Case
Protective tubes
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE
52B-105
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE
M1524002900431
WARNING
If heat damage may occur during paint work, remove the SRS-ECU, the drivers and pas-
sengers (front) air bag modules, the clock spring, front impact sensors and the seat belt
with pre-tensioner.
SRS-ECU, drivers and passengers (front) air bag modules, clock spring and front
impact sensors: 93 C or more
If the SRS components are removed for the purpose of check, sheet metal repair, painting,
etc., they should be stored in a clean, dry place until they are reinstalled.
If the SRS components are to be removed or replaced as a result of maintenance, troubleshooting etc., follow
the service procedures that follow. (Front impact sensor; refer to P.52B-107, SRS-ECU; refer to P.52B-109,
Drivers and passengers (front) air bag modules and clock spring; refer to P.52B-110, Seat belt with pre-ten-
sioner; refer to P.52B-117).
WARNING/CAUTION LABELS
52B-106
WARNING/CAUTION LABELS
M1524003000431
Caution labels on the SRS are attached in the vehicle as shown. Follow label instructions when servicing the
SRS. If the label(s) are dirty or damaged, replace with new one(s).
AC504533 AC
HOOD
Seat belt with pre-tensioner
(driver's and passenger's seat)
Clock spring Passenger's (front)
air bag module
Instrument panel
Front impact sensor Steering wheel
SRS-ECU
Sun visor
NOTE
: Indicates RHD vehicles. For LHD vehicles, the specified application position of label is reversed left to right.
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS
52B-107
M1524001500407
WARNING
Disconnect the negative battery terminal and wait for 60 seconds or more before starting
work. Furthermore, the disconnected battery terminal should be covered with tape to
insulate it.
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the front impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the front impact sensor to impact or vibration. If denting, cracking,
deformation, or rust are discovered in the front impact sensor, replace it with a new front
impact sensor. Discard the old one.
After deployment of an air bag, replace the front impact sensor with a new one.
NOTE: The figure on the left indicates the left front
impact sensor.
position.
Disconnect the Negative Battery Terminal.
AC311090
1
Radiator
5.0 1.0 Nm
AB
Removal step
Installation steps
>>A<<
Pre-installation inspection
>>B<< 1. Front impact sensor
Negative battery cable connection

>>C<<
Post-installation inspection
52B-108
>>A<<PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION
When the new front impact sensor refer to the previ-
ous item "INSPECTION."
>>B<<FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The SRS may not activate properly if a front
impact sensor is not installed properly.
1. Securely connect the connector.
2. Position the front impact sensor facing toward the
front of the vehicle as shown by the arrow on the
label, and install it securely.
>>C<<POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION
1. Connect the negative battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
3. Does the SRS warning lamp illuminate for about 7
seconds and then goes out?
4. If no, refer to troubleshooting (Refer toP.52B-9).
INSPECTION
M1524001600374
WARNING
If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is
detected, replace with a new sensor.
1. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks,
deformation or rust.
WARNING
Always replace the sensor with a new one if
the resistance shows a short or open circuit.
2. Check short or open circuit between the terminals
of the front impact sensor.
Short circuit: 2 or less
Open circuit: 2 M or more
3. Check the continuity between the terminal and
bracket. If there is a continuity, the insulation is
malfunctioned, and replace the sensor with a new
one.
4. Check the head lamp support pane for
deformation and rust.
ACX00597AC
ACX00598AC
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
52B-109
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
M1524002100491
WARNING
insulate it.
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the SRS-ECU. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the SRS-ECU to impact or vibration. If denting, cracking, deforma-
tion, or rust are discovered in the SRS-ECU, replace it with a new SRS-ECU. Discard the
old one.
After deployment of an air bag, replace the SRS-ECU with a new one.
Never use an ohmmeter on or near the SRS-ECU, and use only the special test equipment
described on P.52B-8.
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
AC311091
5.0 1.0 Nm

5.0 1.0 Nm
5.0 1.0 Nm
1
2
3
AB
Removal steps

GROUP 52A Front floor console
assembly P.52A-7).
1. SRS-ECU and SRS-ECU bracket
2. SRS-ECU
3. SRS-ECU bracket
Installation steps
3. SRS-ECU bracket
>>A<< 2. SRS-ECU
1. SRS-ECU and SRS-ECU bracket

GROUP 52A Front floor console
assembly P.52A-7).

>>B<<
DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULES AND CLOCK SPRING
52B-110
>>A<< SRS-ECU INSTALLATION
WARNING
The SRS may not activate if SRS-ECU is not
installed properly.
>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
M1524002200324
WARNING
If any problems are found, replace the
SRS-ECU.
Check the SRS-ECU and brackets for dents,
cracks or deformation.
Check the SRS-ECU connector for damage, and
the terminals for deformation.
NOTE: For the checks other than the items above,
refer to "Troubleshooting" (Refer to P.52B-9).
DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG
MODULES AND CLOCK SPRING
M1524014500269
WARNING
insulate it.
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules or clock spring. If faulty,
replace it.
Do not drop the air bag modules or clock spring or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Replace it if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface is facing upward. Do not place
anything on top of it.
Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93C.
After deployment of an air bag, replace the clock spring with a new one.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the proce-
dures (Refer to P.52B-120).
52B-111
<DRIVERS AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING>
AC211864
AC504607
2
1
0.69 0.15 Nm
3
50 5 Nm
Section A - A
Section B - B
Claw
Claw
NOTE
: Claw positions
A
A
B
B
Column switch
5
AB
Drivers air bag module removal
steps
<<A>> 1. Cover
<> 2. Steering wheel and drivers air bag
module assembly
Clock spring removal steps
<<A>> 1. Cover
<> 2. Steering wheel and drivers air bag
module assembly
Lower column cover (Refer to

GROUP 37 Steering shaft P.37-15).
<<C>> 3. Clock spring
Drivers air bag module installation
steps
>>A<<
>>C<< 2. Steering wheel and drivers air bag
module assembly
1. Cover

>>D<<
Clock spring installation steps
>>A<<
>>B<< 3. Clock spring
Lower column cover (Refer to

>>C<< 2. Steering wheel and drivers air bag
module assembly
1. Cover

>>D<<
Drivers air bag module installation
steps (Continued)
52B-112
<PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE>
<<A>> COVER REMOVAL
Insert the special tool ornament remover
(MB990784) as shown in the illustration to remove
the cover.
AC304946AB
1
Passengers (front) removal steps
Instrument panel (Refer to GROUP

52A Instrument panel P.52A-2).
<<D>> 1. Passengers (front) air bag module
Passengers (front) installation
steps
>>A<<
1. Passengers (front) air bag module
Instrument panel (Refer to GROUP

52A Instrument panel P.52A-2).

>>D<<
AC211761AB
MB990784
52B-113
<> STEERING WHEEL AND DRIVERS
AIR BAG MODULE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured
with such equipment as an ohmmeter, nor
disassembled.
The removed air bag module should be
stored in a clean, dry place with the
deployment surface facing up.
1. By sliding the A section (in the figure) of the air
bag module connector in the arrow direction,
2. Insert the hexagonal bit socket into the arrow
section in the figure. Completely loosen the bolt,
and then remove the steering wheel air bag
module assembly.
NOTE: Use a hexagonal bit socket or a hexagonal
wrench having an effective length of 75 mm or
more in the hexagonal section and the diameter of
8 mm or more.
<C>> CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL
WARNING
The removed clock spring should be stored
in a clean, dry place.
<<D>> PASSENGERS (FRONT) AIR BAG
MODULE REMOVAL
WARNING
When the air bag module is removed, do not

damage the engagement of the pawls.
The removed air bag module should be
stored in a clean, dry place with facing the
deployment surface facing up.
Insert the screwdriver () into the position specified
in the figure and lift the screwdriver upward to
release the pawls engaged, and then remove the air
bag module.
>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION
WARNING
Dispose of air bag modules only according
to the specified procedure (Refer to
P.52B-120).
1. When installing the new air bag modules and
clock spring, refer to INSPECTION (P.52B-115).
AC105823
AC304700
AC305145AB
A
Steering
wheel
Air bag module
connector
AC211762AC
Hexagonal bit
socket
AC100443
52B-114
CAUTION
ignition, switch to the LOCK (OFF) position
3. Connect M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis connector.
5. Check diagnosis codes using M.U.T.-II/III ensure
that the SRS operates properly.
Confirm that the diagnosis codes other than 21
and 24 are not set.
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting
the battery cable before doing any further
work (Refer to P.52B-3).
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position. Disconnect the negative battery cable
and tape the terminal to prevent accidental
connection and air bags deployment.
>>B<< CLOCK SPRING INSTALLATION
WARNING
Ensure that the clock springs mating marks
are properly aligned. If not, the steering
wheel may not rotate completely during a
turn, or the flat cable in the clock spring
could be damaged, This would prevent nor-
mal SRS operation and possibly cause seri-
ous injury to the driver.
1. Align the mating marks of the clock spring.
<Mating Mark Alignment>
Turn the clock spring clockwise fully. Then turn it
back approximately 3 3/4 turns counterclockwise
to align the mating marks.
2. Turn the front wheels to the straight-ahead
position. Then install the clock spring to the
column switch.
>>C<< STEERING WHEEL AND DRIVERS
AIR BAG MODULE ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
When installing the steering wheel, and drivers
air bag module ensure that the harness of the
clock spring does not become caught or tangled.
1. Before installing the steering wheel, and drivers
air bag module turn the vehicles front wheels to
the straight-ahead position and align the mating
marks of the clock spring.
2. After securing the steering wheel, turn the
steering wheel all the way in both directions to
confirm that the steering wheel rotation is normal.
>>D<< POST-INSTALLATION
INSPECTION
1. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
AC304777
Steering shaft
AB
MB991502
AC211686
MB991911
16-PIN
MB991827
MB991824
AE
AC300168
Mating marks
AB
52B-115
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If
no, refer to P.52B-8.
INSPECTION
M1524014600039
AIR BAG MODULE CHECK
WARNING
If any component damage is found during
the following inspection, replace the air
bag module(s) with a new one. Dispose of
the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-120).
Never attempt to measure the circuit
resistance of he air bag module (squib)
even if you are using the specified tester.
If the circuit resistance is measured with a
tester, accidental air bag module(s)
deployment will result in serious personal
injury.
1. Check the pad cover for dents, cracks or
deformation.
2. Check the connectors for damage, the terminals
for deformation, and the harness for binds.
3. Check the air bag inflator case for dents, cracks or
deformation.
4. Install the air bag module (drivers side) to the
steering wheel and check fit and alignment with
the wheel.
5. Install the air bag module (front passengers side)
to the instrument panel and front deck
crossmember and check fit and alignment.
AC006205
AC311067
AC304700
Steering
wheel
AC
Inflator case
Connector
<Driver's side> Connector
<Front passenger's side>
52B-116
CLOCK SPRING CHECK
If any malfunction is found in the following inspec-
tions, replace the clock spring with a new one.
1. Check the connectors and protective tube for
damage, and the terminals for deformation.
2. Visually check the case for damage.
3. Check to see that there is a charge (continuity)
between the C-204 clock spring connector
terminal 1 and C-203 horn switch.
CAUTION
Do not directly insert a probe, etc. into the termi-
nal from the front of the connector.
4. Insert the special tool extra fine probe
(MB992006) from behind the C-205 air bag
module connector (drivers side).
5. As shown in the Figure, connect the circuit tester
to the special tool extra fine probe (MB992006)
and check to see that there is a charge between
the terminals.
5 6 1 2 3 4
AC300312AD
Case C-204 Clock spring
connector
Protective tube
C-205 Air bag
module connector
C-203 Horn switch
AC300374AE
Clock spring
C-205 Air bag
module connector
(driver's side)
C-205 Air bag
module connector
Extra fine probe
(MB992006)
Digital
multi-meter
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER
52B-117
M1524004100390
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat belt pre-tensioner. If faulty, replace it.
Be extremely careful when handling the seat with pre-tensioner. Do not subject it to
shocks, drop it, bring it close to strong magnets or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Always replace it with a new part if any dents, cracks or deformation is found.
Do not place anything on top of the seat belt pre-tensioner.
Do not expose the seat belt with pre-tensioner to temperatures over 90C.
After operating the seat belt pre-tensioner, replace the seat belt with pre-tensioner with a
new part.
Gloves and protective goggles should be worn when handling a seat belt pre-tensioner
once it has been used.
If disposing of a seat belt with pre-tensioner which has not yet been operated, its seat belt
pre-tensioner should be operated first before disposal (Refer to P.52B-120).
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
AC101710AC
1
2
3
4
5
6
44 10 Nm
44 10 Nm
52B-118
NOTE: The figure shows the seat belt with pre-ten-
sioner (RH).
<<A>>PRE-TENSIONER CONNECTOR
DISCONNECTION
1. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out forward
and unlock the locking button of the harness-side
connector.
2. Disconnect the pre-tensioner connector.
>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION
WARNING
When discarding the seat belt with pre-ten-
sioner, operate the pre-tensioner as speci-
fied in the service procedure (Refer to
P.52B-120).
1. Even new seat belt with pre-tensioner require
inspection before installation.
CAUTION
ignition, switch to the LOCK (OFF) position
3. Connect M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis connector.
Removal steps
1. Sash guide cover
2. Seat belt shoulder anchor bolt
3. Seat belt lower anchor bolt
Centre pillar trim, lower (Refer to

GROUP 52A Trims P.52A-10).
<<A>> 4. Pre-tensioner connector connection
5. Bracket
Installation steps
>>A<<
5. Bracket
>>B<< 4. Pre-tensioner connector connection
Centre pillar trim, lower (Refer to

GROUP 52A Trims P.52A-10).
3. Seat belt lower anchor bolt
2. Seat belt shoulder anchor bolt
1. Sash guide cover

>>C<<
AC300147AS
Pre-tensioner
connector
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
AC304777
Steering shaft
AB
MB991502
AC211686
MB991911
16-PIN
MB991827
MB991824
AE
52B-119
5. Check diagnosis codes using M.U.T.-II/III to
ensure that the SRS operates properly.
Confirm that the diagnosis codes other than 26
and 28 are not set.
6. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position.
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after the disconnec-
tion of the battery cable before any further
job (Refer to P.52B-3).
7. Disconnect the negative battery cable and
insulate with tape.
>>B<< PRE-TENSIONER CONNECTOR
CONNECTION
Connect the pretensioner connector then securely
lock the locking button of the harness-side connec-
tor.
>> C<< POST-INSTALLATION
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
M1524004200245
WARNING
If any component damage is found during
the following inspection, replace the seat
belt with pre-tensioner with a new one.
Dispose of the old one according to the
specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-120).
Never attempt to measure the circuit
resistance of the seat belt pre-tensioner
even if you are using the specified tester.
If the circuit resistance is measured with a
tester, accidental seat belt pre-tensioner
operation will result in serious personal
injury.
1. Check the seat belt pre-tensioner deployment
section for dents and deformation.
2. Check the harness and connector for damage and
the terminals for deformation.
AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-120
AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
M1524001200989
Before disposing of an air bag or a vehicle equipped
with an air bag, follow the procedures below to
deploy the air bag.
UNDEPLOYED AIR BAG MODULE DIS-
POSAL
WARNING
If the vehicle is to be scrapped or other-
wise disposed of, deploy the air bags and
operate the seat belt pre-tensioner inside
the vehicle. If the vehicle will continue to
be used and only the air bag modules and
seat belt pre-tensioner are to be disposed
of, deploy the air bags and operate the
seat belt pre-tensioner outside the vehi-
cle.
Since a large amount of smoke is pro-
duced when the air bag is deployed and
the seat belt pre-tensioner is operated,
avoid residential areas whenever possi-
ble.
Since there is loud noise when the air
bags are deployed and when the seat belt
pre-tensioner are operated, avoid residen-
tial areas whenever possible. If anyone is
nearby, give warning of the impending
noise.
Suitable ear protection should be worn by
personnel performing these procedures
or by people in the immediate area.
DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE
(WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE)
<DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE>
1. Move the vehicle to an isolated spot.
DANGER
2. Disconnect the negative and positive battery
cables from the battery terminals, and then
remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the column cover lower (Refer to
4. Remove the connection between the C-205 clock
spring connector (4-pin) and the harness side
connector (4-pin, yellow).
NOTE: Once disconnected from the instrument
panel wiring harness, both electrodes of the clock
spring connector short automatically. This pre-
vents the driver's air bag from accidental deploy-
ment caused by static, etc.
5. Obtain two suitable wires, which are 6 meters or
longer, as deployment wires. Then connect the
wires at one end to short.
6. Touch the vehicle's body with bare hands to
discharge static in you.
AC300379
C-205 Clock spring
connector (4-pin)
C-205 Harness side
connector
(4-pin, yellow)
AD
AC300381AD
Deployment wires
Connection
6 m or longer
AC300384
Deployment wire
AC
Insulator tape
C-205 Clock spring
connector (4-pin)
Connection
C-205 Harness side
connector
(4-pin, yellow)
52B-121
7. Cut with a pliers, etc. the instrument panel wiring
harness shown in the figure of the instructions,
while the C-205 clock spring connector is
disconnected.
NOTE: The disconnection location should be suf-
ficiently away from the C-205 harness side con-
nector with consideration to the expansion
harness connection location upon disconnections.
8. Connect the deployment wires on the two
instrument panel wiring harnesses disconnected,
cover the connection areas with insulator tape
and then pull out the deployment wires outside the
vehicle.
9. Connect the C-205 harness side connector
connected with an expansion harness to the
C-205 clock spring connector.
WARNING
If the glass is scratched, air bag deployment
could cause it to crack and fly out of the
vehicle, so always put a cover over the vehi-
cle.
10.To suppress the operation sound as much as
possible completely close all door windows, close
the doors and put the cover on the vehicle.
WARNING
Before deploying the air bag in this man-
ner, first check to be sure that there is no
one in or near the vehicle. Wear safety
glasses.
The inflator will be quite hot immediately
following the deployment, so wait at least
30 minutes to allow it to cool before
attempting to handle it. Although not poi-
sonous, do not inhale gas from the air bag
deployment. See Deployed Air Bag Mod-
ule and Operated Seat Belt Pre-tensioner
Disposal (Refer to P.52B-128) for
post-deployment handling instructions.
If the air bag module fails to deploy, do
not go near the module. Contact your dis-
tributor.
11.At a location as far away from the vehicle as
possible, disconnect the two connected wires
from each other, and connect them to the two
terminals of the battery (which has been removed
from the vehicle) to deploy the air bag.
12.After deployment, dispose of the air bag module
according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and
Operated Seat Belt Pre-tensioner Disposal (Refer
to P.52B-128).
<PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG
MODULE>
DANGER
3. Remove the glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A
Instrument Panel P.52A-2).
AC300388AD
Cover
Deployment wire
6 m or longer
52B-122
4. Remove the connection between the C-106
passenger's (front) air bag module connector
(2-pin, red) and the harness side connector (2-pin,
red).
NOTE: Once disconnected from the instrument
panel wiring harness, both electrodes of the pas-
senger's (front) air bag module short automati-
cally. This prevents the passenger's (front) air bag
from accidental deployment caused by static, etc.
5. Connect deployment wires longer than 6 m to
each SRS air bag adapter harness (MB686560)
and insulate the connections with insulator tape.
Also, connect the deployment wires in the other
ends to short, thereby preventing the passenger's
(front) air bag from accidental deployment caused
by static etc.
6. Connect the C-106 passenger's (front) air bag
module connector (2-pin, red) to special tool SRS
air bag adapter harness (MB686560) and move
the deployment wires out of the vehicle.
WARNING
If the glass is scratched, air bag deployment
could cause it to crack and fly out of the
vehicle, so always put a cover over the vehi-
cle.
7. To suppress the operation sound as much as
possible completely close all door windows, close
the doors and put the cover on the vehicle.
WARNING
Before deploying the air bag in this man-
ner, first check to be sure that there is no
one in or near the vehicle. Wear safety
glasses.
sonous, do not inhale gas from the air bag
If the air bag module fails to deploy, do
not go near the module. Contact your dis-
tributor.
8. At a location as far away from the vehicle as
from each other, and connect them to the two
from the vehicle) to deploy the air bag.
9. After deployment, dispose of the air bag module
according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and
to P.52B-128).
AC100985
Connector: C-106
Glove box striker
AT
(2-pin, red)
AC300419AC
Connection
Deployment wires
MB686560
Insulator tape
6 m or longer
AC300420AK
MB686560
(2-pin, red) Deployment wires
AC300388AD
Cover
Deployment wire
6 m or longer
52B-123
<SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER>
DANGER
the battery cables before doing any further
3. Remove the centre pillar lower trim (Refer to
GROUP 52A Trim P.52A-10).
4. Execute the following steps to disconnect the
connection between D-03 or D-16 seat belt
pre-tensioner connector (2-pin) and harness side
connector (2-pin, black).
NOTE: Once disconnected from the floor wiring
harness, both electrode of the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner connector short automatically. This pre-
vents the seat belt pre-tensioner from accidental
deployment caused by static etc.
(1) Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out
forward and unlock the locking button of the
harness-side connector (2-pin, black).
(2) Disconnect the D-03 or D-16 harness side
connector.
each special tool SRS air bag adapter harness
(MB991885) and insulate the connections with
insulator tape. Also, connect the deployment
wires in the other ends to short, thereby
preventing the seat belt pre-tensioner from
accidental deployment caused by static etc.
6. Connect the D-03 or D-16 seat belt pre-tensioner
2-pin connector (black) to special tool SRS air bag
adapter harness (MB991885) and move the
deployment harness out of the vehicle.
WARNING
Before operating the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner in this manner, first check to be
sure that there is no one in or near the
vehicle. Wear safety glasses.
following the operation, so wait at least 30
minutes to allow it to cool before attempt-
ing to handle it. Although no poisonous,
do not inhale gas from the seat belt
pre-tensioner operation. See Deployed Air
Bag and Operated Seat Belt pre-tensioner
post-operation handling instructions.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner fails to oper-
ate, do not go near the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner. Contact your distributor.
7. At a location as far away from the vehicle as
from each the, and connect them to the two
from the vehicle) to operating the seat belt
pre-tensioner.
8. After operation, dispose of the seat belt
pre-tensioner according to the Deployed Air Bag
Module operated seat belt pre-tensioner Disposal
AC300446AL
D-03 or D-16
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector (2-pin)
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 or D-16
Harness side
connector
(2-pin, black)
AC300447AC
Connection
Deployment wires
MB991885
Insulator tape
6 m or longer
AC300448AD
MB991885
Deployment
wires
D-03 or D-16
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
2-pin connector
52B-124
DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
<DRIVERS AIR BAG MODULE>
WARNING
This should be carried out in a wide, flat
area at least 6 m away from obstacles and
other people.
Do not deploy outside if wind is high.
Even in a soft wind, ignite to windward of
the air bag modules.
DANGER
WARNING
Once disconnected, both electrodes of the
drivers air bag module connector short
automatically to prevent accidental deploy-
ment caused by static etc. Still, in considera-
tion of the accidental deployment, store the
air bag module on flat place with deployment
surface facing up. Also, do not put anything
on it.
2. Remove the drivers air bag module from the
vehicle (Refer to P.52B-110).
3. Obtain two suitable wires, which are 6 meters or
longer, as deployment wires. Then connect the
wires at one end to short.
4. Touch the vehicles body with bare hands to
discharge static in you.
5. Release the secured connector of the steering
wheel-driver's air bag module assembly to cut off
the connector from the harness with a nipper and
etc. Connect deployment harnesses to each of
two separated harnesses and cover the area with
insulator tape.
6. Use a rope to tie the steering wheel-driver's air
bag module assembly to secure old tyres with
wheels.
7. Route the deployment harness connected to
driver's air bag module beneath old tyres with
wheels. Then, secure the steering wheel-driver's
air bag module assembly with the deployment
surface facing up.
8. Place three old tyres without wheels on the tyre
secured with the drivers air bag module.
AC300381AD
Deployment wires
Connection
6 m or longer
AC211892
Deployment
harness
Steering wheel-driver's
air bag module
assembly
Insulator tape
Connection
AE
AC211893
Steering wheel-driver's air bag
module assembly
Deployment
harness
AC
AC300478
Tyre without wheels
Deployment wires
AE
52B-125
WARNING
Before deployment, check carefully to be
sure that no one is nearby.
sonous, do not inhale gas from air bag
If the air bag fails to deploy, do not go
near the module. Contact your distributor.
9. At a location as far away from the drivers air bag
module as possible, and from a shielded position,
disconnect the two connected wires from each
other, and connect them, to the two terminals of
the battery (which has been removed from the
vehicle) to deploy the air bag.
10.Discard the deployed drivers air bag module as
specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and
to P.52B-128).
<PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG
MODULE>
WARNING
other people.
DANGER
WARNING
passengers (front) air bag module connec-
tor short automatically to prevent accidental
deployment caused by static etc. Still, in
consideration of the accidental deployment,
store the air bag module on flat place with
deployment surface facing up. Also, do not
put anything on it.
2. Remove the passengers (front) air bag module
from the vehicle (Refer to P.52B-110).
each SRS air bag adapter harness (MB686560)
and insulate the connections with insulator tape.
Also, connect the deployment wires in the other
ends to short, thereby preventing the passenger's
(front) air bag from accidental deployment caused
by static etc.
AC300493AB
Deployment
wires
Vehicle battery
AC300419AC
Connection
Deployment wires
MB686560
Insulator tape
6 m or longer
52B-126
4. Connect the deployment wires to SRS air bag
adapter harness (MB686560), pass it beneath the
tyre and wheel assembly, and connect it to the
passenger's (front) air bag module.
CAUTION
The adapter harness below the wheel should
be loose. If it is too tight, the reaction when
the air bag deploys could damage the adapter
harness.
During deployment, the connector of SRS air
bag adapter harness (MB686560) must not be
between the tyres.
5. Pass the thick wire through the passenger's (front)
air bag module mounting hole, and then secure
the passenger's (front) air bag module to an old
tyre with a wheel in it so that the pad on the
module is facing upwards.
6. Place three old tyres without wheels on top of the
tyre secured to the passenger's (front) air bag
module, and secure all tyres together with ropes
(four locations).
WARNING
Before deployment, check carefully to be
sure that no one is nearby.
sonous, do not inhale gas from air bag
If the air bag fails to deploy, do not go
near the module. Contact your distributor.
7. At a location as far away from the passenger's
(front) air bag module as possible, and from a
shielded position, disconnect the two connected
wires from each other, and connect them, to the
two terminals of the battery (which has been
removed from the vehicle) to deploy the air bag.
8. Discard the deployed air bag module as specified
in Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat
Belt Pre-tensioner Disposal (Refer to P.52B-128).
AC300520AE
Deployment wires
AC300521
Tyres without wheels
Deployment wires
AB
AC300522
Deployment wires
AB
52B-127
<SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER>
WARNING
other people.
DANGER
WARNING
seat belt pre-tensioner connector short auto-
matically to prevent accidental operate
caused by static etc. Still, in consideration of
the accidental deployment, store the oper-
ated seat belt pre-tensioner the correct way
up with its operation surface upper most on
a flat surface. Do not place anything on top
of them.
2. Remove the seat belt pre-tensioner from the
vehicle (Refer to P.52B-117).
3. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button of the harness-side connector (2-pin,
black) by with drawing it toward you in two stages.
4. Disconnect the D-03 or D-16 harness side
connector.
each special tool SRS air bag adapter harness
(MB991885) and insulate the connections with
insulator tape. Also, connect the deployment
wires in the other ends to short, thereby
preventing the passenger's (front) air bag from
accidental deployment caused by static etc.
6. Connect the special tool SRS air bag adapter
harness (MB991885), which the deployment wires
is attached to, to the seat belt pre-tensioner
connector.
CAUTION
The adapter harness below the wheel should be
loose. If it is too tight, the reaction when the seat
belt pre-tensioner operates could damage the
adapter harness.
7. Pass the thick wires through the hole on the seat
belt pre-tensioner bracket and secure them to the
front (raised part) of the wheel on two place.
8. Pull the seat belt out the outside of the tyre, and
then place one tyre without a wheel inside on top
of the existing tyre.
AC300446AL
D-03 or D-16
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector (2-pin)
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Locking button
D-03 or D-16
Harness side
connector
(2-pin, black)
AC300447AC
Connection
Deployment wires
MB991885
Insulator tape
6 m or longer
AC300552AB
Tyres
without
wheels
Seat belt
Deployment
wires
52B-128
WARNING
Before operation, check carefully to be sure

that no one is nearby.
following the operation, so wait at least 30
minutes to allow it to cool before attempt-
ing to handle it. Although not poisonous,
do not inhale gas from seat belt pre-ten-
sioner operation. See Deployed Air Bag
Module and Operated Seat Belt pre-ten-
sioner Disposal (Refer to P.52B-128) for
post-operation handling instructions.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner fails to oper-
ate, do not go near the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner. Contact your distributor.
9. At a location as far away from the seat belt
pre-tensioner as possible, and from a shielded
position, disconnect the two connected wires from
each other, and connect them to the two terminals
of the battery (which has been removed from the
vehicle) to operated seat belt pre-tensioner.
10.Discard the operated seat belt pre-tensioner as
specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and Seat
Belt pre-tensioner Disposal (Refer to P.52B-128).
DEPLOYED AIR BAG MODULE AND
OPERATED SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER DISPOSAL
After deployment and operation, the air bag module
and seat belt pre-tensioner should be disposed of in
the same manner as any other scrap parts, adhering
to local laws and/or legislation. Observe the following
precautions during air bag or seat belt pre-tensioner
disposal:
1. The inflator will be quite hot immediately following
deployment, so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it
cool before attempting to handle it.
2. Do not put water or oil on the air bag after
deployment or on the seat belt pre-tensioner after
operation.
WARNING
If after following these precautions, any
material does get into the eyes or on the
skin, immediately rinse the affected area with
a large amount of clean water. If any irritation
develops, seek medical attention.
3. There may be material on the deployed air bag
module or the operated seat belt pre-tensioner,
that could irritate the eye and/or skin. Wear gloves
and safety glasses when handling a deployed air
bag module or the operated seat belt
pre-tensioner.
4. Tightly seal the air bag module and seat belt
pre-tensioner in a strong plastic bag for disposal.
5. Be sure to always wash your hands after
completing this operation.
AC300555AB
<Seat belt pre-tensioner>
Deployment wires
Vehicle battery
AC300562AB
Air bag module
Strong plastic bag
14-1
GROUP 14
ENGINE COOLING
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 14-2
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . 14-2
LUBRICANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
SEALANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . 14-15
ENGINE COOLANT LEAK CHECK . . . . . . 14-15
RADIATOR CAP PRESSURE CHECK. . . . 14-15
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT . . . . 14-15
CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENT . . . . 14-16
FAN CONTROLLER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . 14-16
FAN CONTROL RELAY CONTINUITY
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17
COOLING FAN MOTOR CHECK . . . . . . . . 14-17
THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-18
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 14-18
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19
WATER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20
WATER HOSE AND WATER PIPE . . 14-22
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23
RADIATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-24
GENERAL INFORMATION
ENGINE COOLING
14-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1141000100456
The cooling system is designed to keep every part of
the engine at appropriate temperature in whatever
condition the engine may be operated. The cooling
method is of the water-cooled, pressure forced circu-
lation type in which the water pump pressurizes cool-
ant and circulates it throughout the engine. If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds the prescribed
temperature, the thermostat opens to circulate the
coolant through the radiator as well so that the heat
absorbed by the coolant may be radiated into the air.
The water pump is of the centrifugal type and is
driven by the drive belt from the crankshaft. The radi-
ator is the corrugated fin, down flow type. The cool-
ing fan is controlled by the fan controller and
engine-ECU depend on driving conditions.
Item Specification
Radiator Performance kJ/h 216,700
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1141000300483
Item Standard value Limit
Radiator cap pressure kPa 93 123 Minimum 83
Range of coolant antifreeze concentration of radiator % 30 60 -
Fan controller input voltage V Ignition switch: "ON" Battery positive voltage -
Fan controller output voltage V A/C switch: "OFF" 1 or less -
A/C switch: "ON" Repeat steps 1) and 2).
1) 8.2 2.6
2) Battery positive voltage
2.6
-
Thermostat Valve opening temperature of thermostat C 80 1.5 -
Full-opening temperature of thermostat C 93 -
Valve lift mm 9.5 or more -
LUBRICANT
M1141000400424
Item Specified lubricant Quantity L
Engine coolant (including
reserve tank)
DIA QUEEN SUPER LONG LIFE COOLANT or equivalent 6.0
SEALANT
M1141000500658
Item Specified sealant Remark
Cylinder block drain plug 3M Nut Locking Part No.4171 or equivalent Drying sealant
SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE COOLING
14-3
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1141000600592
Tool Number Name Use
MB991223
A
D
C
B
AZ
DO NOT USE
MB991223
A: MB991219
B: MB991220
C: MB991221
D: MB991222
Harness set
A: Check harness
B: LED harness
C: LED harness
adapter
D: Probe
Making voltage and
resistance measurement
during troubleshooting
A: Connector pin contact
pressure inspection
B: Power circuit inspection
C: Power circuit inspection
D: Commercial tester
connection
MB992006
MB992006 Extra fine probe Making voltage and
resistance measurement
during troubleshooting
MB991871
MB991871 LLC changer Coolant refilling
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION CHART FOR TROUBLE
SYMPTOMS
M1141005600434
procedure No.
Reference page
Cooling fan does not operate 1
P.14-4
Cooling fan does not change speed or does not stop 2
P.14-10
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-4
INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR
TROUBLE SYMPTOMS
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Cooling fan does not operate
Wire colour code
BR : Brown O : Orange GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple
INPUT SIGNAL
A/C SWITCH
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT
INPUT SIGNAL
PROCESSING
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE
DETECTION
CURRENT
DETECTION
RADIATOR
FAN
MOTOR
FAN CONTROLLER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
FUSIBLE
LINK 2
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
AC505138
Cooling fan drive circuit <L.H. drive vehicles>
AB
Wire colour code
INPUT SIGNAL
A/C SWITCH
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT
INPUT SIGNAL
PROCESSING
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE
DETECTION
CURRENT
DETECTION
RADIATOR
FAN
MOTOR
FAN CONTROLLER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
FUSIBLE
LINK 2
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
AC505139
Cooling fan drive circuit <R.H. drive vehicles>
AB
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-5
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The fan controller is powered from fusible link
No.2.
The engine-ECU judges the required revolution
speed of cooling fan motor using the input signals
transmitted from A/C switch, vehicle speed sen-
sor and engine coolant temperature sensor. The
engine-ECU activates the fan controller to drive
the cooling fan motor.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-6
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
The cause could be a malfunction of the fan con-
troller power supply or earth circuit.
The cause could also be a malfunction of the fan
controller or the engine-ECU.
Malfunction of fusible link
Malfunction of fan control relay
Malfunction of cooling fan motor
Malfunction of fan controller
Malfunction of engine-ECU
Damaged wiring harness or connector
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the circuit at fan controller
connector A-17 terminal 3.
AC210859
Connector: A-17
A-17 (GR)
AD
Fan controller
Component side
(1) Disconnect fan controller connector A-17, and
measure at the harness side connector.
earth.
When the ignition switch is turned to the "ON"
position, voltage should measure battery pos-
itive voltage.
Q: Is the voltage battery positive voltage when the
ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the fan control relay.
Refer to P.14-17.
Q: Is the fan control relay in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace it, then go to Step 1.
STEP 3. Check for harness damage between
fusible link No.2 and fan control relay connector
A-09X terminal 4.
AC310900AC
Fusible link (2)
Fusible link (2) And
Connector: A-09X
A-09X
3
1
4 2
Relay box
side
Q: Are the harness wires between fusible link No.2
and fan control relay connector A-09X damaged?
YES : Repair or replace them, then go to Step 13.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check for harness damage between fan
control relay connector A-09X terminal 2 and fan
controller connector A-17 terminal 3.
AC310900AB
Connector: A-09X
A-09X
3
1
4 2
Relay box
side
AC210859
Connector: A-17
A-17 (GR)
AD
Fan controller
Component side
Q: Are the harness wires between fan control relay
connector A-09X terminal 2 and fan controller
connector A-17 terminal 3 damaged?
NO : Go to Step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-7
STEP 5. Check for harness damage between J/C
(6) C-105 and fan control relay connector A-09X.
NOTE:
AC210877AC
A-13 (B)
AC310903AB
C-31
AC310901AB
C-105
AC310902AB
C-105
After inspecting intermediate connector A-13 <LHD>
terminal 3, intermediate connector C-31 <RHD> ter-
minal 12 and J/C (6) C-105 terminal 28, 33 inspect
the wires. If intermediate connector A-13 <LHD>,
C-31<RHD> and J/C (6) C-105 are damaged, repair
or replace them. Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points P.00-5.
AC310900AB
Connector: A-09X
A-09X
3
1
4 2
Relay box
side
AC310901AB
C-105
AC310902AB
C-105
Q: Are the harness wires between J/C (6) C-105
terminal 28 and fan control relay connector A-09X
terminal 1 damaged?
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check for harness damage between fan
control relay connector A-09X terminal 3 and
earth.
AC310900AB
Connector: A-09X
A-09X
3
1
4 2
Relay box
side
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-8
Q: Are the harness wires between fan control relay
connector A-09X terminal 3 and earth damaged?
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Check the cooling fan motor.
Refer to P.14-17.
Q: Is the cooling fan motor in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace it, then go to Step 13.
STEP 8. Check the circuit at fan controller
connector A-17 terminal 1.
AC210859
Connector: A-17
A-17 (GR)
AD
Fan controller
Component side
(1) Disconnect fan controller connector A-17, and
measure at the harness side connector.
(2) Measure the resistance between terminal No.1
and earth.
The resistance should measure less than 2
ohms.
Q: Is the resistance less than 2 ohms?
NO : Go to Step 9.
STEP 9. Check the harness wire between fan
controller connector A-17 and earth.
AC210859
Connector: A-17
A-17 (GR)
AD
Fan controller
Component side
Q: Are the harness wires between fan controller
connector A-17 and earth damaged?
NO : Go to Step 10.
STEP 10. Measure the output circuit voltage at
engine-ECU connector C-121 terminal 18 by
backprobing.
AC505254
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
AC505255
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
(1) Do not disconnect engine-ECU connector C-121.
(2) Start the engine and allow it to idle.
(3) Turn the A/C switch to the "ON" position.
earth by backprobing.
The voltage should measure 0.7 volt or more
when the cooling fan is operating.
Q: Is the voltage 0.7 volt or more when the cooling fan
is operating?
NO : Go to Step 11.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-9
STEP 11. Check the harness wire between
engine-ECU connector C-121 and fan controller
connector A-17.
NOTE:
AC210877AC
A-13 (B)
AC310903AB
C-31
If intermediate connector A-13 <LHD> terminal 2 and
intermediate connector C-31 <RHD> terminal 14 is
damaged, repair or replace it. Refer to GROUP 00,
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points P.00-5.
AC505254 AC
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
15
29
2221 23
3534
7 8
16 18 19 17 20
31 32 33 30
5 6
11 10 12 13 14
26 2827 25
3 4 2
9
24
1 JAE
Component side
AC505255AC
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
15
29
2221 23
3534
7 8
16 18 19 17 20
31 32 33 30
5 6
11 10 12 13 14
26 2827 25
3 4 2
9
24
1 JAE
Component side
AC210859
Connector: A-17
A-17 (GR)
AD
Fan controller
Component side
Q: Are the harness wires between engine-ECU
connector C-121 terminal 18 and fan controller
NO : Go to Step 12.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-10
STEP 12. Check the fan controller at engine-ECU
connector C-121.
AC505254
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
AC505255
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
(2) Pull out terminal No.18.
Q: Does the cooling fan motor operate?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU. Then go to Step
13.
NO : Replace the fan controller. Then go to Step
13.
STEP 13. Check the symptoms.
Q: Does the cooling fan operate correctly?
NO : Return to Step 1.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Cooling fan does not change speed or does not stop
NOTE: If the engine coolant temperature reaches 110C or higher, the cooling fan control runs the cooling fan
for up to 5 minutes even after the ignition switch is turned to the "LOCK" (OFF) position (the fan stops its rota-
tion when the engine coolant temperature decreases to 110C or lower).
COOLING FAN DRIVE CIRCUIT
Refer to P.14-4.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The fan controller is powered from fusible link
No.2.
The engine-ECU judges the required revolution
speed of cooling fan motor using the input signals
transmitted from A/C switch, vehicle speed sen-
sor and engine coolant temperature sensor. The
engine-ECU activates the fan controller to drive
the cooling fan motor.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-11
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
The fan controller has variable control of the cool-
ing fan motor speed using signals transmitted
from the engine-ECU.
Malfunction of fan control relay
Malfunction of fan controller
Malfunction of engine-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check the fan control relay.
Refer to P.14-17.
Q: Is the fan control relay in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the part, then go to Step 8.
STEP 2. Check the harness wire between fan
control relay connector A-09X terminal 2 and fan
controller connector A-17 terminal 3.
AC310900AB
Connector: A-09X
A-09X
3
1
4 2
Relay box
side
AC210859
Connector: A-17
A-17 (GR)
AD
Fan controller
Component side
Q: Are the harness wire between fan control relay
connector A-09X and fan controller connector A-17
damaged?
YES : Repair or replace the part, then go to Step
6.
NO : Go to Step 3.
backprobing.
AC505254
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
AC505255
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
The voltage should measure less than 0.3 volt
when the cooling fan is not operating.
Q: Is the voltage less than 0.3 volt when the cooling
fan is not operating?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-12
backprobing.
AC505254
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
AC505255
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
(3) Turn the A/C switch to the "ON" position.
The voltage should measure 0.7 volt or more
when the cooling fan is operating.
Q: Is the voltage 0.7 volt or more when the cooling fan
is operating?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-13
STEP 5. Check the harness wire between
engine-ECU connector C-121 and fan controller
connector A-17.
NOTE:
AC210877AC
A-13 (B)
AC310903AB
C-31
If intermediate connector A-13 <LHD> terminal 2 and
intermediate connector C-31 <RHD> terminal 14 is
damaged, repair or replace it. Refer to GROUP 00,
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points P.00-5.
AC505254 AC
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
15
29
2221 23
3534
7 8
16 18 19 17 20
31 32 33 30
5 6
11 10 12 13 14
26 2827 25
3 4 2
9
24
1 JAE
Component side
AC505255AC
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
15
29
2221 23
3534
7 8
16 18 19 17 20
31 32 33 30
5 6
11 10 12 13 14
26 2827 25
3 4 2
9
24
1 JAE
Component side
AC210859
Connector: A-17
A-17 (GR)
AD
Fan controller
Component side
Q: Are the harness wires between engine-ECU
connector C-121 terminal 18 and fan controller
NO : Go to Step 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE COOLING
14-14
connector C-121.
AC505254
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
AC505255
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
Q: Does the cooling fan motor operate?
8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
connector C-121.
AC505254
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
AC505255
16
25
10
24
1
9
2 4
27
13
26
11
3
12
2829
1415
3031
1718
33 32
6
20
5
19 21
35 34
8
23
7
22
JAE
AB
Harness side
C-121 (GR)
Engine-ECU
(1) Disconnect engine-ECU connector C-121.
(3) Connect terminal No.18 to the body earth.
Q: Does the cooling fan motor stop running?
8.
NO : Replace the fan controller. Then go to Step
8.
STEP 8. Check the symptoms.
Q: Does the cooling fan operate correctly?
NO : Return to Step 1.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ENGINE COOLING
14-15
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ENGINE COOLANT LEAK CHECK
M1141001000388
WARNING
When pressure testing the cooling system,
slowly release cooling system pressure to
avoid getting burned by hot coolant.
CAUTION
Be sure to completely clean away any mois-
ture from the places checked.
When the tester is taken out, be careful not to
spill any coolant.
ACX01844 AB
Cap adapter
Adapter
Be careful when installing and removing the
tester and when testing not to deform the
filler neck of the radiator.
1. Check that the coolant level is up to the filler neck.
Install a radiator tester and apply 160 kPa
pressure, and then check for leakage from the
radiator hose or connections.
2. If there is leakage, repair or replace the
appropriate part.
RADIATOR CAP PRESSURE CHECK
M1141001300453
NOTE: Be sure that the cap is clean before testing.
Rust or other foreign material on the cap seal will
cause an improper reading.
AC211643 AB
Cap adapter
1. Use a cap adapter to attach the cap to the tester.
2. Increase the pressure until the indicator of the
gauge stops moving.
Minimum limit: 83 kPa
Standard value: 93 123 kPa
3. Replace the radiator cap if the reading does not
remain at or above the minimum limit.
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT
M1141001200553
1. Remove the under cover (Refer to GROUP 51,
Front Bumper P.51-2).
WARNING
When removing the radiator cap, use care to
avoid contact with hot coolant or steam.
Place a shop towel over the cap and turn the
cap anti-clockwise a little to let the pressure
escape through the vinyl tube. After relieving
the steam pressure, remove the cap by
slowly turning it anti-clockwise.
2. Drain the water from the radiator, heater core and
engine after unplugging the radiator drain plug
and removing the radiator cap.
AC210639AB
44 5 Nm
Water inlet pipe
3. Drain the water in the water jacket by unplugging
the drain plug of the cylinder block.
4. Remove the reserve tank and drain the coolant.
5. Drain the cooling water then clean the path of the
cooling water by injecting water into the radiator
from the radiator cap area.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ENGINE COOLING
14-16
6. Apply the designated sealant to the screw area of
the cylinder block drain plug, and then tighten to
the standard torque.
Specified sealant: 3M Nut Locking Part
No.4171 or equivalent
7. Securely tighten the drain plug of the radiator.
8. Assemble the reserve tank.
CAUTION
Do not use alcohol or methanol anti-freeze or any
engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol
anti-freeze. The use of an improper anti-freeze
can cause corrosion of the aluminium compo-
nents.
AC210658AB
MB991871
Air hose
9. By referring to the section on coolant, select an
appropriate concentration for safe operating
temperature within the range of 30 to 60 %. Use
special tool LLC changer (MB991871) to refill the
coolant. A convenient mixture is a 50 % water and
50 % antifreeze solution (freezing point: 31C).
Recommended antifreeze: DIA QUEEN SUPER
LONG LIFE COOLANT or equivalent
Quantity: 6.0 L
NOTE: For how to use the special tool, refer to its
manufacturers instructions.
10.Reinstall the radiator cap.
11.Start the engine and let it warm up until the
thermostat opens.
12.Repeatedly revving the engine up to 3,000 r/min
several times, then stop the engine.
13.Remove the radiator cap after the engine has
become cold, and pour in coolant up to the brim.
Reinstall the cap.
CAUTION
Do not overfill the reserve tank.
14.Add coolant to the reserve tank between the
"FULL" and "LOW" mark if necessary.
15.Install the under cover (Refer to GROUP 51,
Front Bumper P.51-2).
CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENT
M1141001100448
Measure the temperature and specific gravity of the
engine coolant to check the antifreeze concentration.
Standard value: 30 60 % (allowable concen-
tration range)
Recommended antifreeze: DIA QUEEN SUPER
LONG LIFE COOLANT or equivalent
CAUTION
If the concentration of the anti-freeze is below 30
%, the anti-corrosion property will be adversely
affected. In addition, if the concentration is
above 60 %, both the anti-freezing and engine
cooling properties will decrease, affecting the
engine adversely. For these reasons, be sure to
maintain the concentration level within the speci-
fied range.
FAN CONTROLLER CHECK
M1141006100238
1. Remove the centre under cover (Refer to GROUP
51, Front Bumper P.51-2).
AC210945AB
2 3 1
Fan controller
connector:
Component
side
Fan controller
2. Disconnect the fan controller connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, and
measure the voltage between the harness-side
connector terminals.
Standard value: Battery positive voltage
position, and connect the fan controller connector.
AC210667
Cooling fan motor
connector:
Harness side
MB991222
Circuit tester
Fan controller
AB
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ENGINE COOLING
14-17
5. Insert special tool probe (MB991222) at the back
of the cooling fan motor connector.
6. Connect the special tool to the circuit tester.
7. Ensure that the A/C switch is off, and start the
engine and run it at idle.
8. Measure the voltage between the cooling fan
motor connector terminals.
Standard value: 1V or less
9. Turn the A/C switch to the "ON" position.
WARNING
Stay clear of the fan when the fan starts run-
ning.
10. Measure the voltage between the cooling fan
motor connector terminals while the fan is
running. The voltage should repeat the values 1)
and 2) below.
Standard value:
1) 8.2 2.6 V
2) Battery positive voltage 2.6 V
11.If the voltage does not repeatedly change as
indicated, replace the fan controller.
12.Install the centre under cover (Refer to GROUP
FAN CONTROL RELAY CONTINUITY
CHECK
M1141006200354
1 3
4
2
3
4
1
2
AC210672
Battery
AB
Battery
voltage
Terminal No.to
be connected to
tester
Continuity test
results
Not applied 4 2 Open circuit
Connect
terminal
No.1 and
battery
(+)
terminal.
Connect
terminal
No.3 and
battery
()
terminal.
4 2 Less than 2 ohms
COOLING FAN MOTOR CHECK
M1141007100134
1. Remove the centre under cover (Refer to GROUP
AC210668
Cooling fan
motor
connector:
Component side
Cooling fan motor
AB
THERMOSTAT
ENGINE COOLING
14-18
2. Remove the cooling fan motor connector.
WARNING
Stay clear of the fan when the fan starts run-
ning.
3. Check to see that the fan motor of the radiator
turns when applying battery power between the
connector terminals of the cooling fan motor. Also
check to see that there is no abnormal sound
coming from the cooling fan motor at this time.
4. If the cooling fan motor is defective, replace it.
5. Install the centre under cover (Refer to GROUP
THERMOSTAT
M1141002400884
Under Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 51, Front
Bumper P.51-2).
Engine Coolant Draining (Refer to P.14-15).
Intake Air Duct Removal (Refer to GROUP 15, Air
Cleaner P.15-5).
Air Hose E, Air Pipe C and Air Hose D Removal (Refer to
GROUP 15, Intercooler P.15-6).
Post-installation Operation
Air Hose E, Air Pipe C and Air Hose D Installation (Refer
to GROUP 15, Intercooler P.15-6).
Intake Air Duct Installation (Refer to GROUP 15, Air
Cleaner P.15-5).
Engine Coolant Refilling (Refer to P.14-15).
Under Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 51, Front
Bumper P.51-2).
AC504958
1
8
7
4
3
2
AB
11 1 Nm
5.0 1.0 Nm
10 1 Nm
5
6
11 1 Nm
Removal steps
1. Accelerator cable connection <LH
drive vehicles>
2. Control wiring harness connection
3. Vacuum hose and pipe assembly
<<A>> >>B<< 4. Radiator upper hose connection
5. Wiring harness clamp
THERMOSTAT
ENGINE COOLING
14-19
<<A>> RADIATOR UPPER HOSE DISCON-
NECTION
AC200641AB
Mating marks
Make mating marks on the radiator hose and the
hose clamp. Disconnect the radiator hose.
>>A<< THERMOSTAT INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Make absolutely sure that no oil is adhering to
the rubber ring of the thermostat. In addition, be
careful not to fold over or scratch the rubber ring
when inserting. If the rubber ring is damaged,
replace the thermostat.
Install the thermostat being careful not to fold over or
scratch the rubber ring.
>>B<< RADIATOR UPPER HOSE
CONNECTION
AC200642
Mating marks
Projection
Water outlet fitting
AB
1. Insert each hose as far as the projection of the
water outlet fitting.
2. Align the mating marks on the radiator hose and
hose clamp, and then connect the radiator hose.
INSPECTION
M1141002500494
THERMOSTAT CHECK
ACX00400
1. Immerse the thermostat in water, and heat the
water while stirring. Check the thermostat valve
opening temperature.
Standard value:
Valve opening temperature: 80 1.5C
ACX00401AB
Valve lift
2. Check that the amount of valve lift is at the
standard value when the water is at the
full-opening temperature.
NOTE: Measure the valve height when the ther-
mostat is fully closed, and use this measurement
to compare the valve height when the thermostat
is fully open.
Standard value:
Full-opening temperature: 93C
Amount of valve lift: 9.5 mm or more
6. Harness bracket
7. Water outlet fitting
>>A<< 8. Thermostat
WATER PUMP
ENGINE COOLING
14-20
WATER PUMP
M1141002701004
CAUTION
If the vehicle is equipped with the Brembo disc brake, during maintenance, take care not to contact
the caliper with tools or parts, because the caliper paint will be scratched.
Bumper P.51-2).
Timing Belt Tensioner Adjuster Removal (Refer to
GROUP 11A, Timing Belt P.11A-36).
Timing Tensioner Adjuster Belt Installation (Refer to
GROUP 11A, Timing Belt P.11A-36).
Bumper P.51-2).
AC406755
AC504976AB
N
22 4 Nm
2
1
4
3
14 1 Nm
24 4 Nm
23 3 Nm
N
20 2 Nm
8 60
8 22
8 14
8 22
8 55
Bolt specifications
2
Nominal diameter Nominal length mm
Removal steps
1. Alternator brace
2. Water pump
3. Water pump gasket
>>A<< 4. O-ring
WATER PUMP
ENGINE COOLING
14-21
>>A<< O-RING INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not let the O-ring get contaminated with
grease or engine oil.
AC103005
Water pump
O-ring
Water inlet pipe
AC
Fit an O-ring into the O-ring groove located at the
end of the water inlet pipe and apply water to the
O-ring or the inside of the mounting surface of the
water pump for insertion.
WATER HOSE AND WATER PIPE
ENGINE COOLING
14-22
M1141003301076
Bumper P.51-2).
Air Cleaner Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 15, Air
Cleaner P.15-5).
Turbocharger Bypass Valve Assembly, Air By-pass Hose,
Thermostat Removal (Refer to P.14-18).
Thermostat Installation (Refer to P.14-18).
Turbocharger Bypass Valve Assembly, Air By-pass Hose,
Air Cleaner Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 15,
Air Cleaner P.15-5).
Battery and Battery Tray Installation
Bumper P.51-2).
AC504959
11 1 Nm
23 4 Nm
10 1 Nm
42 7 Nm
13 2 Nm
AB
15
14
13
12
11
9
7
5
3
4
6
8
1
20
19
18
16
17
N
N
N
10 1 Nm
42 7 Nm
5.0 1.0 Nm
10
2
N
N
Removal steps
1. Wiring harness clamp
2. Harness bracket
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
unit connector
4. Engine coolant temperature
sensor connector
5. Water feed hose
6. Thermostat case assembly
7. Thermostat case gasket
<<A>> >>C<< 8. Radiator lower hose connection
9. Detonation sensor connection
>>A<< 10. O-ring
11. Water feed hose
12. Water return hose
13. Heater hose connection
14. Water return hose
>>B<< 15. Water inlet pipe
>>A<< 16. O-ring
17. Turbocharger water feed pipe
18. Gaskets
Turbocharger and exhaust fitting

assembly (Refer to GROUP 15,
Exhaust Manifold and
Turbocharger P.15-10).
19. Turbocharger water return pipe
20. Gaskets
ENGINE COOLING
14-23
<<A>> RADIATOR LOWER HOSE DIS-
CONNECTION
AC200641AB
Mating marks
>>A<< O-RING INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not let the O-ring get contaminated with
grease or engine oil.
AC103005
Water pump
O-ring
Water inlet pipe
AC
Fit an O-ring into the O-ring groove located at the
end of the water inlet pipe and apply water to the
O-ring or the inside of the mounting surface of the
water pump for insertion.
>>B<< WATER INLET PIPE
INSTALLATION
Temporarily install the water inlet pipe. After installing
the water outlet fitting and thermostat case assembly,
tighten the mounting bolt of the water inlet pipe to the
specified torque.
Tightening torque
M6 bolt: 5.0 1.0 Nm
M8 bolt: 13 2 Nm
>>C<< RADIATOR LOWER
HOSE/RADIATOR UPPER HOSE
CONNECTION
AC200642
Mating
marks
Projection
Water inlet pipe or
water outlet fitting
AD
water inlet pipe or water outlet fitting.
INSPECTION
M1141003400360
WATER PIPE AND HOSE CHECK
Check the water pipe and hose for cracks, damage
and clogs. Replace them if necessary.
RADIATOR
ENGINE COOLING
14-24
RADIATOR
M1141001501193
Bumper P.51-2).
Air Cleaner Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 15, Air
Cleaner P.15-5).
Air Cleaner Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 15,
Air Cleaner P.15-5).
Bumper P.51-2).
AC210706
3.5 0.4 Nm
5.0 1.0 Nm
5.0 1.0 Nm
5.0 1.0 Nm
12 2 Nm
12 2 Nm
AC
5.4 0.5 Nm
4.5 0.4 Nm
1
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
10
9
8
7
6
5
11
4
3
2
22
20
21
N
11
12 2 Nm
14
Radiator removal steps
1. Radiator drain plug
2. O-ring
3. Radiator cap
4. Reserve tank hose
5. Reserve tank
6. Reserve tank cap
7. Reserve tank hose
8. Reserve tank bracket
<<A>> >>A<< 9. Radiator upper hose
<<A>> >>A<< 10. Radiator lower hose
11. Upper insulator
<> 12. Air pipe B mounting bolt
13. Radiator assembly
14. Lower insulator
15. Fan controller connector
16. Fan controller, cooling fan motor,
fan and shroud assembly
Fan controller and cooling fan
motor removal steps
<> 12. Air pipe B mounting bolt
15. Fan controller connector
17. Cooling fan motor connector
18. Fan controller
19. Cooling fan motor, fan and shroud
assembly
20. Cooling fan
21. Cooling fan motor
22. Cooling fan shroud
Radiator removal steps
RADIATOR
ENGINE COOLING
14-25
<<A>> RADIATOR UPPER HOSE/RADIA-
TOR LOWER HOSE DISCONNECTION
AC200641AB
Mating marks
<> AIR PIPE B MOUNTING BOLT
REMOVAL
AC210705
After removing the bolt, position air pipe B out of the
way so that the pipe does not interfere with the radia-
tor assembly or the cooling fan motor, the fan and
shroud assembly.
>>A<< RADIATOR LOWER HOSE/RADIA-
TOR UPPER HOSE CONNECTION
AC200642
Mating marks
Projection
Water inlet pipe,
water outlet fitting
or radiator
AC
water inlet pipe, water outlet fitting or radiator.
NOTES
32-1
GROUP 32
POWER PLANT
MOUNT
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 32-2
SPECIAL TOOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-4
ENGINE MOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-4
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-5
TRANSMISSION MOUNTING . . . . . . 32-5
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-6
ENGINE ROLL STOPPER,
CENTREMEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-7
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-9
CROSSMEMBER* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-10
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-14
WARNINGS REGARDING SERVICING OF SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) EQUIPPED VEHICLES
WARNING
Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to
personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and
passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an
authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any
SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: SRS-ECU, SRS warning lamp, air bag module, clock spring, and interconnecting
wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may have to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance)
are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk (*).
GENERAL INFORMATION
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1321000100544
Inertia principal axes system is incorporated into the
engine mount system.
The liquid-filled mount system has been adopted
for engine mounting insulator and transmission
mounting insulator to improve ride feeling by opti-
mising the insulator.
Installation of roll stopper in the upper area has
reduced engine rolling. Furthermore, enlarge-
ment of insulator diameter has reduced idle vibra-
tion.
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
AC310393
Engine mounting insulator
AC
Transmission mounting
insulator
10012AU
10011AU
AC310460
Transmission case rear
roll stopper bracket
Engine rear
roll stopper rod
Engine rear
roll stopper rod
bracket
Front axle No.1
crossmember
Front axle
crossmember bar
Front suspension
centremember
Engine front
roll stopper
bracket
Transmission case rear
roll stopper bracket
Engine rear
roll stopper
bracket
Front axle No.1
crossmember
Front axle
crossmember bar
Front suspension
centremember
Engine front
roll stopper
bracket
Transmission case
front roll stopper bracket
AB
<L.H. drive vehicles>
<R.H. drive vehicles>
Transmission case
front roll stopper bracket
GENERAL INFORMATION
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-3
SPECIAL TOOL
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-4
SPECIAL TOOL
M1321000600442
AC106827
MB991897 Ball joint remover Knuckle and tie rod end ball joint
disconnection
NOTE: Steering linkage puller
(MB990635 or MB991113) is also
available to disconnect knuckle and
tie rod end ball joint.
ENGINE MOUNTING
M1321001100752
CAUTION
*: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the vehicle
horizontally and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body.
Bumper P.51-2).
Raise the engine and transmission assembly until its
weight is not applied to the insulator, and support it
securely.
Bumper P.51-2).
AC210425
1
4
3
2
4
12 2 Nm
98 10 Nm*
67 7 Nm*
AB
Removal steps
1. Power steering oil pressure hose
2. Engine mounting bolt
3. Engine mounting insulator
>>A<< 4. Engine mounting cushion stoppers
TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-5
>>A<< ENGINE MOUNTING CUSHION
STOPPER INSTALLATION
R
F
F
R
AC210426
Engine side Engine side
<Vehicle
rear view>
<Vehicle
front view>
Engine mounting
cushion stopper
AC
Arrow marks on the engine mounting cushion stop-
per should face the shown direction.
NOTE: Disregard F and R stamped as a shared part.
INSPECTION
M1321001200232
Check the engine mounting insulator for cracks,
separation or deformation.
Check the engine mounting cushion stoppers for
deformation.
M1321001400968
CAUTION
Bumper P.51-2).
Raise the engine and transmission assembly until its
weight is not applied to the insulator, and support it
securely.
Air Cleaner Removal (Refer to GROUP 15, Air Cleaner
P.15-5).
Radiator Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 14, Radia-
tor P.14-24).
Air Pipe C, Air By-pass Hose, Air Hose D Removal (Refer
Rear Roll Stopper Removal (Refer to P.32-7).
Rear Roll Stopper Installation (Refer to P.32-7).
Air Pipe C, Air By-pass Hose, Air Hose D Installation
(Refer to GROUP 15, Intercooler P.15-6).
Radiator Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 14,
Radiator P.14-24).
Air Cleaner Installation (Refer to GROUP 15, Air Cleaner
P.15-5).
Bumper P.51-2).
AC505022
1
3
2
3
47 7 Nm*
82 7 Nm*
AB
Removal steps
1. Transmission mounting bolt
2. Transmission mounting insulator
>>A<< 3. Transmission mounting stopper
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-6
>>A<< TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
STOPPER INSTALLATION
AC200645
Engine side
Transmission
mounting
insulator
Transmission
mounting
stopper
AI
Install the transmission mounting stopper so that its
arrow points upward.
INSPECTION
M1321001500200
Check the transmission mounting insulator for
cracks, separation or deformation.
Check the transmission mounting stoppers for
deformation.
ENGINE ROLL STOPPER, CENTREMEMBER
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-7
M1321002300362
<LH DRIVE VEHICLES>
CAUTION
Bumper P.51-2).
Bumper P.51-2).
AC210447
49 10 Nm
AB
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
49 10 Nm
49 10 Nm
69 10 Nm
69 10 Nm
45 5 Nm*
45 5 Nm*
52 7 Nm*
70 10 Nm
52 7 Nm*
70 10 Nm
52 7 Nm*
Front roll stopper bracket and
centremember removal steps
1. Front axle crossmember bars
2. Engine front roll stopper bracket
bolt
3. Front suspension centremember
>>A<< 4. Engine front roll stopper bracket
5. Transmission case front roll
stopper bracket
Rear roll stopper rod removal
steps
6. Engine rear roll stopper rod bolt
7. Transmission case rear roll
stopper bracket
9. Engine rear roll stopper rod
bracket
10. Engine rear roll stopper rod
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-8
<RH DRIVE VEHICLES>
CAUTION
Bumper P.51-2).
Bumper P.51-2).
AC310765
1
7
6
5
4
3
1
49 10 Nm
49 10 Nm
69 10 Nm
69 10 Nm
45 5 Nm*
45 5 Nm*
70 10 Nm
52 7 Nm*
70 10 Nm
AB
8
49 10 Nm
52 7 Nm*
2
Front roll stopper bracket and
centremember removal steps
1. Front axle crossmember bars
2. Engine front roll stopper bracket
bolt
3. Front suspension centremember
>>A<< 4. Engine front roll stopper bracket
5. Transmission case front roll
stopper bracket
Rear roll stopper rod removal
steps
6. Engine rear roll stopper bolt
7. Transmission case rear roll
stopper bracket
8. Engine rear roll stopper bracket
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-9
>>A<< ENGINE FRONT ROLL STOPPER
BRACKET INSTALLATION
AC210448
Hole
Front of vehicle
AB
Install the front roll stopper so that its hole points
towards the front side of the vehicle.
INSPECTION
M1321002400080
Check the engine roll stopper insulators for
cracks, separation or deformation.
CROSSMEMBER
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-10
CROSSMEMBER
M1321003200443
<LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Before removing the steering wheel and air bag module assembly, always refer to GROUP 52B -
Service Precautions, Air bag Module and Clock Spring. Also, set the front wheels so that they are
facing straight forward, and remove the ignition key. If you fail to do this, the SRS clock spring will
be damaged, causing the SRS air bag to be inoperative and serious injury.
*
1
: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the
*
2
: Indicates parts which should be temporarily tightened, and then fully tightened with the vehicle
on the ground in the unladen condition.
If the vehicle is equipped with the Brembo disc brake, during maintenance, take care not to con-
tact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of caliper will be scratched.
Bumper P.51-2).
Front Axle Crossmember Bar, Front Suspension Center-
member Removal (Refer to P.32-7).
Front Exhaust Pipe Removal (Refer to GROUP 15,
Exhaust Pipe and Main Muffler P.15-13).
Steering Wheel Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
(Refer to GROUP 37, Steering Wheel P.37-13).
Power Steering Fluid Draining (Refer to GROUP 37,
On-vehicle Service Fluid Replacement P.37-10).
Front Exhaust Pipe Installation (Refer to GROUP 15,
member Installation (Refer to P.32-7).
Steering Wheel Air Bag Module Assembly Installation
Power Steering Fluid Supplying (Refer to GROUP 37,
Power Steering Fluid Line Bleeding (Refer to GROUP 37,
On-vehicle Service Power Steering System Air Bleeding
P.37-10).
Press the dust cover with a finger to check whether the
dust cover cracked or damaged.
Checking Steering Wheel Position with Wheels Straight
Ahead.
Front Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
GROUP 37, On-vehicle Service Steering Angle Check
P.37-8).
Bumper P.51-2).
AC210547AB
39 5 Nm
49 10 Nm
167 9 Nm
108 10 Nm
21 4 Nm
25 4 Nm
186 10 Nm*
39 5 Nm
52 7 Nm*
45 5 Nm*
70 10 Nm
8
N
12 2 Nm
21 4 Nm
12 2 Nm
57 7 Nm
18 2 Nm
16
15
14
13
1
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
N
15 3 Nm
12
10
11
N
Removal steps
1. Lower arm and knuckle
connection
2. Stabilizer link
<<A>> 3. Lower arm assembly
4. Steering shaft assembly and gear
box connecting bolt
6. Engine rear roll stopper rod and
bracket assembly
7. Return hose and return pipe
8. O-ring
10. Gaskets
11. Self-locking nut
<> 12. Tie rod end and knuckle
connection
<<C>> 13. Front axle No.1 crossmember
assembly
>>A<< 14. Stabilizer bar
15. Steering gear and linkage
16. Front axle No.1 crossmember
CROSSMEMBER
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-11
CROSSMEMBER
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-12
<RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Before removing the steering wheel and air bag module assembly, always refer to GROUP 52B -
Service Precautions, Air bag Module and Clock Spring. Also, set the front wheels so that they are
facing straight forward, and remove the ignition key. If you fail to do this, the SRS clock spring will
be damaged, causing the SRS air bag to be inoperative and serious injury.
*
1
: Indicates parts which should be initially tightened, and then fully tightened after placing the
*
2
: Indicates parts which should be temporarily tightened, and then fully tightened with the vehicle
on the ground in the unladen condition.
If the vehicle is equipped with the Brembo disc brake, during maintenance, take care not to con-
tact the parts or tools to the caliper because the paint of caliper will be scratched.
Bumper P.51-2).
member Removal (Refer to P.32-7).
Front Exhaust Pipe Removal (Refer to GROUP 15,
Steering Wheel Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
Power Steering Fluid Draining (Refer to GROUP 37,
Front Exhaust Pipe Installation (Refer to GROUP 15,
member Installation (Refer to P.32-7).
Steering Wheel Air Bag Module Assembly Installation
Power Steering Fluid Supplying (Refer to GROUP 37,
Power Steering Fluid Line Bleeding (Refer to GROUP 37,
On-vehicle Service Power Steering System Air Bleeding
P.37-10).
Press the dust cover with a finger to check whether the
dust cover cracked or damaged.
Checking Steering Wheel Position with Wheels Straight
Ahead.
Front Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment (Refer to
GROUP 37, On-vehicle Service Steering Angle Check
P.37-8).
Bumper P.51-2).
AC310965AB
39 5 Nm
49 10 Nm
167 9 Nm
108 10 Nm
21 4 Nm
25 4 Nm
186 10 Nm*
39 5 Nm
52 7 Nm*
45 5 Nm*
70 10 Nm 5
N
21 4 Nm
57 7 Nm
18 2 Nm
16
15
14
12
1
7
6
11
3
2
N
15 3 Nm
10
9
N
4
8
13
Removal steps
1. Lower arm and knuckle
connection
2. Stabilizer link
<<A>> 3. Lower arm assembly
5. Gaskets
6. Return hose and return pipe
7. O-ring
8. Steering shaft assembly and gear
box connecting bolt
9. Self-locking nut
<> 10. Tie rod end and knuckle
connection
11. Engine rear roll stopper bolt
<<C>> 12. Front axle No.1 crossmember
assembly
13. Engine rear roll stopper bracket
>>A<< 14. Stabilizer bar
15. Steering gear and linkage
16. Front axle No.1 crossmember
CROSSMEMBER
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-13
CROSSMEMBER
POWER PLANT MOUNT
32-14
<<A>> LOWER ARM ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
AC210537AB
Transmission jack
Mounting
bolt
Wooden
block
Lift the transmission with a transmission jack, and
then withdraw the front mounting bolt on the left
lower arm assembly.
<> TIE ROD END AND KNUCKLE
DISCONNECTION
CAUTION
Do not remove the nut from ball joint. Loosen
it and use special tool ball joint remover
(MB991897) to avoid possible damage to ball
joint threads.
AC208247AD
Cord
Bolt
MB991897
Self-locking
nut
Ball joint
Hang the special tool with cord to prevent it
from falling.
1. Install the special tool as shown in the figure.
AC106821
Knob
Parallel
Bolt
Correct
Wrong
AC
2. Turn the bolt and knob as necessary to make the
jaws of the special tool parallel, tighten the bolt by
hand and confirm that the jaws are still parallel.
NOTE: When adjusting the jaws in parallel, make
sure the knob is in the position shown in the fig-
ure.
3. Tighten the bolt with a wrench to disconnect the
tie rod end.
<<C>> FRONT AXLE NO.1
CROSSMEMBER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
AC210538AB
Transmission
jack
Wooden
block
Retain the crossmember with a transmission jack,
and then remove the crossmember mounting bolt.
>>A<< STABILIZER BAR INSTALLATION
AC006141AF
Identification
colour
Fixture
Outside of
vehicle
Bushing
Align the identification colour on the left side of the
stabilizer bar with the right end of the bushing.
INSPECTION
M1321003300246
Check the front axle No.1 crossmember for
cracks or damage.
13B-1
GROUP 13B
FUEL SUPPLY
CONTENTS
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . 13B-2
FUEL PUMP OPERATION CHECK . . . . . . 13B-2
FUEL PUMP MODULE REPLACEMENT. . 13B-2
FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . 13B-3
FUEL GAUGE UNIT REPLACEMENT . . . . 13B-3
FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13B-5
FUEL PUMP MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND
REASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13B-9
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13B-11
GENERAL INFORMATION
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1135000100480
The fuel tank is located under the floor of the rear
seats to provide increased protection and more
luggage space.
A fuel tank safety valve is used to prevent fuel
from leaking out in case of a collision.
A fuel pump module, including fuel pump, fuel fil-
ter assembly and fuel gauge unit (main), is uti-
lized to reduce weight and improve serviceability.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FUEL PUMP OPERATION CHECK
M1135001000204
Refer to GROUP 13A, On-vehicle Service
P.13A-399.
FUEL PUMP MODULE REPLACEMENT
M1135004900369
1. Remove the rear seat cushion assembly. (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Rear Seat Assembly P.52A-20).
2. Remove the service hole cover.
AC210801AB
Suction
hose
Fuel high-
pressure hose
Harness
connector
Fuel return
hose
3. Disconnect the harness connector.
NOTE: Check the fuel pump (Refer to GROUP
13A, On-vehicle Service P.13A-399). If defective,
replace the fuel pump, which is incorporated in
the fuel pump module.
4. Disconnect fuel high-pressure hose, suction hose
and fuel return hose.
AC211368
Float
Fuel pump
module
AB
CAUTION
When withdrawing the fuel pump module from
the fuel tank, be careful not damage the module
unit and the float.
5. Unscrew the mounting nuts to remove the fuel
pump module.
6. Replace the fuel pump (Refer to P.13B-9).
AC211368
Float
Fuel pump
module
AB
CAUTION
When installing the fuel pump module into the
fuel tank, be careful not damage the module unit
and the float.
7. Install the fuel pump module. Tighten the
mounting nuts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 2.5 0.5 Nm
AC100963AC
Fuel
high-pressure
hose
Corresponding
side
3.0 mm
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-3
CAUTION
Snap the fuel high-pressure hose one-touch joint
into place, then pull back slightly on the hose to
assure it is secure. However, the connection
should have a play of approximately 3.0 mm.
8. Connect the harness connector, fuel
high-pressure hose, suction hose and fuel return
hose.
9. Replace the service hole cover.
10.Install the rear seat cushion assembly (Refer to
FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK
M1135003100401
Refer to GROUP 54A, Combination Meter Assembly
and Vehicle Speed Sensor On-vehicle Service
P.54A-54.
FUEL GAUGE UNIT REPLACEMENT
M1135001400428
1. Remove the rear seat cushion assembly. (Refer to
2. Remove the service hole cover.
Y2014AU
AC310596
AC310872AB
Suction
hose
Fuel high-
pressure hose
Fuel return
hose
Suction
hose
<Fuel gauge unit (Sub)>
<Fuel gauge unit (Main)>
Fuel pump
module
Fuel pipe and
gauge assembly
Harness
connector
Harness
connector
3. Disconnect the harness connector, fuel
hose.
AC310597
Float
Fuel pump
module
AB
Float
Fuel pipe
and gauge
assembly
CAUTION
When withdrawing the fuel pump module or fuel
pipe and gauge assembly from the fuel tank, be
careful not damage the sensor unit and the float.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-4
4. Unscrew the mounting nuts to remove the fuel
pump module or fuel pipe and gauge assembly.
NOTE: Check the fuel gauge unit (Refer to
GROUP 54A, Combination Meter Assembly and
Vehicle Speed Sensor On-vehicle Service
P.54A-54). If defective, replace it. (Refer to
P.13B-9).
AC310597
Float
Fuel pump
module
AB
Float
Fuel pipe
and gauge
assembly
CAUTION
When inserting the fuel pump module or fuel pipe
and gauge assembly into the fuel tank, be careful
not damage the sensor unit and the float.
5. Install the fuel pump module or fuel pipe and
gauge assembly. Tighten the mounting nuts to the
specified torque.
Tightening torque: 2.5 0.5 Nm
AC100963AC
Fuel
high-pressure
hose
Corresponding
side
3.0 mm
CAUTION
Snap the fuel high-pressure hose one-touch joint
into place, then pull back slightly on the hose to
assure it is secure. However, the connection
should have a play of approximately 3.0 mm.
6. Connect the harness connector, fuel
hose.
7. Replace the service hole cover.
8. Install the rear seat cushion assembly. (Refer to
FUEL TANK
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-5
FUEL TANK
M1135001901095
Draining Fuel
Fuel Pump Connector Disconnection (How to Reduce
Fuel Pressure). (Refer to GROUP 13A, On-vehicle Serv-
ice P.13A-398).
Centre Exhaust Pipe Removal (Refer to GROUP 15,
Propeller Shaft Removal (Refer to GROUP 25, Propeller
Shaft P.25-3).
Pre-installation Operation
Propeller Shaft Installation (Refer to GROUP 25, Propeller
Shaft P.25-3).
Centre Exhaust Pipe Installation (Refer to GROUP 15,
Refilling Fuel
Checking for Fuel Leaks
AC311018AC
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
N
N
2
6
6
27
26 4 Nm
2.5 0.5 Nm
2.5 0.5 Nm
2.5 0.5 Nm <Fuel tank assembly>
N
Fuel tank assembly removal
steps
1. Fuel filler neck hose connection
2. Fuel filler neck breather hose
connection
3. Fuel vapour hose connection
4. Fuel return hose connection
>>B<< 5. Fuel high-pressure hose connection
6. Fuel wiring harness connector
Parking brake cable clamp

connection (Refer to GROUP 36,
Parking Brake Cable P.36-5).
steps (Continued)
FUEL TANK
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-6
Rear ABS sensor connector and

harness clamp connection (Refer to
GROUP 35B, ABS Sensor
P.35B-146).
<<A>> 7. Fuel tank assembly
8. Fuel tank lower protector
9. Fuel wiring harness
>>B<< 10. Suction hose
>>B<< 11. Fuel high-pressure hose
12. Fuel return hose
13. Fuel return hose
>>B<< 14. Fuel high-pressure hose
steps (Continued)
15. Fuel pipe assembly
16. Fuel filler neck hose
18. Fuel vapour hose
19. Fuel tank check valve
20. Fuel vapour hose
<> >>A<< 21. Fuel pipe and gauge assembly
22. Packing
23. Plate
<> >>A<< 24. Fuel pump module
25. Packing
26. Fuel tank safety valve
27. Packing
AC310598AB
28
29
24 4 Nm
30
31
32
33
34 N
<Fuel filler neck assembly>
Fuel filler neck assembly removal
steps
28. Fuel tank protector
29. Fuel filler neck hose connection
connection
31. Fuel tank filler cap
32. Fuel filler neck assembly
33. Fuel filler neck valve
34. Packing
steps (Continued)
Fuel filler neck assembly removal
steps (Continued)
FUEL TANK
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-7
<<A>> FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
AC210871
Removal
direction
Tilt
AB
Floor
Differential
carrier
Fuel tank
assembly
1. Remove the differential support member and tilt
the differential carrier. (Refer to GROUP 27,
Differential Carrier P.27-43).
2. Hold the fuel tank assembly with a transmission
jack and remove the nuts connected to the fuel
tank assembly.
3. Remove the fuel tank assembly in the tilting
direction to avoid contact with the differential
carrier.
<> FUEL PIPE AND GAUGE
ASSEMBLY/FUEL PUMP MODULE
REMOVAL
AC310597
Float
Fuel pump
module
AB
Float
Fuel pipe
and gauge
assembly
CAUTION
When withdrawing the fuel pipe and gauge
assembly and fuel pump module from the fuel
tank, be careful not damage the sensor unit and
the float.
FUEL TANK
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-8
>>A<< FUEL PUMP MODULE/FUEL PIPE
AND GAUGE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
AC310597
Float
Fuel pump
module
AB
Float
Fuel pipe
and gauge
assembly
CAUTION
When inserting the fuel pump module and fuel
pipe and gauge assembly into the fuel tank, be
careful not damage the sensor unit and the float.
>>B<< FUEL HIGH-PRESSURE
HOSE/SUCTION HOSE INSTALLATION
AC100963
Fuel high-pressure
hose or suction hose
Corresponding
side
3.0 mm
AD
CAUTION
After connecting the quickrelease joint of the fuel
high-pressure hose or suction hose, pull the joint
lightly away from the quickrelease joint to con-
firm that it is secure. In addition, confirm that
there is a play of approximately 3.0 mm at the
joint.
FUEL TANK
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-9
FUEL PUMP MODULE DISASSEMBLY
AND REASSEMBLY
M1135004600410
<FUEL PUMP MODULE>
AC210872AB
1
2
8
7
3
4
5
6
N
N
9
10
11
12
Disassembly steps
1. Fuel gauge unit (Main)
2. Fuel pump harness
3. Fuel pump bracket
4. Fuel pump cushion
5. Fuel pump
6. Spacer
>>A<< 7. Grommet
8. Fuel feed assist pump
9. Fuel hose
10. Cap
>>A<< 11. O-ring
12. Fuel filter assembly
Disassembly steps (Continued)
FUEL TANK
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-10
<FUEL PIPE AND GAUGE ASSEMBLY>
AC310599AB
13 N
14
15
16
17 N
1.2 0.2 Nm
18
Disassembly steps
13. Packing
14. Fuel filter
15. Fuel gauge unit (Sub)
16. Connector
17. O-ring
18. Fuel pipe assembly
FUEL TANK
FUEL SUPPLY
13B-11
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT
>>A<< O-RING/GROMMET INSTALLA-
TION
Apply gasoline on the O-ring and the grommet before
mounting them to prevent damage or twisting.
INSPECTION
M1135002000274
FUEL TANK SAFETY VALVE CHECK
ACX00760AB
1. Shake the fuel tank safety valve up and down to
check the float inside the fuel tank safety valve is
not seized.
AC102262 Nozzle AB
2. Obtain a container, which is full of water.
3. Invert the fuel tank safety valve, and submerge it
slowly in the water while placing your fingers over
the nozzle.
4. Check that no more air bubbles appears from the
fuel tank safety valve, and withdraw it slowly.
AC102263
<Normal>
<Defective>
AB
5. Open the fuel tank safety valve nozzle. If no water
flows out from the nozzle aperture, the valve is
normal. If water flows out, the float or spring inside
the fuel tank safety valve is defective. Replace the
fuel tank safety valve.
NOTES
GROUP INDEX
00
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
Engine Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Intake and Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
Engine and Emission Control . . . . .
21
Clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Propeller Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
Front Axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Wheel and Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Power Plant Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
Rear Suspension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Parking Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52
. . . . . . . . . . . .
54
Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . .
80
Configuration Diagrams . . . . . . . . . .
90
Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LANCER
EVOLUTION IX
WORKSHOP MANUAL
FOREWORD
This Workshop manual contains procedures for
service mechanics, including removal, disassembly,
inspection, adjustment, reassembly and installation.
Use the following manuals in combination with this
manual as required.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION MANUAL
IEVE04E1CD
IEVE04E1CD
IEVE04E1CD

WORKSHOP MANUAL
CHASSIS GROUP
BODY REPAIR MANUAL
CEVX04E1CD
CEVX05E1CD
PARTS CATALOGUE B606K006A
All information, illustrations and product descriptions
contained in this manual are current as at the time of
publication. We, however, reserve the right to make
changes at any time without prior notice or obligation.
Mitsubishi Motors Europe B.V. Oct. 2005
Heater, Air Conditioner and
Ventilation
Interior and Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS)
WARNINGS REGARDING SERVICING OF SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) EQUIPPED VEHICLES
(1) Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any SRS-related component,
can lead to personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag)
or to the driver and passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
(2) The SRS components and seat belt with pretensioner should not be subjected to heat, so
remove the SRS-ECU, drivers and front passengers air bag modules, clock spring, side air bag
modules, and seat belt -pre-tensioner before drying or baking the vehicle after painting.
SRS-ECU, air bag module and clock spring 93C or more
(3) Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed
only at an authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
(4) MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this Manual, and especially its GROUP
52B - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), before beginning any service or maintenance of
any component of the SRS or any SRS-related component.
NOTE
Section titles with asterisks (*) in the table of contents in each group indicate operations requiring warnings.
70-1
GROUP 70
COMPONENT
LOCATIONS
CONTENTS
SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-2
ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-6
INSPECTION CONNECTOR AND
SPARE CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . 70-9
RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10
SOLENOID AND SOLENOID VALVE 70-12
EARTH CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-13
FUSIBLE LINK AND FUSE . . . . . . . . 70-14
EARTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-15
SENSOR
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-2
SENSOR
M1701000600846
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Air flow sensor J Interior temperature sensor N
Air thermo sensor P Outside thermo sensor H
Crank angle sensor A Oxygen sensor (front) G
Detonation sensor C Oxygen sensor (rear) S
Engine coolant temperature sensor I Photo sensor L
Engine oil level sensor B Pressure sensor U
Exhaust camshaft position sensor E Steering wheel sensor M
Front impact sensor K Throttle position sensor D
G-sensor (lateral) O Transmission oil temperature sensor Q
G-sensor (longitudinal) O Vehicle speed sensor F
Heter water temperature sensor P Wheel speed sensor (front) R
Intake camshaft position sensor E Wheel speed sensor (rear) T
AC501366
A B C D
G J K O
AB
S R T
U
E
M P I *
* *
F
H
L
N
Q
NOTE: The * symbols indicate also equipped at the right side.
AC208835
A
AC
Crank angle
sensor connector
Crank angle
sensor
Crankshaft
sprocket
AC310230
B
AB
Engine oil
level sensor
Engine
oil filter
AC208837AG
C
Detonation
sensor
connector
Detonation
sensor
Intake
manifold
AC208857
Throttle
position
sensor
AC
D
AC406674
E
AD
Intake camshaft
position sensor
Exhaust camshaft
position sensor
AC209488
Vehicle speed
sensor
AF
Transmission
assembly
F
SENSOR
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-3
AC208841AE
G
Oxygen
sensor (front)
connector Oxygen
sensor (front)
AC212287
H
AE
Outoside
thermo
sensor
AC504759
Engine coolant
temperature
sensor
AC
I
AC208832
Air flow
sensor
AH
J
AC208855
Front impact
sensor
AI
K
Air cleaner
AC500112AB
L
Photo sensor
AC500111AB
Steering
wheel
sensor
M
AC500113
N
Interior
temperature
sensor
AB
AC208854
G-sensor
(lateral)
G-sensor
(longitudinal)
Parking brake
lever
O
AL
SENSOR
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-4
AC504978AB
Air thermo
sensor
P Heater water
temperature
sensor
AC504979
Transmission oil
temperature sensor
AB
Q
Centremember
assembly
AC208845
R
AI
Wheel speed
sensor (front)
connector
Wheel speed
sensor (front)
AC310231
S
AD
Oxygen sensor
(rear)
Oxygen sensor
(rear) connector
Catalytic
converter
Glove box
AC208851AK
Trailing arm
Wheel speed
sensor (rear)
connector
Wheel speed
sensor (rear)
T
AC212291
Pressure
sensor
Hydraulic unit
assemmbly
AG
U
SENSOR
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-5
ECU
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-6
ECU
M1701000500281
A/C-ECU H Front-ECU C
ABS-ECU LHD A Headlamp assembly
(incorporating ECU)
E
RHD B
Blower linear controller M Immobilizer-ECU G
Column switch
(incorporating Column-ECU)
F Power window main switch
(incorporating ECU)
O
Engine-ECU L Power window sub switch
(incorporating ECU)
N
ETACS-ECU I SRS-ECU J
Fan controller D 4WD-ECU K
AC501370
B A
E
C
D
H
I
F G
J K L
*
M
N
O
*
AB
*
NOTE: .
1. *
1
: also equipped at the right side.
2. *
2
: also equipped at the rear doors.
AC100209AD
A
ABS-ECU
<LHD>
Hydraulic unit
AC311142AB
ABS-ECU
<RHD>
B
AC310360
Front-ECU
Battery
AB
C
AC100211AI
Fan controller
D
Radiator fan
AC208848AD
Headlamp assembly
(incorporating ECU)
Horn (HI)
E
AC500116AB
Column switch
(incorporating
Column-ECU)
F
AC310233
G
AB
Immobilizer-
ECU
AC500703
H
A/C-ECU
AB
AC310361
Junction
block
ETACS-ECU
AB
I
AC504981AC
J
SRS-ECU
Center
reinforcement
ECU
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-7
AC310234AC
4WD-ECU
K
Centre
reinforcement
AC100229AM
Engine-ECU
L
AC504982AB
Blower linear
controller
Blower unit
M
AC301749AD
Power window
sub switch
(incorporating
ECU)
N
AC301748AE
Power window
main switch
(incorporating
ECU)
O
ECU
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-8
INSPECTION CONNECTOR AND SPARE CONNECTOR
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-9
INSPECTION CONNECTOR AND SPARE CONNECTOR
M1701000200622
Diagnosis connector B Spare connector (for audio) C
Engine speed detection connector A
AC501369AC
A
B C
AC310329
Engine speed
detection
connector
Battery
A
AB
AC100188AM
Diagnosis connector
B
AC500118
C
AB
Spare connector
(for audio)
RELAY
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-10
RELAY
M1701000400723
A/C compressor relay C Fan control relay C
Blower relay D Fuel pump relay (1) D
Condenser fan relay (HI) C Fuel pump relay (2) D
Condenser fan relay (LO) C Fuel pump relay (3) LHD A
Defogger relay D RHD B
Electric pump relay LHD A Horn relay C
RHD B Ignition coil relay <RHD> C
Engine control relay C Power window relay D
Engine oil revel relay E
AC501369AB
B A C
D E
AC310180AB
Fuel pump relay (3)
Electric pump relay
A <LHD>
AC211639AD
Fuel pump relay (3)
Electric pump relay
<RHD> B
AC310225
Condenser fan relay (HI)
Condenser fan relay (LO)
Horn relay
Fan control relay
A/C compressor relay
Engine control relay
Ignition coil relay
<RHD>
AB
C
AC500114
D
AC500114
Defogger relay
Blower relay
Power window relay
Fuel pump relay (1)
Fuel pump relay (2)
Rear fog lamp relay
AB
AC504985
AC504980
E
AC
Engine oil
level relay
RELAY
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-11
SOLENOID AND SOLENOID VALVE
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-12
SOLENOID AND SOLENOID VALVE
M1701000800721
EGR control solenoid valve D Hydraulic unit <for ABS
(incorporating solenoid
valve)>
LHD B
Fuel pressure control solenoid valve C RHD E
Hydraulic unit assembly <for ACD and
AYC (incorporating solenoid valve)>
G Purge control solenoid valve C
Wastegate solenoid valve F
Oil feeder control valve A
AC501371
B C D E
F
AB
G
A
AC406813
A
AC
Oil feeder control
valve
AC100230
B
AJ
<LHD>
Hydraulic unit
<for ABS
(incorporating
solenoid valve)>
Intake manifold
AC209008
Purge control
solenoid valve
Fuel pressure
control solenoid
valve
C
AE
AC209007 AE
EGR control
solenoid valve
D
Intake
manifold
stay
AC212303AE
<RHD> E
Hydraulic unit
<for ABS
(incorporating
solenoid valve)>
AC209011
Wastegate
solenoid valve
AE
Battery
F
AC212305
AC212305
G
AE
Direction
valve
(LH, RH)
Proportioning valve
(for ACD control)
Proportioning valve
(for AYC control)
Hydraulic unit assembly
<for ACD and AYC>
EARTH CABLE
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-13
EARTH CABLE
M1701001000579
AC501372AB
FUSIBLE LINK AND FUSE
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-14
M1701000100711
Fuses No.1 to 23
(Passenger compartment)
C Fusible links No.1 to 5
(Engine compartment)
B
Fuses No.6 to 25
(Engine compartment)
B Fusible links No.26, 27
(Battery positive terminal)
A
AC501369AD
A B
C
AC212324
Fusible link
(No.26, 27)
Battery
A
AC
AC310325
Fusible link
(No.1)
Battery B
AB
Fusible links
(No.4, 5)
Fusible links
(No.2, 3)
AC310326
Fuses
(No.6 to 25)
Battery
AB
B
AC310327
Fuses
(No.1 to 20)
Fuses
(No.21, 23)
C
AB
Junction
block
EARTH
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-15
EARTH
M1701000300704
AC310178
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 9
15 14 12 13 11 10
AB
<LH drive vehicles>
AC310179
7 6 5 4 2 1 8 9
15 14 12 13 11 10
AB
<RH drive vehicles>
3
NOTE: Same earth numbers are used in the circuit diagram.
AC208862
1
AD
AC100190AC
2
Door check
AC100191AD
3
Front deck
crossmember
<LHD>
AC212332AC
3
Front deck
crossmember
<RHD>
AC208863
4
AC
BATTERY
AC504983AB
5
Centre
reinforcement
AC504985AB
6
AC100195AH
Windshield
wiper arm
7 <LHD>
AC212321AC
Windshield
wiper arm
7 <RHD>
AC100196AD
8
Rear shelf
panel
EARTH
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-16
AC100197AD
9 Rear shelf
panel
AC208867AD
10
Exhaust
manifold
cover
AC208868
11
AC
Rocker
cover
AC208869AD
12
Relay box
AC504984AB
13
AC208540
14
AE
SRS-ECU
AC208871AD
Junction block
15
EARTH
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
70-17
NOTES
90-1
GROUP 90
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
J/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
J/C
J/C <LH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6
J/C <RH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION. . . . . . . . 90-18
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
<LH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
<RH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
IGNITION SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> . . 90-37
IGNITION SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles>. . 90-38
CHARGING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> 90-40
CHARGING SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> 90-41
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles>. . 90-58
COOLING SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles>. . 90-60
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP <LH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . 90-62
HEADLAMP <RH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . 90-66
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE
PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
REAR FOG LAMP
REAR FOG LAMP <LH drive vehicles> . . . 90-78
REAR FOG LAMP <RH drive vehicles> . . . 90-82
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR
WARNING LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP
AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP,
Continued on next page
90-2
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SYSTEM
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP <LH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-98
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP <RH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-102
BACK-UP LAMP
BACK-UP LAMP <LH drive vehicles>. . . . . 90-106
BACK-UP LAMP <RH drive vehicles> . . . . 90-107
STOP LAMP
STOP LAMP <LH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . 90-108
STOP LAMP <RH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . 90-109
HORN
HORN <LH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-110
HORN <RH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-111
METER AND GAUGE
METER AND GAUGE <LH drive vehicles> 90-112
METER AND GAUGE <RH drive vehicles> 90-116
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING
LAMP
WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING LAMP
WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING LAMP
ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING
LAMP
ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING LAMP
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles> . . . . 90-126
WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles> . . . . 90-127
POWER WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS <LH drive vehicles> . . 90-128
POWER WINDOWS <RH drive vehicles>. . 90-134
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER <LH drive vehicles> . . . 90-178
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER <RH drive vehicles> . . . 90-180
Continued on next page
90-3
AUDIO SYSTEM SPARE CONNECTOR
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER <LH drive vehicles> 90-186
CIGARETTE LIGHTER <RH drive vehicles> 90-187
CLOCK
CLOCK <LH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . 90-188
CLOCK <RH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . 90-189
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
ACD AND AYC
ACD AND AYC <LH drive vehicles> . . . . . . 90-214
ACD AND AYC <RH drive vehicles>. . . . . . 90-224
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> 90-234
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> 90-236
J/B
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-4
J/B
M1901000201447
NOTE:
CONNECTOR NUMBERS ARE KEYED TO THE CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAM (DASH PANEL) AND EACH CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (2)
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (1)
DEFOG-
GER
RELAY
BLOW-
ER
RELAY
FUSE
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
NO
CONNECTION
J/B SIDE
NO
CONNECTION
J/B
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-5
AC208362
Front side
C-209
C-223
C-225
C-221
C-222
C-220
C-218
C-219
C-217
C-214
C-212
C-211
C-210
Fuel pump
relay (1)
Fuel pump
relay (2)
Rear fog
lamp relay
No connection
To roof wiring
harness
To floor wiring
harness (LH)
Defogger
relay
Blower
relay
To instrument
panel wiring
harness
To instrument panel
wiring harness
To instrument panel
wiring harness
Power
window
relay
ETACS-ECU
C-226
AL
Rear side
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
C-224 C-216 C-215
1
2
3
4
Fuses
(No.1 to 20)
No connection
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-6
J/C
J/C <LH drive vehicles>
M1901014201718
ACD AND
AYC
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE
CONNECTOR CLOCK
RELAY BOX
(FUSE )
ETACS-
ECU
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
AUDIO
SYSTEM
SPARE
CONNECTOR
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
ACD
AND
AYC
CLOCK
22
REAR
FOG LAMP
AUTOMATIC
AIR
CONDITIONER
REARWINDOW
DEFOGGER
AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER
RELAY BOX
(FUSE ) 20
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
NOTE: IN ACTUAL VEHICLES, ANY OF THE TERMINALS CONNECTED IN J/C
ARE USED. THE TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT DESCRIBED IN THE CIRCUIT
DIAGRAM MAY NOT BE IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF THE VEHICLES.
AOTOMATIC
AIR
CONDITIONER
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-7
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEYCYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP
AND DOOR AJAR
WARNING LAMP
REAR FOG
LAMP
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
SYSTEM
J/C (6)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
J/B
(FUSE ) 5
POWER
WINDOWS
ETACS-ECU
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-8
J/C <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
ETACS-ECU
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL WARNING
LAMP
CLOCK
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP AND
HAZARD
WARNING
LAMP
ACD AND AYC
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIROR HEATER
REAR FOG
LAMP
METER AND
GAUGE
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-9
ROOM LAMP,LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP AND
DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
ETACS-ECU
ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
J/C (6)
ACD AND
AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM(ABS)
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL
PRESSURE WARNING
LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
BACK-UP
LAMP
ACD AND
AYC
J/B
(FUSE )
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
2
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL
PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
TORANSMISSION
OIL TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-10
J/C <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
HORN
METER AND GAUGE
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
METER AND
GAUGE
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
J/C (6) WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-11
ACD AND AYC
ACD AND
AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
ACD AND
AYC
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
METER AND
GAUGE
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
J/C (5)
ACD AND
AYC
ANTI
-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS)
J/C (4)
ANTI
-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS)
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
J/C (2)
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
ACD AND
AYC
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-12
J/C <RH drive vehicles>
M1901014201729
AUDIO
SYSTEM
SPARE
CONNECTOR
CLOCK
RELAY BOX
(FUSE )
ETACS-ECU
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP AND
HAZARD
WARNING
LAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
AUDIO
SYSTEM
SPARE
CONNECTOR
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
ACD AND
AYC
CLOCK
22
REAR
FOG LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
RELAY BOX
(FUSE ) 20
ACD AND
AYC
METER AND GAUGE
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
NOTE: IN ACTUAL VEHICLES, ANY OF THE TERMINALS CONNECTED IN J/C
ARE USED. THE TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT DESCRIBED IN THE CIRCUIT
DIAGRAM MAY NOT BE IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF THE VEHICLES.
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONR
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-13
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
J/B
(FUSE ) 5
POWER
WINDOWS
ETACS-ECU
ETACS-ECU
METER AND
GAUGE
METER AND
GAUGE
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
BACK-UP
LAMP
BACK-UP
LAMP
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-14
J/C <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
REAR
FOG LAMP
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
CLOCK
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR
FOG LAMP
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
ACD AND AYC TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
ETACS-ECU
REAR
FOG LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION
KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
METER AND
GAUGE
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-15
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
J/B
(FUSE )
ETACS-ECU
RELAY BOX
(FUSE )
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
J/C (6)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
ENGINE
CONTROL SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
CLOCK
11
23
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-16
J/C <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
HORN
J/B
(FUSE )
ETACS-ECU
J/C (6) HORN
REAR
FOG LAMP
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
REAR
FOG LAMP 16
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
J/C
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-17
ACD AND AYC
ACD AND
AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS)
IGNITION SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
METER AND GAUGE
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
J/C (5)
ACD
AND
AYC
ACD AND
AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS)
J/C (4)
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS
ANTI
-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-18
M1901000301392
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
No. Power supply circuit Name Rated
capacity (A)
Housing
colour
Load circuit
1 Battery Fusible
link
60 Yellow Fuse No.15, 16, 19, 20 (in junction
block) circuit
2 50 Red Fan controller and fan control relay
3 60 Yellow ABS-ECU
4 40 Green Ignition switch circuit
5 40 Green Fuse No.21 (in junction block) circuit,
power window main switch and power
window sub switch
6 Fuse

7 10 Red Horn and horn relay
8 20 Yellow Engine control relay, engine-ECU,
ignition coil <RH drive vehicles>,
ignition coil relay <RH drive vehicles>
and immobilizer-ECU
9 10 Red A/C compressor and A/C compressor
relay
10 15 Blue ABS-ECU, high-mounted stop lamp,
rear combination lamp, stop lamp
switch and 4WD-ECU
11 30 Green Condenser fan motor and condenser
fan relay
12 7.5 Brown Alternator
13 10 Red ETACS-ECU
14

15 20 Yellow Fuel pump relay, fuel pump and
gauge unit and fuel pump resistor
16 Front-ECU
(Headlamp relay: HI)
10 Red Headlamp
17 10 Red Combination meter and headlamp
18 Front-ECU
(Headlamp relay: LO)
10 Red Headlamp assembly
19 10 Red Headlamp assembly and headlamp
levelling switch
20 Front-ECU (Tail lamp
relay)
7.5 Brown A/C-ECU, ACD mode changeover
switch, ashtray illumination lamp,
cigarette lighter illumination lamp,
clock, combination meter <RH drive
vehicles>, fog lamp switch, hazard
warning switch, headlamp assembly,
headlamp levelling switch, rear
combination lamp and audio system
spare connector
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-19
21 Front-ECU (Tail lamp
relay)
Fuse 7.5 Brown Combination meter <LH drive
vehicles>, headlamp assembly,
licence plate lamp and rear
combination lamp
22 Battery 10 Red A/C-ECU, clock, column switch,
combination meter, ETACS-ECU,
front-ECU, spare connector (for
audio) and 4WD-ECU
23 Ignition switch (ACC) 10 Red Clock, ETACS-ECU and spare
connector (for audio)
24

25 Battery 30 Green Condenser fan motor and condenser
fan relay
26 Battery Fusible
link
100
Alternator
27 60
Electric pump
capacity (A)
Housing
colour
Load circuit
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-20
AC310556AB
Front of vehicle
Front of vehicle
(Connected directly to battery positive terminal)
(Relay box in engine compartment)
1
6 25 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
24
4
2 3
16
17
18
19
20
21
23 22 5
26
27
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-21
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
capacity (A)
Housing
colour
Load circuit
1 Ignition switch (IG1) Fuse 10 Red Ignition coil <LH drive vehicles> and
ignition coil relay <RH drive vehicles>
2 7.5 Brown ACD mode changeover switch,
column switch, combination meter,
engine oil level relay, ETACS-ECU,
SRS-ECU, vehicle speed sensor and
4WD-ECU
3 7.5 Brown Back-up lamp switch, rear
combination lamp and SRS-ECU
4 7.5 Brown
5 Ignition switch (IG2) 7.5 Brown A/C compressor relay, A/C-ECU,

blower relay, condenser fan relay,
defogger relay, front-ECU,
outside/inside air selection damper
control motor, steering wheel sensor
and 4WD-ECU <RH drive vehicles>
6 Defogger relay 7.5 Brown Remote controlled mirror
7 Ignition switch (ACC) 20 Yellow Front-ECU and windshield wiper
motor
8 Ignition switch (IG1) 7.5 Brown Engine-ECU, fuel pump relay (1) and
fuel pump relay (2)
9 Ignition switch (ACC) 15 Blue Cigarette lighter
10

11 7.5 Brown Remote controlled mirror switch
12 Ignition switch (IG2) 7.5 Brown ABS-ECU, G-sensor and 4WD-ECU
<LH drive vehicles>
13 Ignition switch (ACC)

14 15 Blue ETACS-ECU
15 Fusible link No.1 15 Blue Diagnosis connector
16 10 Red Combination meter, rear combination
lamp and rear fog lamp relay
17

18

19 30 Green Blower linear controller and blower
relay
20 30 Green Defogger and defogger relay
21 Fusible link No.5 20 Yellow
22

23 Ignition switch (IG2) 10 Red
24

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-22
AC310557
(In junction block)
<LH drive vehicles>
<RH drive vehicles>
AB
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
20
19
10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
2122
23 24
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
20
19
10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
2122
23 24
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-23
CENTRALIZED RELAY
NOTE: .
The triangle mark on the relay housing should face that on the J/B and the relay box.
Connector No. Name Connector No. Name
A-04X
B-06X Engine speed detection

connector
A-05X Horn relay B-07X
A-06X Condenser fan relay (LO) B-08X
A-07X Condenser fan relay (HI) B-09X
A-08X
B-10X Ignition coil relay <RH drive

vehicles>
A-09X Fan control relay B-11X
A-10X Front-ECU B-12X Engine control relay

A-11X Front-ECU B-13X A/C compressor relay
AC208462
Front of vehicle
A-09X
A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-08X
1 2
3
1 2
3 4
1 2
3 4 4
(Relay box in engine compartment)
A-11X
A-10X
AU
AC208464 AO
Front of vehicle
B-07X
1 2
3 4
B-08X B-09X B-10X B-11X B-12X B-13X
B-06X
1 2
3 4
1 2
3 4
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-24
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901000401753
BATTERY
FUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE
LINK
RELAY BOX
STARTING SYSTEM
ACD AND
AYC
CHARGING
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING
SYSTEM
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS)
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
STOP LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING
SYSTEM
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
HORN
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-25
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
HEADLAMP
RELAY : HI
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
FRONT-ECU
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
ACD AND AYC
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CLOCK
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
ACD AND AYC
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
CLOCK
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP
AND DOOR AJAR
WARNING LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-26
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
FUSIBLE LINK
4
IGNITION
SWITCH
RELAY
BOX
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
DOOR AJAR WARNING
LAMP
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
CLOCK
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENTLAMP,
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
BACK-UP LAMP
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
IGNITION SYSTEM
STARTING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-27
ROOM LAMP,
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP, IGNITION
KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LAMP AND DOOR
AJAR WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-28
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
FUSIBLE LINK
1
NO
CONNECTION
FUSIBLE LINK 5
DEFOGGER
RELAY
J/B
(FUSE ) 5
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
ROOM LAMP,
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LAMP, IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
LAMP AND DOOR AJAR
WARNING LAMP
SYSTEM (SRS)
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
REAR
FOG LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
POWER
WINDOWS
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-29
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-30
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901000401764
BATTERY
FUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE
LINK
RELAY BOX
STARTING SYSTEM
ACD AND
AYC
CHARGING
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING
SYSTEM
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM
(ABS)
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
STOP LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM
SYSTEM
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
HORN
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-31
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
HEADLAMP
RELAY : HI
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
FRONT-ECU
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
ACD AND AYC
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CLOCK
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
ACD AND AYC
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
AUTOMATIC AIR
CINDITIONER
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL WARNING
LAMP
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
CLOCK
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP
AND DOOR AJAR
WARNING LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-32
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
FUSIBLE LINK
4
IGNITION
SWITCH
RELAY
BOX
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE WARNING
LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
AUDIO SYSTEM SPARE
CONNECTOR
CLOCK
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
BACK-UP LAMP
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
IGNITION SYSTEM
STARTING SYSTEM
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
SYSTEM (SRS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-33
ROOM LAMP,
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP, IGNITION
KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LAMP AND DOOR
AJAR WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-34
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
FUSIBLE LINK
1
FUSIBLE LINK
NO
CONNECTION
5
J/B
(FUSE )
DEFOGGER
RELAY
5
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
ROOM LAMP,
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LAMP, IGNITION KEY
LAMP AND DOOR AJAR
WARNING LAMP
SYSTEM (SRS)
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
REAR
FOG LAMP
AUTOMATIC
AIR
CONDITIONER
POWER
WINDOWS
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
AND DOOR
MIRROR HEATER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-35
NOTES
STARTING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-36
STARTING SYSTEM
M1901000501976
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (ST)
STARTER
Wire colour code
BR : Brown O : Orange GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU: Purple
ENGINECONTROL
SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-37
IGNITION SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles>
M1901000602716
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
IGNITION
COIL (2)
IGNITION
COIL (1)
SPARK PLUG SPARK PLUG
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
INPUT SIGNAL
BAROMETRIC
PRESSURE
SENSOR
CRANK ANGLE
SENSOR
DETONATION
SENSOR
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
IGNITION
SWITCH (ST)
INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
INTAKE
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
OXYGEN
SENSOR
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
IGNITION SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-38
IGNITION SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles>
M1901000602727
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
COIL RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-39
IGNITION COIL RELAY
IGNITION
COIL (2)
IGNITION
COIL (1)
SPARK PLUG
ENGINE-
ECU
ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION CONNECTOR
INPUT SIGNAL
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
SENSOR
CRANK ANGLE SENSOR
DETONATION SENSOR
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR
IGNITION SWITCH (ST)
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
INTAKE CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR
OXYGEN SENSOR
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue W : White
Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue BR : Brown O : Orange
GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple
CHARGING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-40
CHARGING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles>
M1901000701914
BATTERY
COMBI-
NATION
METER
ALTERNATOR
RELAY
BOX
ENGINE-ECU
IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
STATOR
COIL
FIELD
COIL
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 26
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
ENGINE
OIL LEVEL
WARNING
LAMP
CHARGING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-41
CHARGING SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles>
M1901000701925
BATTERY
COMBI-
NATION
METER
ALTERNATOR
RELAY
BOX
ENGINE-ECU
IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
STATOR
COIL
FIELD
COIL
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 26
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
ENGINE
OIL LEVEL
WARNING
LAMP
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-42
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles>
M1901000803649
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
ENGINE-
ECU
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (1)
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (2)
COMBINATION
METER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-43
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
BATTERY
BACK-UP
POWER
SOURCE
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-44
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE-
ECU
DETONATION
SENSOR
EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
CRANK
ANGLE
SENSOR
OXYGEN SENSOR (FRONT)
J/C(6)
INTAKE
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
TRANSMISSION
OIL TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-45
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
OXYGEN SENSOR (REAR)
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
AIR
FLOW
SENSOR
BAROMETRIC
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ACD
AND
AYC
J/C (6)
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-46
CHARGING
SYSTEM
IGNITION
SYSTEM
STARTING
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL RELAY
FUEL
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
WASTEGATE
SOLENOID
VALVE
PURGE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
EGR
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
POWER
STEERING FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH
ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-47
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
ACD AND AYC
ENGINE-
ECU
CLUTCH
SWITCH
IDLE
SPEED
CONTROL
SERVO
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING
SYSTEM
Wire colour code
OIL FEEDER
CONTROL
VALVE
J/C(6)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-48
ENGINE-ECU
J/C (6)
INJECTOR RESISTOR
INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (3)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
J/B
FUEL PUMP
RELAY (2)
FRONT SIDE
FRONT
SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-49
FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
J/B
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
J/B
(FUSE ) 2
(FUSE ) 15
METER AND
GAUGE
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
AND WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-50
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901000803650
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
ENGINE-
ECU
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (1)
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (2)
COMBINATION
METER
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
NOTE
:
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-51
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
BATTERY
BACK-UP
IGNITION
SYSTEM
POWER
SOURCE
AUTOMATIC
AIR CONDITIONER
COOLING
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-52
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE-
ECU
DETONATION
SENSOR
EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
CRANK
ANGLE
SENSOR
OXYGEN SENSOR (FRONT)
INTAKE
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
J/C(6)
TRANSMISSION
OIL TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-53
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMP-
ERATURE
SENSOR
OXYGEN SENSOR(REAR)
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
AIR
FLOW
SENSOR
BAROMETRIC
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ACD
AND
AYC
J/C (6)
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-54
CHARGING
SYSTEM
IGNITION
SYSTEM
STARTING
SYSTEM
FUEL
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
WASTEGATE
SOLENOID
VALVE
PURGE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
EGR
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
POWER
STEERING FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH
ENGINE SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-55
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
ACD AND AYC
ENGINE-
ECU
CLUTCH
SWITCH
IDLE
SPEED
CONTROL
SERVO
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING
SYSTEM
Wire colour code
J/C(6)
OIL FEEDER
CONTROL
VALVE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-56
J/C (6)
INJECTOR RESISTOR
INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY (3)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
ENGINE-ECU
J/B
FUEL PUMP
RELAY (2)
FRONT SIDE
FRONT
SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-57
FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
J/B
(FUSE ) 2
J/B
(FUSE ) 15
Wire colour code
METER AND
GAUGE
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
AND WASHER
COOLING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-58
COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles>
M1901001001509
INPUT SIGNAL
A/C SWITCH
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
ENGINE-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 2
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT
INPUT SIGNAL
PROCESSING
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE
DETECTION
CURRENT
DETECTION
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
FAN CONTROLLER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-59
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
(HI)
CONDENS-
ER
FAN RELAY
(LO)
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
Wire colour code
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
COOLING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-60
COOLING SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles>
M1901001001510
INPUT SIGNAL
A/C SWITCH
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
ENGINE-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 2
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT
INPUT SIGNAL
PROCESSING
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE
DETECTION
CURRENT
DETECTION
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
FAN CONTROLLER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-61
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
(HI)
CONDENS-
ER
FAN RELAY
(LO)
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
Wire colour code
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-62
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901001501991
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(LO : RH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(LO : LH)
HEADLAMP
(HI : RH)
HEADLAMP
(HI : LH)
COMBINATION
METER
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
RELAY : HI
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-63
POWER
SOURCE
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COLUMN-ECU
LIGHTING
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
DIMMER
PASSING
SWITCH

Wire colour code
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-64
HEADLAMP <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-65
NOTES
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-66
HEADLAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901001502002
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(LO : RH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(LO : LH)
HEADLAMP
(HI : RH)
HEADLAMP
(HI : LH)
COMBINATION
METER
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
RELAY : HI
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-67
POWER
SOURCE
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COLUMN-ECU
LIGHTING
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
DIMMER
PASSING
SWITCH

Wire colour code
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL WARNING LAMP
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
SYSTEM (SRS)
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-68
HEADLAMP <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN
SWITCH
J/C (1) FRONT-ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
J/B
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
FRONT
SIDE
J/B SIDE
(FUSE ) 2
NO
CONNECTION
HEADLAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-69
NOTES
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-70
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER <LH drive vehicles>
M1901001700798
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TAIL : RH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(POSITION : RH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(POSITION : LH)
FRONT-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-71
RELAY
BOX
POWER
SOURCE
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TAIL : LH)
COMBINATION
METER
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
LICENCE
PLATE
LAMP
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code
J/C(1)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-72
<LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COLUMN
SWITCH
LIGHTING
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
FRONT
SIDE
J/B/ SIDE
FRONT-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-73
COLUMN
SWITCH
POWER
SOURCE
FRONT
DOOR SWITCH
(LH)
BUZZER
FRONT-ECU J/C(1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ETACS-
ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-74
TAIL LAMP, POSITION LAMP, LICENCE PLATE LAMP AND LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER <RH drive vehicles>
M1901001700806
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TAIL : RH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(POSITION
: RH)
COMBINATION
METER
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(POSITION : LH)
FRONT-ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-75
RELAY
BOX
POWER
SOURCE
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TAIL : LH)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
LICENCE
PLATE
LAMP
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code
J/C (1)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-76
<RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COLUMN
SWITCH
LIGHTING
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
FRONT
SIDE
J/B/ SIDE
FRONT-ECU
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL
PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-77
COLUMN
SWITCH
POWER
SOURCE
FRONT
DOOR SWITCH
(RH)
BUZZER
FRONT-ECU J/C (1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ETACS-
ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
Wire colour code
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-78
REAR FOG LAMP
REAR FOG LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901012000469
COMBI-
NATION
METER
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG
: LH)
FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
ETACS-
ECU
RELAY
BOX
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ETACS-
ECU
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-79
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
LIGHTING
SWITCH
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-80
REAR FOG LAMP <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
J/C (1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
J/B
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
COLUMN
SWITCH
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
2 (FUSE )
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-81
NOTES
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-82
REAR FOG LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901012000470
COMBI-
NATION
METER
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG
: RH)
FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
ETACS-
ECU
RELAY
BOX
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ETACS-
ECU
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE
PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
METER AND GAUGE
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING MONITOR BUZZER
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-83
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-ECU
ETACS-ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
LIGHTING
SWITCH
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-84
REAR FOG LAMP <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
J/C (1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
J/B
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
2 (FUSE )
REAR FOG LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-85
NOTES
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-86
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP
AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901024000013
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
COMBINATION
METER
KEY REMINDER
SWITCH
REAR
ROOM
LAMP
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LAMP
INTERIOR LAMP AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN BACK-UP CIRCUIT
AUDIO SYSTEM
SPARE CONNECTOR
CLOCK
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-87
Wire colour code
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1) BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
KEEP RELAY
LOAD
DETERMINATION
CIRCUIT
FRONT
ROOM
LAMP
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP SWITCH
POWER
SOURCE
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-88
AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
COMBINATION
METER
ETACS-ECU
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
J/B SIDE
FRONT
SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-89
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
(WHEN
KEY IS
REMOVED)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-90
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LAMP AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901024000035
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
COMBINATION
METER
KEY REMINDER
SWITCH
REAR
ROOM
LAMP
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LAMP
INTERIOR LAMP AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN BACK-UP CIRCUIT
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-91
IGNITION
RELAY
BOX
KEEP RELAY
LOAD
DETERMINATION
CIRCUIT
FRONT
ROOM
LAMP
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP SWITCH
POWER
SOURCE
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-92
AND DOOR AJAR WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
COMBINATION
METER
ETACS-ECU
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
FRONT
SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-93
Wire colour code
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
(WHEN
KEY IS
REMOVED)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-94
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901012500635
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(LEVELLING : RH)
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(LEVELLING : LH)
MOTOR
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
COMPARISON
CIRCUIT
MOTOR
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
COMPARISON
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-95
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SWITCH
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
POWER
SOURCE
ACD AND AYC
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
CLOCK
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY
CYLINDERILLUMINATION LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
Wire colour code
RELAY
BOX
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-96
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901012500646
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY : LO
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(LEVELLING : RH)
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(LEVELLING : LH)
MOTOR
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
COMPARISON
CIRCUIT
MOTOR
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
COMPARISON
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-97
Wire colour code
NOTE
: AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING
SWITCH
ACD AND AYC
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
CLOCK
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
POWER WINDOWS
REAR FOG LAMP
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP, IGNITION KEY
CYLINDERILLUMINATION LAMP AND
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-98
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901002901646
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : RH
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : LH)
REAR
COMBI-
NATION
LAMP
(TURN
: LH)
J/B SIDE
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TURN : RH)
BATTERY
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-99
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (RH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : RH)
COMBINATION
METER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-100
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-
ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
FRONT SIDE
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE
PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-101
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COLUMN
SWITCH
FRONT-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
POWER SOURCE
ETACS-ECU
COLUMN-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
RELAY BOX
(FUSE ) 22
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-102
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901002901657
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : RH
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : LH)
REAR
COMBI-
NATION
LAMP
(TURN
: LH)
J/B SIDE
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (RH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-103
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : RH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TURN : RH)
COMBINATION
METER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-104
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-
ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
FRONT SIDE
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE
PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING
SYSTEM
METER AND
GAUGE
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-105
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COLUMN
SWITCH
FRONT-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
POWER SOURCE
ETACS-ECU
COLUMN-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
RELAY
BOX
(FUSE ) 22
J/B SIDE
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID
BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL
PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
CHARGING
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL WARNING
LAMP
METER AND
GAUGE
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
BACK-UP LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-106
BACK-UP LAMP
BACK-UP LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901011700120
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
BACK-UP
LAMP SWITCH
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(BACK : RH)
Wire colour code
BACK-UP LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-107
BACK-UP LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901011700131
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
BACK-UP
LAMP SWITCH
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(BACK : LH)
Wire colour code
STOP LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-108
STOP LAMP
STOP LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901003001710
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
HIGH-
MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
<REAR
SPOILER>
HIGH-
MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
<REAR
SHELF>
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (STOP)
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
STOP LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-109
STOP LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901003001721
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
HIGH-
MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
<REAR
SPOILER>
HIGH-
MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
<REAR
SHELF>
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (STOP)
(RH) (LH)
Wire colour code
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
HORN
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-110
HORN
HORN <LH drive vehicles>
M1901003301302
BATTERY
HORN
(LO)
HORN
(HI)
RELAY
BOX
HORN
RELAY
CLOCK
SPRING
HORN
SWITCH
Wire colour code
HORN
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-111
HORN <RH drive vehicles>
M1901003301313
BATTERY
HORN
(LO)
HORN
(HI)
RELAY
BOX
HORN
RELAY
CLOCK
SPRING
HORN
SWITCH
Wire colour code
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-112
METER AND GAUGE
METER AND GAUGE <LH drive vehicles>
M1901003501908
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE UNIT
FUEL
GAUGE
UNIT (SUB)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
CONTROL CIRCUIT
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-113
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
ENGINE
SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE
PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR
BUZZER
RELAY
BOX
LCD ODO/ TRIP
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-114
METER AND GAUGE <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
J/C (5)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
J/B
(FUSE ) 2
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
FRONT SIDE
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
Wire colour code
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-115
NOTES
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-116
METER AND GAUGE <RH drive vehicles>
M1901003501919
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE UNIT
FUEL
GAUGE
UNIT (SUB)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
CONTROL CIRCUIT
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-117
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
ENGINE
SPEED
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE
PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR
BUZZER
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
LCD ODO/ TRIP
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-118
METER AND GAUGE <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
J/C (2)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
J/B
(FUSE ) 2
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
FRONT SIDE
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
Wire colour code
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-119
NOTES
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-120
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING
LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901011801164
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION METER
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL
SWITCH
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-121
BATTERY
CONTROL CIRCUIT
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
FUEL
GAUGE
UNIT (SUB)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
RELAY
BOX
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-122
BRAKE WARNING LAMP, OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP AND FUEL WARNING
LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901011801175
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION METER
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL
SWITCH
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-123
BATTERY
CONTROL CIRCUIT
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
FUEL
GAUGE
UNIT (SUB)
FUEL PUMP
AND GAUGE
UNIT (MAIN)
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND WASHER
RELAY
BOX
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-124
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901023500082
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE
OIL LEVEL
RELAY
ENGINE
OIL
LEVEL
SENSOR
DELAY CIRCUIT
CHARGING
SYSTEM
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-125
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901023500093
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE
OIL LEVEL
RELAY
ENGINE
OIL
LEVEL
SENSOR
DELAY CIRCUIT
CHARGING
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE
PLATE LAMP AND
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-126
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP <LH drive vehicles>
M1901023900024
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE-ECU
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-127
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP <RH drive vehicles>
M1901023900046
IGNITION
AWITCH (IG1)
TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
COMBINATION
METER
ENGINE-ECU
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-128
POWER WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS <LH drive vehicles>
M1901004601856
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
NOTE
:
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-129
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
CPU
HALL IC HALL IC
POWER
WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR (FRONT : RH)
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-130
POWER WINDOWS <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
J/C (2)
J/B
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
LOCK
SWITCH
CPU
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT : LH)
HALL IC HALL IC
FRONT
(RH)
FRONT
(LH)
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-131
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-132
POWER WINDOWS <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
J/B
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(REAR : RH)
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(REAR : RH)
HALL IC
CPU
HALL IC
Wire colour code
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-133
NOTES
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-134
POWER WINDOWS <RH drive vehicles>
M1901004601867
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
NOTE
:
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-135
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
CPU
HALL IC HALL IC
POWER
WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR (FRONT : LH)
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG
LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
:
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-136
POWER WINDOWS <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY J/C (2)
J/B
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
LOCK
SWITCH
CPU
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT : RH)
HALL IC HALL IC
FRONT
(RH)
FRONT
(LH)
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-137
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-138
POWER WINDOWS <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
Wire colour code
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
J/B
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(REAR : RH)
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(REAR : RH)
HALL IC
CPU
HALL IC
POWER WINDOWS
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-139
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-140
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901004702867
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT : LH)
RELAY
BOX
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-141
KEYLESS
ENTRY
RECEIVER
ETACS-
ECU
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR : RH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT : RH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR : LH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-142
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : RH
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : LH)
REAR
COMBI-
NATION
LAMP
(TURN
: LH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TURN : RH)
J/B SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-143
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (RH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : RH)
COMBINATION
METER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-144
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
FRONT
ROOM
LAMP
REAR
ROOM
LAMP
ETACS-
ECU
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
WHEN KEY
IS REMOVED
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
(LH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
(LH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-145
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
(RH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
(RH)
DOOR
LOCK KEY
CYLINDER
SWITCH
(RH)
J/B SIDE
Wire colour code
SRS-
ECU
CRASH DETECTION
DOOR UNLOCK
SIGNAL PROCESS
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-146
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901004702878
FUSIBLE
LINK 1 BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
POWER
SOURCE
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT : RH)
RELAY
BOX
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-147
KEYLESS
ENTRY
RECEIVER
ETACS-
ECU
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR : LH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT : LH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR : RH)
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
NOTE
:
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-148
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : LH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY : RH
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : LH)
REAR
COMBI-
NATION
LAMP
(TURN
: LH)
J/B SIDE
SIDE
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP (RH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-149
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(TURN : RH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TURN : RH)
COMBINATION
METER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-150
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
FRONT
ROOM
LAMP
REAR
ROOM
LAMP
ETACS-
ECU
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
WHEN KEY
IS REMOVED
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
(RH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
(RH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-151
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
(LH)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
(LH)
DOOR
LOCK KEY
CYLINDER
SWITCH
(LH)
J/B SIDE
Wire colour code
SRS-
ECU
CRASH DETECTION
DOOR UNLOCK
SIGNAL PROCESS
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-152
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901005600737
FUSIBLE
LINK
1
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER LINER
CONTROLLER
A/C-ECU
BATTERY
BACK-UP
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
NOTE
: HEADLAMP
REAR FOR LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP, AND
WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-153
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
O : Orange GR : Grey
R : Red P : Pink
V : Violet PU : Purple
OUTSIDE
THERMO
SENSOR
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
A/C-ECU
ILL
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
INTERIOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AIR THERMO
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-154
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
INPUT SIGNAL
A/C SWITCH
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
ENGINE-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 2
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT
INPUT SIGNAL
PROCESSING
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE
DETECTION
CURRENT
DETECTION
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
FAN CONTROLLER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-155
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
J/C (2)
CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
(HI)
CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
(LO)
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-156
AIR MIXING DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR AND
POTENTIOMETER
HEATER WATER
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AIR THERMO
SENSOR
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
J/C(2)
OUTSIDE/INSIDE
AIR SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR
A/C-ECU
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-157
MODE SELECTION DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR AND
POTENTIOMETER
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRSUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
PHOTO SENSOR
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
R : Red P : Pink
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-158
BATTERY
J/C (2)
A/C-ECU
RELAY
BOX
A/C
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
A/C
COMPRESSOR
A/C
REFRIGERANT
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
LOW-
PRESSURE
SIDE
HIGH-
PRESSURE
SIDE
DUAL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
ENGINE-
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-159
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-160
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901005600759
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER LINEAR
CONTROLLER
A/C-ECU
BATTERY
BACK-UP
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
NOTE
: HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP, AND
WARNING LAMP
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-161
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
R : Red P : Pink
OUTSIDE
THERMO
SENSOR
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
A/C-ECU
ILL
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER AND
DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
INTERIOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AIR THERMO
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-162
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
INPUT SIGNAL
A/C SWITCH
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
ENGINE-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 2
ENGINE
CONTROL
RELAY
FAN
CONTROL
RELAY
SMOOTHING
CIRCUIT
FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT
INPUT SIGNAL
PROCESSING
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
TEMPERATURE
DETECTION
CURRENT
DETECTION
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
FAN CONTROLLER
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-163
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
J/C (2)
CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
(HI)
CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
(LO)
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
ENGINE-
ECU
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LIGHTING MONITOR
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-164
AIR MIXING DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR AND
POTENTIOMETER
HEATER WATER
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AIR THERMO
SENSOR
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT
J/C(2)
OUTSIDE/INSIDE
AIR SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR
A/C-ECU
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-165
Wire colour code
MODE SELECTION DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR AND
POTENTIOMETER
MOTOR DRIVE
CIRSUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
PHOT SENSOR
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-166
BATTERY
J/C (2)
A/C-ECU
RELAY
BOX
A/C
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
A/C
COMPRESSOR
A/C
REFRIGERANT
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
LOW-
PRESSURE
SIDE
HIGH-
PRESSURE
SIDE
DUAL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
ENGINE-
ECU
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-167
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-168
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901006101761
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
FRONT-ECU
WINDSHIELD
WASHER RELAY
WIPER
AUTOMATIC
STOP RELAY
WIPER SPEED
SWITCHING
RELAY
WINDSHIELD
WASHER MOTOR
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
J/B
(FUSE )
7
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-169
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY
BOX
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-
ECU
ETACS-ECU
ETACS-
ECU J/C(2)
COLUMN-ECU
WINDSHIELD WIPER
SWITCH
WINDSHIELD
WASHER SWITCH
WINDSHIELD
INTERMITTENT
WIPER INTERVAL
ADJUSTING KNOB
COLUMN SWITCH
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-170
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
(FUSE ) 2
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
POWER
SOURCE
J/C (1)
FRONT-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC) 1
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
J/B
J/C (5)
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-171
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-172
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901006101772
IGNITION
SWITCH(ACC)
FRONT-ECU
WINDSHIELD
WASHER RELAY
WIPER SPEED
SWITCHING
RELAY
WIPER
AUTOMATIC
STOP RELAY
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
WINDSHIELD
WASHER MOTOR
UPPER
SIDE
UPPER
SIDE
(FUSE )
J/B
7
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-173
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
POWER
SOURCE
ETACS-
ECU J/C(2)
COLUMN-ECU
WINDSHIELD
INTERMITTENT
WIPER INTERVAL
ADJUSTING KNOB
WINDSHIELD
WASHER SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
ETACS-
ECU
ETACS-ECU
ACD AND AYC
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
BRAKE WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
METER AND GAUGE
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
COOLING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-174
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
(FUSE ) 2
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
POWER
SOURCE
J/C (1)
FRONT-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC) 1
FRONT SIDE
J/B SIDE
J/B
(FUSE ) 2
J/B
J/C (2)
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-175
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-176
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901006501480
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR (LH)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
SWITCH
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR (RH)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-177
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901006501491
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR (LH)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
SWITCH
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR (RH)
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-178
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER <LH drive vehicles>
M1901013500984
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
DEFOGGER
RELAY
DEFOGGER
A/C-ECU
DEFOGGER
SWITCH, ILL
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-179
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
(RH)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
(LH)
MIRROR
HEATER
MIRROR
HEATER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-180
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR HEATER <RH drive vehicles>
M1901013500995
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
DEFOGGER
RELAY
DEFOGGER
A/C-ECU
DEFOGGER
SWITCH, ILL
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
METER AND GAUGE
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-181
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
(RH)
REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
(LH)
MIRROR
HEATER
MIRROR
HEATER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-182
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901007600090
RELAY
BOX
ROOF ANTENNA
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIRE
ANTENNA
FEEDER
CABLE
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
TWEETER
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-183
BATTERY
SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO)
SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO)
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
CLOCK
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-184
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901007600108
RELAY
BOX
ROOF ANTENNA
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIRE
ANTENNA
FEEDER
CABLE
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
TWEETER
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
METER AND GAUGE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-185
BATTERY
SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO)
SPARE CONNECTOR
(FOR AUDIO)
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
(LH) (RH)
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-186
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901007801075
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION
LAMP
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
ILLUMINATION LAMP
FRONT-ECU
RELAY
BOX
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
BUZZER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-187
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901007801086
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION
LAMP
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
ILLUMINATION LAMP
FRONT-ECU
RELAY
BOX
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
BUZZER
METER AND GAUGE
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
BUZZER
CLOCK
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-188
CLOCK
CLOCK <LH drive vehicles>
M1901007701056
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY BATTERY
CLOCK
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
AUDIO SYSTEM SPARE
CONNECTOR
ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LAMP,
DOOR AJAR WARNING
LAMP
Wire colour code
CLOCK
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-189
CLOCK <RH drive vehicles>
M1901007701067
Wire colour code
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
BATTERY
CLOCK
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
METER AND GAUGE
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-190
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901008401304
ABS-ECU
COMBINATION
METER
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 3
SOLENOID
VALVE
POWER
SOURCE
MOTOR
POWER
SOURCE
POWER
SOURCE
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-191
STOP LAMP
HYDRAULIC UNIT
SOLENOID VALVE
MOTOR
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-192
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
ACD AND AYC
ABS-ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-193
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
(FRONT: LH) (FRONT: RH) (REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-194
ABS-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
ACD AND AYC ACD AND AYC
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-195
4WD-ECU
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
R : Red P : Pink
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-196
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
ABS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
ACD AND AYC
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-197
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-198
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901008401315
ABS-ECU
COMBI-
NATION
METER
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 3
SOLENOID
VALVE POWER
SOURCE
MOTOR
POWER
SOURCE
POWER
SOURCE
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-199
STOP LAMP
HYDRAULIC UNIT
SOLENOID VALVE
MOTOR
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-200
ANTI-SKID BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
ACD AND AYC
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
ABS-ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-201
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
(FRONT: LH) (FRONT: RH) (REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-202
ABS-ECU
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
ACD AND AYC ACD AND AYC
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-203
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-204
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
ABS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FUSIBLE
LINK
1
ACD AND AYC
BRAKE WARNING
LAMP, OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP AND
FUEL WARNING LAMP
FRONT SIDE
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-205
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-206
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) <LH drive vehicles>
M1901009701803
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
BACK-UP
CAPACITOR
D.C.-D.C.
CONVERTER
POWER
SOURCE
CIRCUIT
FRONT AIR BAG
ANALOG G-SENSOR
MICROCOMPUTER
FRONT AIR BAG
SAFING G-SENSOR
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CLOCK
SPRING
AIR BAG
MODULE
(SQUIB)
(DRIVER'S
SIDE)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
AIR BAG MODULE (SQUIB)
(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-207
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR LOCK
DETECTION CIRCUIT
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
SRS-ECU
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED
: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED
: OFF
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-208
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
M.U.T.-II/III
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
FRONT SIDE
CRASH DETECTION DOOR UNLOCK
SIGNAL PROCESS CIRCUIT
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-209
NOTES
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-210
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) <RH drive vehicles>
M1901009701814
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COMBINATION
METER
FRONT AIR BAG
ANALOG G-SENSOR
POWER
SOURCE
CIRCUIT
D.C.-D.C.
CONVERTER
BACK-UP
CAPACITOR
FRONT AIR BAG
SAFING G-SENSOR
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CLOCK
SPRING
AIR BAG
MODULE
(SQUIB)
(DRIVER'S
SIDE)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
AIR BAG MODULE (SQUIB)
(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
MICROCOMPUTER
ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING
LAMP
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WASHER
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-211
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR
COUPLED
: ON
CONNECTOR
UNCOUPLED
: OFF
CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
SRS-ECU
CONNECTOR LOCK
DETECTION CIRCUIT
WARNING LAMP
DRIVE CIRCUIT
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
AIR BAG
DRIVE CIRCUIT
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-212
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
SRS-ECU
MICROCOMPUTER
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
M.U.T.-II/III
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
FRONT SIDE
CRASH DETECTION DOOR UNLOCK
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-213
NOTES
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-214
ACD AND AYC
ACD AND AYC <LH drive vehicles>
M1901023600089
4WD-
ECU
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
STOP
LAMP
SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
BATTERY
BACK-UP
POWER
SOURCE
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
STOP LAMP
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-215
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
ABS-ECU
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-216
ACD AND AYC <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
4WD-ECU
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
DRIVE CIRCUIT
COMBINA-
TION
METER
TAIL LAMP, POSITION
LAMP, LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-217
ENGINE-
ECU
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION
OIL TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
Wire colour code
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-218
ABS-ECU
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-219
(FRONT : LH) (FRONT : RH) (REAR : RH) (REAR : LH)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
Wire colour code
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-220
FUSIBLE
LINK 27
ELECTRIC
PUMP
RELAY
ELECTRIC
PUMP
PRESSURE
SENSOR
PRESSURE UNIT ASSEMBLY
PRESSURE
UNIT
ASSEMBLY
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-221
4WD-ECU
DIRECTION
VALVE (RH)
DIRECTION
VALVE (LH)
PROPOR-
TIONING
VALVE
FOR AYC
CONTROL
PROPOR-
TIONING
VALVE
FOR ACD
CONTROL
Wire colour code
PRESSURE
UNIT
ASSEMBLY
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-222
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
4WD-ECU
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
FRONT SIDE
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-223
FUSIBLE
LINK
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
Wire colour code
1
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-224
ACD AND AYC <RH drive vehicles>
M1901023600090
4WD-ECU
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
RELAY
BOX
BATTERY
STOP
LAMP
SWITCH
STOP LAMP
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
BATTERY
BACK-UP
POWER
SOURCE
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LEVELLING SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
HEADLAMP
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER
AND WASHER
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-225
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
G-SENSOR
(LONGITUDINAL)
G-SENSOR
(LATERAL)
ABS-ECU
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-226
ACD AND AYC <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
4WD-ECU
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
ACD MODE
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
DRIVE CIRCUIT
COMBINA-
TION
METER
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND
LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
METER AND GAUGE
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE
LAMP AND
LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING LAMP
HEADLAMP
METER AND GAUGE
REAR FOG LAMP
TAIL LAMP,
POSITION LAMP,
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
AND LIGHTING
MONITOR BUZZER
TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
AND HAZARD
WARNING LAMP
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND WASHER
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-227
ENGINE-
ECU
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
Wire colour code
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-228
ABS-ECU
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
4WD-ECU
BRAKE
WARNING LAMP,
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LAMP
AND FUEL
WARNING LAMP
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-229
(FRONT : LH) (FRONT : RH) (REAR : RH) (REAR : LH)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
Wire colour code
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-230
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-231
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-232
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
STEERING
WHEEL
SENSOR
ANTI-SKID BRAKING
SYSTEM (ABS)
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
FRONT SIDE
4WD-ECU
ACD AND AYC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-233
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
Wire colour code
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-234
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
<LH drive vehicles>
M1901013601995
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ENGINE CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE-
ECU
POWER
SOURCE
FRONT
SIDE
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-235
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
IMMOBILIZER-
ECU
T
R
A
N
S
P
O
N
D
E
R
IGNITION KEY
RING ANTENNA
HIGH-FREQUENCY
CIRCUIT
ENGINE-
ECU
IGNITION KEY
ID
CODE
Wire colour code
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-236
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
<RH drive vehicles>
M1901013602006
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
ENGINE CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
ENGINE-
ECU
POWER
SOURCE
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
FRONT SIDE
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
90-237
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
IMMOBILIZER-
ECU
T
R
A
N
S
P
O
N
D
E
R
IGNITION KEY
RING ANTENNA
HIGH-FREQUENCY
CIRCUIT
ENGINE-
ECU
IGNITION KEY
ID
CODE
Wire colour code
NOTES
80-1
GROUP 80
CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
OVERALL CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT. . . . . . . . . 80-4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION. . . . . 80-8
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION
DASH PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-16
DASH PANEL <LH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . 80-16
DASH PANEL <RH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . 80-22
FLOOR AND ROOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-28
FLOOR AND ROOF <LH drive vehicles> . . 80-28
FLOOR AND ROOF <RH drive vehicles>. . 80-30
DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-32
DOOR <LH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-32
DOOR <RH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-34
TRUNK (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT) 80-36
TRUNK <LH drive vehicles> . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-36
TRUNK <RH drive vehicles>. . . . . . . . . . . . 80-37
OVERALL CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
80-2
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM <LH drive vehicles>
M1801000101175
AC208864AE
Control wiring
harness
Front wiring
harness (RH)
Instrument panel
wiring harness
Roof wiring
harness
Floor wiring
harness (RH)
Battery wiring
harness
Front wiring
harness (LH)
Front door
wiring harness*
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
Fuel wiring
harness
Rear door
wiring harness*
NOTE: .
1. This illustration shows only major wiring harnesses.
2. *: also equipped at the right side.
80-3
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM <RH drive vehicles>
M1801000101186
AC212063
AC310155AB
Control wiring
harness
Front wiring
harness (RH)
Instrument panel
wiring harness
Roof wiring
harness
Floor wiring
harness (RH)
Battery wiring
harness
Front wiring
harness (LH)
Front door
wiring harness*
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
Fuel wiring
harness
Rear door
wiring harness*
NOTE: .
1. This illustration shows only major wiring harnesses.
2. *: also equipped at the right side.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
80-4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT <LH drive vehicles>
M1801000302213
AC500087AB
Connector
symbol
A
A-01
A-25
A-40
A-27
A-36 A-34 A-35
A-21
A-37
A-39
Front wiring
harness (RH)
1
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
A-01 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (RH)
A-02 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (LH)
A-03 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Front: LH)
A-05X (4) Horn relay
A-06X (4) Condenser fan relay (LO)
A-07X (4) Condenser fan relay (HI)
A-09X (4) Fan control relay
A-10X (11) Front-ECU
A-12 (2-B) Front wiring harness (LH) and control
wiring harness combination
A-15 (2-B) Headlamp (HI: LH)
A-17 (3-GR) Fan controller
A-18 (1-B) Horn (HI)
A-19 (1-B) Horn (LO)
AC500088
A-15
A-31
A-18 A-33
A-03
A-12
A-05X
A-06X
A-07X
A-09X
A-10X
A-11X
A-02
A-13
A-29
A-17 A-19
Front wiring
harness (LH)
AB
12
A-44
A-21 (2-B) Headlamp (HI: RH)
A-25 (2-BR) Dual pressure switch
A-27 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Front: RH)
A-31 (8-B) Headlamp assembly (LH)
A-33 (2-Y) Front impact sensor (LH)
A-34 (2-B) Condenser fan motor
A-35 (2-GR) Condenser fan motor
A-36 (1-B) A/C compressor
A-37 (2-Y) Front impact sensor (RH)
A-39 (8-B) Headlamp assembly (RH)
A-40 (1-B) Power steering fluid pressure switch
A-44 (2-BR) Outside thermo sensor
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
80-5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
80-6
ENGINE COMPARTMENT <RH drive vehicles>
M1801000302224
AC500090AB
1
A-34 A-35 A-37 A-40 A-36
A-21
A-39
A-01 A-43
Front wiring
harness (RH)
A-27
A-25
A-42
Connector
symbol
A
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
A-01 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (RH)
A-02 (2-GR) Side turn signal lamp (LH)
A-03 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Front: LH)
A-05X (4) Horn relay
A-06X (4) Condenser fan relay (LO)
A-07X (4) Condenser fan relay (HI)
A-09X (4) Fan control relay
A-15 (2-B) Headlamp (HI: LH)
A-17 (3-GR) Fan controller
A-18 (1-B) Horn (HI)
A-19 (1-B) Horn (LO)
AC500091AB
A-02
A-03
A-05X
A-06X
A-07X
A-09X
A-10X
A-11X
A-12
A-18 A-33 A-17 A-19
Front wiring
harness (LH)
A-15
A-31
12
A-44
A-21 (2-B) Headlamp (HI: RH)
A-25 (2-BR) Dual pressure switch
A-27 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Front: RH)
A-31 (8-B) Headlamp assembly (LH)
A-33 (2-Y) Front impact sensor (LH)
A-34 (2-B) Condenser fan motor
A-35 (2-GR) Condenser fan motor
A-36 (1-B) A/C compressor
A-37 (2-Y) Front impact sensor (RH)
A-39 (8-B) Headlamp assembly (RH)
A-40 (1-B) Power steering fluid pressure switch
A-42 (2) No connection
A-43 (2-GR) Brake fluid level switch
A-44 (2-BR) Outside thermo sensor
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
80-7
80-8
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION <LH drive vehicles>
M1801000401693
AC500093AB
B-28
B-25
B-01
B-24
Connector
symbol
-01
thru
-30
B
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
B-20 B-22
B-29
B-02
B-23
B-01 (5-GR) Windshield wiper motor
B-02 (2-B) Purge control solenoid valve
B-03 (4-B) Throttle position sensor
B-04 (3-B) Vehicle speed sensor
B-05 (2-GR) Brake fluid level switch
B-06X (1) Engine speed detection connector
B-12X (4) Engine control relay
B-13X (4) A/C compressor relay
B-14 (10-B) Control wiring harness and battery
B-17 (2-B) Injector (4)
AC208204
AC500094AB
B-14
B-26
B-27 B-19
B-18 B-17
Earth cable
Control wiring
harness
Transmission
wiring harness
Battery wiring
harness
B-03 B-05
B-04
B-21
B-06X
B-12X
B-13X
4
10
11
B-30
B-19 (1) Starter
B-21 (1-B) Starter
B-23 (1-B) Oil pressure switch
B-24 (1) Alternator
B-25 (4-GR) Alternator
B-26 (2-GR) Wastegate solenoid valve
B-27 (8-B) Control wiring harness and
transmission wiring harness
combination
B-28 (2-B) Fuel pressure control solenoid valve
B-29 (2-B) Engine oil level sensor
B-30 (2-B) Transmission oil temperature sensor
80-9
80-10
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
AC500093AC
B-122
B-117
B-101
B-118
B-114
B-108
Connector
symbol
-101
thru
-124
B
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
B-113
B-120 B-121 B-119
B-123
B-101 (2-BR) EGR control solenoid valve
B-103 (3-GR) Ignition coil (1)
B-104 (6-B) Idle speed control servo
B-105 (7-B) Air flow sensor
B-106 (3-B) Exhaust camshaft position sensor
B-107 (2-B) Engine coolant temperature sensor
B-108 (2-GR) Detonation sensor
AC208204
AC500094AC
B-124
B-111
B-105 B-112 B-106
B-104
B-107
Earth cable
Control wiring
harness
Transmission
wiring harness
Battery wiring
harness
4
10
11
B-103
B-111 (2-B) Back-up lamp switch
B-112 (1-B) Engine coolant temperature gauge
unit
B-113 (4-B) Oxygen sensor (Front)
B-117 (3-B) Crank angle sensor
B-118 (34-B) ABS-ECU
B-119 (6-B) Injector resistor
B-120 (4) Fuel pump relay (3)
B-121 (2-B) Fuel pump resistor
B-122 (4) Electric pump relay
B-123 (2-B) Oil feeder control valve
B-124 (3-B) Intake camshaft position sensor
80-11
80-12
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION <RH drive vehicles>
M1801000401701
AC500096AB
Battery wiring
harness
B-22 B-28 B-20
B-02
B-29
B-24
B-25
Control wiring
harness
Connector
symbol
-01
thru
-29
B
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
B-23
B-01 (5-GR) Windshield wiper motor
B-02 (2-B) Purge control solenoid valve
B-03 (4-B) Throttle position sensor
B-04 (3-B) Vehicle speed sensor
B-06X (1) Engine speed detection connector
B-10X (4) Ignition coil relay
B-12X (4) Engine control relay
B-13X (4) A/C compressor relay
B-14 (10-B) Control wiring harness and battery
AC500097AB
B-14
10
B-06X
B-10X
B-12X
B-13X
B-21 B-19
B-03 B-17 B-18 B-01
B-26
B-27
Transmission
wiring harness
4
11
B-04
Earth cable
B-30
B-19 (1) Starter
B-21 (1-B) Starter
B-23 (1-B) Oil pressure switch
B-24 (1) Alternator
B-25 (4-GR) Alternator
B-26 (2-GR) Wastegate solenoid valve
B-27 (8-B) Control wiring harness and
transmission wiring harness
combination
B-28 (2-B) Fuel pressure control solenoid valve
B-29 (2-B) Engine oil level sensor
B-30 (2-B) Transmission oil temperature sensor
80-13
80-14
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
AC500096AC
Battery wiring
harness
B-117
B-114
B-113
B-108
B-101
Control wiring
harness
Connector
symbol
-101
thru
-124
B
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
Earth cable
B-123
B-101 (2-BR) EGR control solenoid valve
B-104 (6-B) Idle speed control servo
B-105 (7-B) Air flow sensor
B-106 (3-B) Exhaust camshaft position sensor
B-107 (2-B) Engine coolant temperature sensor
B-108 (2-GR) Detonation sensor
AC500097AC
B-119 B-120 B-104 B-122
B-106
B-121
B-118
B-112
B-103
B-111
B-105 B-107
Transmission
wiring harness
10
4
11
B-124
B-111 (2-B) Back-up lamp switch
B-112 (1-B) Engine coolant temperature gauge
unit
B-113 (4-B) Oxygen sensor (Front)
B-117 (3-B) Crank angle sensor
B-118 (34-B) ABS-ECU
B-119 (6-B) Injector resistor
B-120 (4) Fuel pump relay (3)
B-121 (2-B) Fuel pump resistor
B-122 (4) Electric pump relay
B-123 (2-B) Oil feeder control valve
B-124 (3-B) Intake camshaft position sensor
80-15
DASH PANEL
80-16
DASH PANEL
DASH PANEL <LH drive vehicles>
M1801000601545
AC500099AB
Connector
symbol
-01
thru
-37
C
C-01
C-21
C-24
C-02 C-04 C-05 C-03
C-18
C-17
C-15 C-14 C-13 C-12
7
6
14
5
15
J/B
Y
Instrument
panel wiring
harness
C-20
C-23
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
C-27
C-29
C-28
C-37
C-36
C-01 (21) Combination meter
C-02 (21-L) Combination meter
C-03 (4) Hazard warning switch
C-04 (4) Clock
C-05 (22-GR) J/C (1)
C-06 (22-GR) J/C (3)
C-07 (7) Outside/inside air selection damper
control motor
C-10 (13) Instrument panel wiring harness and
A/C wiring harness combination
C-12 (20-Y) SRS-ECU
C-13 (22-Y) SRS-ECU
AC500100AB
C-06 C-06 C-07
C-10 C-35
C-34
3
2
Y
Control
wiring
harness
C-25 C-26
13
C-32
C-33
C-14 (16-B) Diagnosis connector
C-15 (12) Diagnosis connector
front door wiring harness (LH)
combination
roof wiring harness combination
C-20 (6) Fog lamp switch
C-21 (13) J/C (5)
C-23 (22-B) J/C (4)
C-24 (6-GR) Headlamp levelling switch
C-25 (26-Y) 4WD-ECU
C-26 (22-Y) 4WD-ECU
C-27 (6) Engine oil level relay
floor wiring harness (LH) combination
C-29 (1-B) Spare connector (for audio)
C-32 (2) Heater water temperature sensor
C-33 (2) No connection
C-34 (6) Blower linear controller
C-35 (2) Air thermo sensor
C-36 (20-B) A/C-ECU
C-37 (16-B) A/C-ECU
DASH PANEL
80-17
DASH PANEL
80-18
DASH PANEL <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
AC500099AC
Connector
symbol
-101
thru
-145
C
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
C-101 C-102 C-104 C-105 C-103
C-126
C-127
C-134
C-122 C-123 C-124
6
14
5
15
C-130
C-132
7
Y
Instrument
panel wiring
harness
C-135
J/B
C-138 C-137
C-142 C-141
C-145
C-129
C-101 (22-L) J/C (2)
C-102 (4) Stop lamp switch
C-103 (14) Spare connector (for audio)
C-104 (1) Roof antenna
C-105 (33) J/C (6)
C-106 (2-R) Air bag module (squib) <Passengers
side>
tweeter wiring harness combination
front door wiring harness (RH)
combination
C-111 (13) Front wiring harness (RH) and
instrument panel wiring harness
combination
C-112 (9-GR) Instrument panel wiring harness and
floor wiring harness (RH) combination
C-117 (30-GR) Engine-ECU
C-122 (22-L) Instrument panel wiring harness and
control wiring harness combination
AC500100AC
C-106
C-121 C-119 C-111
3
2
Y
Control
wiring
harness
C-112
C-113
C-110
C-109
C-136
C-117
13
C-144 C-143
C-126 (3) Front wiring harness (LH) and
combination
combination
C-130 (2) Clutch switch
C-132 (11-B) Remote controlled mirror switch
C-134 (11-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and
combination
C-135 (6) ACD mode changeover switch
C-137 (4) Oxygen sensor (Rear)
C-141 (5) Photo sensor
C-142 (2-B) Interior temperature sensor
C-143 (6) Mode selection damper control motor
and potentiometer
C-144 (6) Air mixing damper control motor and
potentiometer
front wiring harness (LH) combination
DASH PANEL
80-19
DASH PANEL
80-20
DASH PANEL <LH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
AC208208AC
Connector
symbol
-201
thru
-230
C
Steering column
C-201
C-203
C-205 C-204 C-206 C-207 C-208
Y
Instrument panel
wiring harness
C-230
Clock spring
C-201 (2) Air bag module (squib) <Drivers side>
C-203 (1) Horn switch
C-204 (6) Clock spring
C-205 (4-Y) Clock spring
C-206 (10) Column switch
C-207 (7) Key reminder switch
C-208 (6) Ignition switch
J/B combination
J/B combination
J/B combination
C-212 (1-B) Instrument panel wiring harness and
J/B combination
J/B combination
AC500713AB
J/B
(Front view) (Rear view)
C-211
C-226
C-212
C-214
C-215
C-216
C-210
C-209
C-225
C-224
C-223
C-222
C-221
C-220 C-219 C-218 C-217 C-228 C-227
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
C-215 (5) Defogger relay
C-216 (5) Blower relay
C-217 (15) Floor wiring harness (LH) and J/B
combination
C-218 (3) Roof wiring harness and J/B
combination
C-219 (4) Rear fog lamp relay
C-221 (4) Fuel pump relay (2)
C-224 (5) Power window relay
J/B combination
C-226 (20) ETACS-ECU
C-228 (24-GR) ETACS-ECU
C-230 (5) Steering wheel sensor
DASH PANEL
80-21
DASH PANEL
80-22
DASH PANEL <RH drive vehicles>
M1801000601556
AC500103AB
Connector
symbol
-01
thru
-37
C
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
C-25 C-34 C-26 C-12 C-13
C-17
C-30
C-31
C-03 C-04 C-29 C-05 C-27 C-21 C-07 C-10
6
15
3
5
14
Control
wiring
harness
Instrument panel
wiring harness
Y
Y
13
C-36 C-37 C-32
C-35
C-33
C-01 (21) Combination meter
C-02 (21-L) Combination meter
C-03 (4) Hazard warning switch
C-04 (4) Clock
C-05 (22-GR) J/C (1)
C-06 (22-GR) J/C (3)
C-07 (7) Outside/inside air selection damper
control motor
A/C wiring harness combination
C-12 (20-Y) SRS-ECU
C-13 (22-Y) SRS-ECU
AC500104AB
C-14 C-15
C-01 C-06 C-02 C-23
C-20
C-24
C-18
2
7
J/B
C-14 (16-B) Diagnosis connector
C-15 (12) Diagnosis connector
front door wiring harness (LH)
combination
roof wiring harness combination
C-20 (6) Fog lamp switch
C-21 (13) J/C (5)
C-23 (22-B) J/C (4)
C-24 (6-GR) Headlamp levelling switch
C-25 (26-Y) 4WD-ECU
C-26 (22-Y) 4WD-ECU
C-27 (6) Engine oil level relay
C-29 (1-B) Spare connector (for audio)
C-30 (1-GR) Control wiring harness and floor wiring
harness (LH) combination
C-31 (16) Control wiring harness and front wiring
harness (LH) combination
C-32 (2) Heater water temperature sensor
C-34 (6) Blower linear controller
C-35 (2) Air thermo sensor
C-36 (20-B) A/C-ECU
C-37 (16-B) A/C-ECU
DASH PANEL
80-23
DASH PANEL
80-24
DASH PANEL <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
AC500103AC
Connector
symbol
-101
thru
-144
C
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
C-127 C-126 C-138 C-122 C-123 C-124 C-137 C-105
C-134
C-129
C-109
C-117
C-119
C-121
C-104 C-103 C-106
15
3
5
14
Control
wiring
harness
Y
Y
Instrument panel
wiring harness
C-144 C-143
6
13
C-101 (22-L) J/C (2)
C-102 (4) Stop lamp switch
C-103 (14) Spare connector (for audio)
C-104 (1) Roof antenna
C-105 (33) J/C (6)
C-106 (2-R) Air bag module (squib) <Passengers
side>
tweeter wiring harness combination
front door wiring harness (RH)
combination
C-111 (25) Front wiring harness (RH) and
combination
AC500104AC
C-130 C-140
C-102 C-101
C-135
C-132
C-110
C-111
C-112
C-113
2
7
J/B
C-141
C-142
combination
combination
C-130 (2) Clutch switch
C-132 (11-B) Remote controlled mirror switch
C-134 (11-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and
combination
C-135 (6) ACD mode changeover switch
C-137 (4) Oxygen sensor (Rear)
C-141 (5) Photo sensor
C-142 (2-B) Interior temperature sensor
C-143 (6) Mode selection damper control motor
and potentiometer
C-144 (6) Air mixing damper control motor and
potentiometer
DASH PANEL
80-25
DASH PANEL
80-26
DASH PANEL <RH drive vehicles> (CONTINUED)
AC212076AC
C-201
C-203
C-205
C-230 C-206
C-207
C-208
Y
C-204
Connector
symbol
-201
thru
-230
C
Steering column
Instrument panel
wiring harness
Clock spring
C-201 (2) Air bag module (squib) <Drivers side>
C-203 (1) Horn switch
C-204 (6) Clock spring
C-205 (4-Y) Clock spring
C-206 (10) Column switch
C-207 (7) Key reminder switch
C-208 (6) Ignition switch
J/B combination
J/B combination
J/B combination
C-212 (1-B) Instrument panel wiring harness and
J/B combination
J/B combination
AC500714AB
C-209 C-210 C-211
C-212
C-214
C-215
C-216
C-225
C-224
C-223
C-222
C-221
C-220
C-219 C-218 C-217
C-227 C-228
C-226
J/B
(Front view)
(Rear view)
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
C-215 (5) Defogger relay
C-216 (5) Blower relay
C-217 (15) Floor wiring harness (RH) and J/B
combination
C-218 (3) Roof wiring harness and J/B
combination
C-219 (4) Rear fog lamp relay
C-224 (5) Power window relay
J/B combination
C-228 (24-GR) ETACS-ECU
C-230 (5) Steering wheel sensor
DASH PANEL
80-27
FLOOR AND ROOF
80-28
FLOOR AND ROOF
FLOOR AND ROOF <LH drive vehicles>
M1801000901386
AC208213
AC310169AB
D-01
D-30
D-29
D-28
D-26
D-25
D-24 D-23 D-21
D-03 D-04 D-05 D-06 D-07 D-08
Connector
symbol
D
Y
Floor wiring
harness (RH)
Roof wiring
harness
Instrument panel
wiring harness
D-39 D-38 D-37
D-34
D-33
Console wiring
harness
D-21
D-01 (3) Front door switch (RH)
D-03 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH)
D-04 (8) Floor wiring harness (RH) and rear
door wiring harness (RH) combination
D-05 (2) Front room lamp
D-06 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: RH)
D-07 (2-GR) Rear room lamp
D-08 (3) Rear door switch (RH)
D-10 (2) Fuel gauge unit (sub)
D-11 (3) Rear door switch (LH)
D-12 (5-GR) Fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
D-13 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: LH)
D-15 (8) Floor wiring harness (LH) and rear
door wiring harness (LH) combination
D-16 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
D-18 (3) Front door switch (LH)
D-21 (4) Instrument panel wiring harness and
console wiring harness combination
AC208216
AC310170AE
D-15
D-16 D-18
D-11
D-12
D-13
8
9
Y
Fuel wiring
harness
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
D-10
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
D-23 (1) Cigarette lighter
D-24 (1-B) Cigarette lighter
D-25 (2-B) Ashtray illumination lamp
D-26 (2-B) Cigarette lighter illumination lamp
D-28 (1-B) Parking brake switch
D-29 (2) Tweeter (LH)
D-30 (2) Tweeter (RH)
D-33 (1) Floor wiring harness (RH) and fuel
D-37 (3-B) G-sensor (lateral)
D-38 (3-B) G-sensor (longitudinal)
D-39 (6) No connection
FLOOR AND ROOF
80-29
FLOOR AND ROOF
80-30
FLOOR AND ROOF <RH drive vehicles>
M1801000901397
AC211087
AC310176AC
Connector
symbol
D
Y
D-04 D-33 D-07
D-25
D-26
D-24
D-23
D-21 D-38 D-37
D-05 D-34 D-03 D-01
D-39
D-28
D-30
D-29
Roof wiring
harness
Instrument panel
wiring harness
Floor wiring
harness (RH)
Console wiring
harness
D-01 (3) Front door switch (RH)
D-03 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH)
D-04 (8) Floor wiring harness (RH) and rear
door wiring harness (RH) combination
D-05 (2) Front room lamp
D-06 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: RH)
D-07 (2-GR) Rear room lamp
D-08 (3) Rear door switch (RH)
D-10 (2) Fuel gauge unit (sub)
D-11 (3) Rear door switch (LH)
D-12 (5-GR) Fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
D-13 (2-B) Wheel speed sensor (Rear: LH)
D-15 (8) Floor wiring harness (LH) and rear
door wiring harness (LH) combination
D-16 (2-B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
D-18 (3) Front door switch (LH)
D-21 (4) Instrument panel wiring harness and
console wiring harness combination
AC211088
AC310177
D-15 D-16 D-18
D-11
D-12
D-13
8
9
Y
Fuel wiring
harness
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
D-10
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
D-06 D-08
AD
D-23 (1) Cigarette lighter
D-24 (1-B) Cigarette lighter
D-25 (2-B) Ashtray illumination lamp
D-26 (2-B) Cigarette lighter illumination lamp
D-28 (1-B) Parking brake switch
D-29 (2) Tweeter (LH)
D-30 (2) Tweeter (RH)
D-37 (3-B) G-sensor (lateral)
D-38 (3-B) G-sensor (longitudinal)
D-39 (6) No connection
FLOOR AND ROOF
80-31
DOOR
80-32
DOOR
DOOR <LH drive vehicles>
M1801001401276
AC310171AB
Connector
symbol
E
Driver's side
E-04 E-05 E-06
E-02 E-03
E-07 E-08 E-09
Front
Rear
Front door
wiring harness (LH)
Rear door
wiring harness (LH)
E-02 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: LH)
E-03 (7) Remote controlled mirror (LH)
E-04 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: LH)
E-05 (14) Power window main switch
E-06 (2) Door speaker (LH)
E-07 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: LH)
E-08 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: LH)
E-09 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: LH)
E-10 (7) Remote controlled mirror (RH)
AC208224AC
Passenger's side
E-10 E-11 E-12
E-13 E-14 E-15
E-16 E-17 E-18
Front
Rear
Front door
wiring harness (RH)
Rear door
wiring harness (RH)
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
E-11 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: RH)
E-12 (3-B) Door lock key cylinder switch
E-13 (2) Door speaker (RH)
E-14 (8) Power window sub switch (Front)
E-15 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: RH)
E-16 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: RH)
E-17 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: RH)
E-18 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: RH)
DOOR
80-33
DOOR
80-34
DOOR <RH drive vehicles>
M1801001401287
AC310172AB
Connector
symbol
E
Driver's side
E-15 E-05 E-13
E-11 E-10
E-18 E-17 E-16
Front
Rear
Front door
wiring harness (RH)
Rear door
wiring harness (RH)
E-02 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: LH)
E-03 (7) Remote controlled mirror (LH)
E-04 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: LH)
E-05 (14) Power window main switch
E-06 (2) Door speaker (LH)
E-07 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: LH)
E-08 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: LH)
E-09 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: LH)
E-10 (7) Remote controlled mirror (RH)
AC310173AD
Passenger's side
E-03 E-02 E-12
E-06 E-14 E-04
E-09 E-08 E-07
Front
Rear
Front door
wiring harness (LH)
Rear door
wiring harness (LH)
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
E-11 (6-GR) Power window motor (Front: RH)
E-12 (3-B) Door lock key cylinder switch
E-13 (2) Door speaker (RH)
E-14 (8) Power window sub switch (Front)
E-15 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Front: RH)
E-16 (6-GR) Power window motor (Rear: RH)
E-17 (8) Power window sub switch (Rear: RH)
E-18 (6-B) Door lock actuator (Rear: RH)
DOOR
80-35
TRUNK (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT)
80-36
TRUNK <LH drive vehicles>
M1801001500560
AC208225
AC310174
F-02 F-01
F-17
F-15
F-08
F-09
F-10
F-11
F-12 F-20
F-26
F-16
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
AB
F-04 F-05 F-07 F-06
F-21 F-22 F-23 F-24 F-25
F-14
Bumper
wiring
harness
F-18
Floor wiring
harness (RH)
4WD wiring
harness
Connector
symbol
F
Defogger
earth
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
F-01 (2) Rear speaker (LH)
F-02 (2) Luggage compartment lamp
F-04 (2-B) High mounted stop lamp <rear shelf>
F-05 (4) No connection
F-06 (1-B) Defogger ()
F-07 (2) Rear speaker (RH)
F-08 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (RH)
F-09 (1-B) Luggage compartment lamp switch
F-10 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (RH)
F-11 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (LH)
F-12 (2-GR) Floor wiring harness (LH) and bumper
F-14 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (LH)
F-15 (2) High mounted stop lamp <rear
spoiler>
F-16 (1) Defogger (+)
F-17 (2-G) No connection
F-18 (2) Windshield washer motor
F-20 (2-B) Electric pump
F-21 (8-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and 4WD
F-22 (2-B) Direction valve (LH)
F-23 (2-B) Direction valve (RH)
F-24 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for ACD control)
F-25 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for AYC control)
F-26 (3-B) Pressure sensor
80-37
TRUNK <RH drive vehicles>
M1801001500571
AC211091
AC310175
F-02
F-17
F-15
F-08
F-09
F-10
F-11
F-12 F-20
F-26
F-01
Floor wiring
harness (LH)
AB
F-04 F-05 F-07 F-16
F-21 F-22 F-23 F-24 F-25
F-14
F-06
Bumper
wiring
harness
F-18
Floor wiring
harness (RH)
4WD wiring
harness
Connector
symbol
F
Defogger
earth
Connector colour
code
B : Black
BR : Brown
G : Green
GR : Grey
L : Blue
None : Milk white
O : Orange
R : Red
V : Violet
Y : Yellow
F-01 (2) Rear speaker (LH)
F-02 (2) Luggage compartment lamp
F-04 (2-B) High mounted stop lamp <rear shelf>
F-05 (4) No connection
F-06 (1-B) Defogger ()
F-07 (2) Rear speaker (RH)
F-08 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (RH)
F-09 (1) Luggage compartment lamp switch
F-10 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (RH)
F-11 (2-GR) Licence plate lamp (LH)
F-12 (2-GR) Floor wiring harness (LH) and bumper
F-14 (6-B) Rear combination lamp (LH)
F-15 (2) High mounted stop lamp <rear
spoiler>
F-16 (1) Defogger (+)
F-17 (2-G) No connection
F-18 (2) Windshield washer motor
F-20 (2-B) Electric pump
F-21 (8-B) Floor wiring harness (LH) and 4WD
F-22 (2-B) Direction valve (LH)
F-23 (2-B) Direction valve (RH)
F-24 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for ACD control)
F-25 (3-B) Proportioning valve (for AYC control)
F-26 (3-B) Pressure sensor
NOTES
00E-1
GROUP 00E
GENERAL
<ELECTRICAL>
CONTENTS
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS 00E-2
COMPOSITION AND CONTENTS OF WIRING
DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-2
HOW TO READ CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-3
HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS. . . . 00E-4
MARKINGS FOR CONNECTOR AND
EARTHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-6
WIRE COLOUR CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-9
ABBREVIATION SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E-9
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS
GENERAL <ELECTRICAL>
00E-2
COMPOSITION AND CONTENTS OF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
M1001012800150
In each section, all specifications are listed, including optional specifications. Accordingly, some specifica-
tions may not be applicable for individual vehicles.
Section Basic contents
Component
locations
Locations are shown for each point of relays, ECUs, sensors, solenoid valves,
inspection connectors, fusible links, fuses, etc. In the parts lists, parts are listed in
alphabetical order.
Configuration
diagrams
Connector locations and harness wiring configurations on actual vehicles are
illustrated.
Circuit diagrams Circuits from power source to earth are shown completely, classified according to
system. There is a main division into power source circuits and circuits classified by
system.
Junction block
The entire circuit for the junction block is described, because only the part of the
junction block needed is normally shown in each circuit diagram.
Joint connectors
The internal circuits for all joint connectors are described, because only the part
needed is shown in each circuit diagram.
Power source circuits
Circuits from the battery to fusible link, fuse, ignition switch, etc are shown.
Circuits classified by system
For each system, the circuits are shown from fuse to earth, excluding the power
source sections.
00E-3
HOW TO READ CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAMS
M1001006400238
The wiring harness diagrams clearly show the connector locations and harness routings at each site on
actual vehicles.
AC208446
Denotes connector No.
The same connector No. is used throughout the circuit diagrams to facilitate connector location search.
The first alphabetical symbol indicates the location site of the connector and a number that follows is the unique number.
Numbers are usually assigned to part in clockwise order on the diagram.
Example: A-19
Number specific to connector (serial number)
Connector location site symbol
A: Engine compartment
B: Engine and transmission
C: Dash panel
D: Floor and roof
E: Door
F: Trunk
Denotes earth point.
Same earth number is used throughout circuit
diagrams to facilitate search of earth point.
Refer to GROUP 70 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
- EARTH MOUNTING LOCATIONS
for details of earth points.
Denotes the colour of the tube
(If not specified, it is black).
R: Red
Y: Yellow
The number of connector pins and the connector colour
(except milk white)* are shown for ease of retrieval.
Example: (2-B)
Connector colour
(milk white if no colour is indicated)
Number of connector pins
*: Typical connector colours
B: Black BR: Brown
Y: Yellow V: Violet
L: Blue O: Orange
G: Green GR: Grey
R: Red None: Milk white
A-15 (2) Fog lamp (RH)
A-16 (2-GR) Horn (LO)
A-17 (2-B) Headlamp (RH)
A-18 (2-B) Windshield washer motor
A-19 (2-GR) Dual pressure switch
Indicates the device to which the
connector is connected.
The mark shows the
standard mounting position
of wiring harness.
AQ
A-17
A-16
A-15
A-18
A-19
Y
Denotes a section covered by a
corrugated tube.
Front
wiring
harness
(RH)
Denotes harness name.
1
00E-4
HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
M1001006500183
The circuit of each system from the fuse (or fusible link) to earth is shown. The power source is shown at the
top and the earth at the bottom to facilitate understanding of how the current flows. The circuit diagrams show
the state when switches are not operated.
AC502478
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
RELAY
BOX
HEATER
MOTOR
RELAY
SWITCH
RESISTOR
SENSOR
STARTING
SYSTEM
DIODE
FUSIBLE
LINK 2
ECU
Indicates power source.
Each circuit diagram consists of
block(s).
Indicates harness junction point
numbers for another system.
The number corresponds to the
junction point number indicated
on another circuit diagram.
Indicates the circuit name to be
connected. The arrow indicates
the current flow direction.
Indicates the power supply in
the control unit. If no voltage is
displayed, this indicates battery
positive voltage.
An "X" at the end of a connector
number indicates that the conn-
ector is connected to a central-
ized junction that is shown in the
section "Centralized Junction."
Indicates the connector symbol.
Connectors in the circuit diagram
are indicated in numerical order.
Indicates connector number.
The same number as used in the
wiring harness diagram.
Connector and connector numbers
are shown at the lower part of the
page.
Connector numbers not enclosed
by frame indicate the device incor-
porated into wiring harness.
Indicates that the diagram contin-
ues at which belongs to the
block in the same circuit.
AB
Indicates that terminal is conne-
cted via a plate in the relay box.
Indicates the operating conditions
of the engine coolant switch, etc.
Indicates shield wire. One-directional arrow indicates
that current flows upwards.
AC209124
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1) RESISTOR
SOLENOID
VALVE
ASSEMBLY
SOLENOID
VALVE 1
SOLENOID
VALVE 2
SENSOR
MOTOR
Indicates that the terminal is a
spare one if the device (sensor
in this case) is not provided.
Indicates representative vehicle
body earth point. (Same number
as that of earth point in
EARTHING LOCATION).
Indicates harness junction where
wire diameter or colour changes.
In case two or more connectors
are connected to the same de-
vice, the same connector are
shown by a broken line.
Indicates terminal number.
Indicates that these connectors
are the same intermediate
connectors.
Indicates input/output
to/from control unit
(current flow direction).
Input Output
Input/
output
Bi-directional arrow indicates
that current flows in both
directions due to control by an
ECU.
AC
Indicates a wiring connector which is inside
the equipment and which is not shown in
the wiring harness configuration diagram.
Example C-15-2 Indicates a connector
which is inside the
equipment, numbered
in order starting from 1.
Indicates the connector number shown in
the wiring harness configuration diagram.
Indicates intersections at
which the lead wires are
not connected.
Indicates intersections at
which the lead wires are
connected.
Indicates that the diagram comes
from which belongs to the
block in the same circuit.
00E-5
00E-6
MARKINGS FOR CONNECTOR AND
EARTHING
M1001007900162
AC208460
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
SOLENOID
VALVE
ECU
INSPECTION
CONNECTOR
SENSOR
MOTOR
AB
3
1
8
7
2
6
4
5
00E-7
Item No. Connector/Earthing Symbol Contents
Connector
and terminal
marking
1
ACX01251AE
Male terminal
Male connector
ACX01252AD
Male terminal
The male and female terminals
are indicated as shown. The
connector with male terminal(s)
is called as male connector and
indicated by two connector
contour lines, while the
connector with female
terminal(s) is called as female
connector and indicated by
single connector contour line.
ACX01253AI
Male connector
ACX01254 AD
Female terminal
Female connector
ACX01255AD
Female terminal
ACX01256 AH
Female connector
Connector
symbol
marking
2
ACX01257AD
Device
ACX01253
The symbol indicates the
connector is viewed as shown.
At a device connection, the
connector symbol on the device
side is shown. For an
intermediate connector, the
male connector symbol is
shown. For spare connectors
and check connectors, no
device is connected, and so the
harness-side connector symbol
is shown for these connectors.
However, a diagnosis connector
is exceptional.
ACX01258AD
Intermediate connector
ACX01816
Spare connector, check connector
AD
ACX01256
00E-8
Connector
connection
marking
3
ACX01260AD
Direct connection type
ACX01261
Connection between a device
and the harness is either by
direct insertion in the device
(direct connection type) or by
connection with a harness
connector furnished on the
device side (harness
connection type). The two types
are indicated as illustrated.
4
ACX01262AD
Harness connection type
ACX01263
5
ACX01264AD
Intermediate connector
ACX01265
Earth
marking
6
AC208448AB
Body earth
ACX01274
Earthing is either by body earth,
device earth or control unit
interior earth. These are
indicated as illustrated.
7
AC208449AB
Device earth
ACX01276
8
AC208450AB
Earth in control unit
ACX01278
Item No. Connector/Earthing Symbol Contents
00E-9
WIRE COLOUR CODE
M1001008000195
Wire colours are identified by the following colour
codes.
Code Wire colour Code Wire colour Code Wire colour Code Wire colour
B Black L Blue PU Purple V Violet
BR Brown LG Light green R Red W White
G Green O Orange SB Sky blue Y Yellow
GR Grey P Pink SI Silver

ACX01279 AE
<F> 1.25 G B
1 2 3 4
Example:
If a cable has two colours, the first of the two colour
code characters indicates the basic colour (colour of
the cable coating) and the second indicates the
marking colour.
No. Meaning
1 <F>: Flexible wire
<T>: Twisted wire
2
Wire size (mm
2
)*
3 Basic colour (colour of the cable coating)
4 Marking colour
NOTE:
*: No code indicates 0.5 mm
2
. Cable colour code in
parentheses indicates 0.3 mm
2
.
ABBREVIATION SYMBOLS
M1001008100255
The abbreviation symbols used in wiring diagrams are defined below.
1. For system name
Abbreviation
symbol
Meaning Abbreviation
symbol
Meaning
ABS Anti-skid braking system J/C Joint connector
ACD Active centre differential M/T Manual transmission
AYC Active yaw control MPI Multi-point injection
DOHC Double overhead camshaft engine SRS Supplemental restraint system
J/B Junction block
00E-10
2. For combination meter
Abbreviation
symbol
symbol
Meaning
ABS Anti-skid braking system warning
lamp
POSITION Position lamp indicator lamp
BEAM High beam indicator lamp REAR FOG Rear fog lamp indicator lamp
BRAKE Brake warning lamp SPEED Speedometer
CHECK
ENGINE
Check engine warning lamp SRS Supplemental restraint system
warning lamp
CHG Charging warning lamp T/GA Engine coolant temperature gauge
DOOR Door-ajar warning lamp TACHO Tachometer
F/GA Fuel gauge TRIP Tripmeter
FUEL Low fuel warning lamp TARMAC Active centre differential mode
indicator lamp
LCD Liquid crystal display GRAVEL
ODO Odometer SNOW
OIL Oil pressure warning lamp TURN (LH) Turn signal indicator lamp, hazard
indicator lamp
OIL LEVEL Engine oil level warning lamp TURN (RH)
3. For switches and relays
Name of switches
and relays
Abbreviation
symbols
Operation
Blower switch LO Blower operates at low speed
ML Blower operates at medium low speed
MH Blower operates at medium high speed
HI Blower operates at high speed
Dimmer passing switch LO Low beams ON
HI High beams ON
PASS High beams ON
Door lock actuator LOCK Door lock
UNLOCK Door unlock
Front room lamp, rear
room lamp
DOOR Room lamp ON when a door is open
Headlamp leveling
switch
1 Lower the low-beam in one step
2 Lower the low-beam in two steps
3 Lower the low-beam in three steps
4 Lower the low-beam in four steps
00E-11
4. For others
Abbreviation
symbol
symbol
Meaning
4WD 4 wheel-drive vehicles HI High
A/C Air conditioner IC Integrated circuit
CPU Central processing unit ILL Illumination lamp
ECU Electronic control unit LH Left hand
EGR Exhaust gas recirculation LHD LH drive vehicles
ETACS Electronic time and alarm control
system
LO Low
RH Right hand
GND Earth RHD RH drive vehicles
Ignition switch LOCK When turned to the LOCK position, no circuits will start
ACC When turned to the ACC (ACCESSORY) or ON position, the
power circuit will start
IG2 When at the ST (START) position, the power circuit will not start
functioning
IG1 Even when at the ST (START) position, the power circuit will start
ST Only when turned to the ST (START) position, the power circuit
will start
Lighting switch TAIL Position, tail, licence plate and illumination lamps ON
HEAD Headlamps ON
Power window switch UP Windows close
DOWN Windows open
LOCK Prevents all switches other than the main switch from operating
the power windows
UNLOCK Every switch can open or close the respective window
Remote controlled
mirror switch
LH LH mirror operates
RH RH mirror operates
Switch and relay OFF Switched OFF
ON Switched ON
Turn signal switch LH LH turn signal lamps ON
RH RH turn signal lamps ON
Variable intermittent
wiper control switch
SLOW Lengthens pause time for intermittent operation
FAST Shortens pause time for intermittent operation
Windshield wiper
switch
MIST Wiper operates once
INT Wiper operates intermittently
LO Wiper operates at low speed
HI Wiper operates at high speed
Name of switches
and relays
Abbreviation
symbols
Operation
NOTES
11B-1
GROUP 11B
ENGINE OVERHAUL
CONTENTS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . 11B-2
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . 11B-3
REWORK DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . 11B-5
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . 11B-5
SEALANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-8
SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-10
ALTERNATOR AND IGNITION
SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-14
SOLENOID AND VACUUM HOSE . . 11B-16
TIMING BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-17
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-27
FUEL AND EMISSION PARTS . . . . . 11B-29
INLET MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-31
EXHAUST MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-32
WATER PUMP AND WATER HOSE . 11B-34
ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT . . 11B-36
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-39
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES. . . . 11B-42
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-46
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP. . . . . . . . . . 11B-49
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-56
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD . . 11B-57
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-62
CRANKSHAFT AND CYLINDER
BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-64
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B-67
GENERAL INFORMATION
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1113000100329
VEHICLE AND ENGINE MODELS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
M1113000200597
Vehicle name Vehicle
model
Engine model Displacement
mL
Specification
LANCER
EVOLUTION
CT9A 4G63-7 1,997 Double overhead camshaft, 16-valve
Item Specification
Bore stroke mm 85 88
Displacement mL 1,997
Combustion chamber Pentroof type
Number of cylinders 4
Valve mechanism Type Double overhead camshaft
Number of intake valves 2
Number of exhaust
valves
2
Lash adjusters Hydraulic
Rocker arms Roller cam followers
Compression ratio 8.8
Fuel injection system Electronically controlled multi-point injection (MPI)
system
Ignition system Electronically controlled two-coil system
Generator Alternator (with built-in IC regulator)
Starter motor Gear reduction drive type
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-3
M1113000301199
TIMING BELT
Auto-tensioner rod extension length
(with timing belt installed) mm
3.8 4.5

Auto-tensioner rod extension length (when free) mm 12.0

Auto-tensioner rod retraction length
(when pressed with force of 98 to 196 N) mm
Less than 1

ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFTS
Cam height mm Intake 35.96 35.46
Exhaust 35.49 34.99
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES
Cylinder head gasket surface warp mm Less than 0.05 0.2
Cylinder head gasket surface grinding limit
(including cylinder block grinding amount) mm

0.2
Cylinder head overall height mm 131.9 132.1

Cylinder head bolt nominal length mm

99.4
Valve margin mm Intake valves 1.0 0.5
Exhaust valves 1.5 1.0
Valve stem diameter mm 6.6

Valve face angle 43.5 44

Valve stem-to-guide clearance mm Intake valves 0.02 0.05 0.10
Exhaust valves 0.05 0.09 0.15
Valve height mm Intake valves 109.5 109.0
Valve stem projection mm Intake valves 49.2 49.7
Valve spring free height mm 50.4 49.4
Valve spring load/height N/mm 279/40

Valve spring squareness 1.5 or smaller 4
Valve face-to-seat contact width mm 0.9 1.3

Valve guide inside diameter mm 6.6

Valve guide press-in height mm 19.2 19.8

ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-4
OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP
Oil pump gear side clearance mm Drive gear 0.08 0.14

Driven gear 0.06 0.12

Oil cooler by-pass valve mm Dimension (Normal
temperature)
34.5

By-pass hole closing
temperature 97 to
103C
40.0

Oil pressure at curb idle speed kPa
[oil temperature is 75 to 90]
78 or more

PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS
Piston outside diameter mm 85.0

Piston ring side clearance in ring
groove mm
No. 1 0.03 0.07 0.1
No. 2 0.02 0.06 0.1
Piston ring end gap mm No. 1 0.20 0.30 0.8
No. 2 0.30 0.50 0.8
Oil ring 0.10 0.40 1.0
Piston pin outside diameter mm 22.0

Piston pin press-in load (at ambient temperature) N 7,350 17,100

Oil clearance at crankshaft pins mm 0.02 0.04 0.1
Connecting rod big end thrust clearance mm 0.10 0.25 0.4
CRANKSHAFT AND CYLINDER BLOCK
Crankshaft end play mm 0.05 0.25 0.4
Crankshaft journal diameter mm 57.0

Crankshaft pin diameter mm 45.0

Oil clearance at crankshaft journals mm 0.03 0.04 0.1
Cylinder block gasket surface warp mm 0.05 0.1
Cylinder block gasket surface grinding limit
(including cylinder head grinding amount) mm

0.2
Cylinder block overall height mm 284

Cylinder bore diameter mm 85

Taper of cylinder mm 0.01 or less

Cylinder-to-piston clearance mm 0.02 0.04

Crankshaft bearing cap bolt nominal length mm

71.1
REWORK DIMENSIONS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-5
REWORK DIMENSIONS
M1113024300264
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
M1113023401421
Item Standard value
Diameter of oversize valve seat ring hole in cylinder head
mm
Intake 0.3 oversize 35.30 35.33
0.6 oversize 35.60 35.63
Exhaust 0.3 oversize 33.30 33.33
0.6 oversize 33.60 33.63
Diameter of oversize valve guide hole in cylinder head mm 0.05 oversize 12.05 12.07
0.25 oversize 12.25 12.27
0.50 oversize 12.50 12.52
Item Nm
ALTERNATOR AND IGNITION COIL
Oil level gauge guide bolt 13 1
Auto-tensioner assembly bolt (M8) 22 4
Auto-tensioner assembly bolt (M10) 44 10
Water pump pulley bolts 8.8 1.0
Alternator bracket bolt (flange bolt) 24 4
Alternator bracket bolts (M8 22 washer assembled bolt) 22 4
Alternator bracket bolts (M8 32 washer assembled bolt) 20 2
Alternator nuts 44 10
Crankshaft pulley bolts 25 4
Centre cover bolts 3.0 0.5
Ignition coil bolts 10 2
Spark plugs 25 5
SOLENOID AND VACUUM HOSE
Vacuum pipe and hose assembly bolts 11 1
Solenoid valve assembly bolts 9.0 1.0
TIMING BELT
Timing belt cover bolts (flange bolt) 11 1
Timing belt cover bolt (washer-assembled bolt) 9.0 1.0
Plug cap 32 2
Power steering pump bracket bolts 49 9
Tensioner pulley bolt 48 5
Tensioner arm bolt 21 4
Auto-tensioner bolts 23 3
Idler pulley bolt 35 6
Crankshaft angle sensor bolts 8.8 1.0
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-6
Oil pump sprocket nut 54 5
Crankshaft bolt 167
Tensioner "B" bolt 19 3
Counterbalance shaft sprocket bolt 45 3
Rocker cover bolts 3.5 0.5
Engine support bracket bolts 49 5
V.V.T. sprocket bolt 65 5
Camshaft sprocket bolt 88 10
FUEL AND EMISSION SYSTEM
Throttle body bolts 19 3
EGR valve bolts 20 2
Fuel pressure regulator bolts 8.8 2.0
Delivery pipe and injector assembly bolts 12 1
INLET MANIFOLD
Engine hanger bolt 19 3
Inlet manifold stay bolts 31 3
Inlet manifold bolts (M8) 20 2
Inlet manifold bolts and nuts (M10) 36 6
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Engine hanger bolt 19 3
Turbocharger heat protector bolts 23 3
Oxygen sensor 44 5
Exhaust fitting bracket bolts 35 6
Exhaust fitting bolts 59 5
Air outlet fitting bolts 19 1
Oil return pipe bolts (oil pan side) 14 1
Oil return pipe bolts (turbocharger side) 9.0 1.0
Exhaust manifold heat protector bolts 23 3
Turbocharger assembly and pipe assembly bolts, nuts 64 5
Oil pipe bolt (flange bolt) 11 1
Oil pipe bolt (eye bolt M10) 17 2
Oil pipe bolt (eye bolt M12) 31 2
Water pipe bolt (eye bolt M12) 42 7
Water pipe bolt (flange bolt) 10 1
Exhaust manifold nuts (M8) 33 6
Exhaust manifold nuts (M10) 55 5
Item Nm
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-7
WATER PUMP AND WATER HOSE
Engine coolant temperature sensor 29 10
Engine coolant temperature gauge unit 11 1
Water outlet fitting bolts 10 1
Thermostat housing bolts 23 4
Water inlet pipe bolt (M6) 10 1
Water inlet pipe bolt (M8) 13 2
Water pump bolts 14 1
Detonation sensor 23 2
ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFT
Camshaft position sensor bolt 11 1
Cover bolts 10 2
Camshaft position sensing cylinder bolt 22 4
Camshaft position sensor support bolts 14 1
Bearing cap bolts 20 1
Oil delivery body bolts 11 1
Oil feeder control valve bolt 11 1
Check valve 30 3
Eye bolt 42 2
Oil pipe bolt 11 1
Oil pipe joint 30 3
Cylinder head bolts 78 2 0 20 2 +90 +90
Drain plug 39 5
Oil level sensor bolts 9.0 1.0
Oil filter 14 2
Oil pan bolts 9.0 3.0
Oil screen bolts 19 3
Baffle plate bolts 22 4
Oil pressure switch 19 3
Oil cooler by-pass valve 54 5
Relief plug 44 5
Oil filter bracket bolts 19 3
Plug cap 23 3
Flange bolt 36 3
Oil pump case bolts 23 3
Oil pump cover bolts 17 1
Oil pump cover screw 10 2
Item Nm
SEALANTS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-8
SEALANTS
M1113000501007
NOTE: *: Part to be sealed with a form-in-place gasket (FIPG)
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
Connecting rod cap nuts 20 2 +90 to 94
Flywheel bolts 132 5
Rear plate bolt 11 1
Bell housing cover bolts 9.0 1.0
Rear oil seal case bolts 11 1
Beam bearing cap bolts 25 2 +90
Check valve 32 2
Item Nm
Item Specified sealant
Engine support bracket bolts Mitsubishi Genuine Part No.MD970389
or equivalent
Semicircular packing 3M ATD No.8660 or equivalent
Rocker cover Mitsubishi Genuine Part No. MD970389
or equivalent
Engine coolant temperature e gauge unit 3M Nut Locking Part No.4171 or
equivalent
Engine coolant temperature sensor 3M ATD No.8660 or equivalent
Cylinder head (camshaft bearing cap fitting section) 3M ATD No.8660 or equivalent
Camshaft position sensor support* Mitsubishi Genuine Part No. MD970389
or equivalent
Oil pressure switch 3M ATD No.8660 or equivalent
Oil pan* Mitsubishi Genuine Part No. MD970389
or equivalent
Rear oil seal case*
SEALANTS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-9
FORM-IN-PLACE GASKET (FIPG)
This engine has several areas where the
form-in-place gasket (FIPG) is used for sealing. To
ensure that the FIPG fully serves its purpose, it is
necessary to observe some precautions when apply-
ing it.
Bead size, continuity and location are of paramount
importance. Too thin a bead could cause leaks. Too
thick a bead, on the other hand, could be squeezed
out of location, causing blocking or narrowing of fluid
passages. To prevent leaks or blocking of passages,
therefore, it is absolutely necessary to apply the
FIPG evenly without a break, while observing the
correct bead size.
FIPG hardens as it reacts with the moisture in the
atmospheric air, and it is usually used for sealing
metallic flange areas.
REMOVAL OF FIPG SEALED PARTS
Parts sealed with a FIPG can be easily removed
without need for the use of a special method. In
some cases, however, the FIPG in joints may have to
be broken by tapping parts with a mallet or similar
tool. You can also tap a flat, thin gasket scraper into
the joint to break the FIPG, taking extreme care not
to damage the mating surfaces. The oil pan cutter
(MD998727) is available as a special tool for remov-
ing the oil pan. The tool, however, must not be.
CLEANING FIPG APPLICATION
SURFACE
Thoroughly remove all substances deposited on the
FIPG application surface, using a gasket scraper or
wire brush. Make sure that the FIPG application sur-
face is flat and smooth. Also make sure that the sur-
face is free from oils, greases and foreign
substances. Do not fail to remove old FIPG that may
remain in the fastener fitting holes.
APPLICATION OF FIPG
Applied FIPG bead should be of the specified size
and free of any break. FIPG can be wiped away
unless it has completely hardened. Install the mating
parts in position while the FIPG is still wet (in less
than 15 minutes after application). Do not allow FIPG
to spread beyond the sealing areas during installa-
tion. Avoid operating the engine or letting oils or
water come in contact with the sealed area before a
time sufficient for FIPG to harden (approximately one
hour) has passed. FIPG application method may
vary from location to location. Follow the instruction
for each particular case described later in this man-
ual.
SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-10
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1113000601394
MD998781 Flywheel stopper Retention of flywheel
MD998778 Crankshaft sprocket
puller
Removal of crankshaft sprocket
and crankshaft sprocket B
MD998785 Sprocket stopper Retention of counterbalancer
shaft sprocket
MD998767 Tension pulley socket
wrench
Manipulation of tensioner pulley
during adjustment of timing belt
tension
MD998738 Set screw Retention of tensioner arm and
auto-tensioner during timing belt
installation
MD998713 Camshaft oil seal
installer
Installation of camshaft oil seal
MD998442 Air bleed wire Air bleeding of lash adjuster
MB991654 Cylinder head bolt
wrench
Removal and installation of
cylinder head bolts
D998781
D998767
D998738
D998713
B991654
SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-11
MD998772 Valve spring
compressor
Compression of valve spring
MD998735 Valve spring
compressor
Compression of valve spring
MD998737 Valve stem seal
installer
Installation of valve stem seal
MD998012 Oil pressure socket
wrench
Removal and installation of oil
pressure switch
MD998727 Oil pan cutter Removal of oil pan
MD998162 Plug wrench Removal and installation of front
case plug cap
(Use with MD998783)
MD998783 Plug wrench retainer Removal and installation of front
case plug cap
(Use with MD998162)
MD998371 Silent shaft bearing
puller
Removal of counterbalancer shaft
front bearing
D998727
SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-12
puller
Removal of counterbalancer shaft
front and rear bearings
MB991603 Silent shaft bearing
installer stopper
Guide and stopper for removal
and press-fitting of
counterbalancer shaft rear
bearing
installer
Press-fitting of counterbalancer
shaft front and rear bearings
MD998375 Crankshaft front oil
seal installer
Installation of crankshaft front oil
seal
MD998285 Crankshaft front oil
seal guide
Guide for installation of
crankshaft front oil seal
MD998780 Piston pin setting tool Removal and press-fitting of
piston pin
D998285
SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-13
MB992010 Bolt guide Removal and installation of piston
and connecting rod assembly
MD998776 Crankshaft rear oil
seal installer
Installation of crankshaft rear oil
seal
MB990938 Handle Installation of crankshaft rear oil
seal
(Use with MD998776)
D998776
ALTERNATOR AND IGNITION SYSTEM
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-14
M1113001000983
CAUTION
Do not remove the ignition coil boot from the ignition coil except the replacement. When removing
the ignition coil boot, always replace it with the new one.
AK501687AB
4
5
9
44 10 Nm
25 4 Nm
24 4 Nm
44 10 Nm
1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
12
13
7
8
22 4 Nm
20 2 Nm
24 4 Nm
13 1 Nm
3.0 0.5 Nm
10 2 Nm
25 5 Nm
8.8 1.0 Nm
6
Removal steps
1. Oil level gauge
2. O-ring
3. Oil level gauge guide
4. O-ring
5. Water pump pulley
6. Auto-tensioner assembly
7. Alternator bracket
8. Alternator
9. Crankshaft pulley
10. Centre cover
11. Spark plug cable
12. Ignition coil
>>A<< 13. Ignition coil boot
14. Spark plug
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-15
>>A<< IGNITION COIL BOOT INSTALLA-
TION
CAUTION
When the ignition coil boot is not installed as
indicated, realize that it would be possibly the
causes of the malfunctions which lead to an
inappropriate ignition coil operation, a dam-
aged ignition coil, a high voltage leakage
toward the outside and water immersion into
the hole.
White powders are applied to the fitting area
of the spark plug on the ignition coil boot in
order to prevent the fitting area from baking
onto the spark plug. Do not touch or clean
them.
1. Confirm the spring is attached to the new ignition
coil boot inside.
2. Push and install the new ignition coil boot into the
ignition coil without a clearance, turning the fitting
area twice or three times.
3. After the installation, turn the ignition coil boot so
that the air bleeding hole can be in position
indicated in the illustration.
AK404096AC
Top view
Air-bleeding
hole
Fitting part
Air-bleeding hole
Do not touch the white powders
applied to the inside
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-16
M1113025300115
AK501688
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9.0 1.0 Nm
11 1 Nm
9.0 1.0 Nm
9.0 1.0 Nm
11 1 Nm
AB
Removal steps
1. Vacuum pipe and hose assembly
2. Solenoid valve
3. Solenoid valve
4. Vacuum hose
5. Vacuum hose
6. Solenoid valve
7. Vacuum pipe and hose assembly
8. Vacuum hose assembly
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-17
TIMING BELT
M1113001901138
CAUTION
Never overhaul the V.V.T. sprocket.
AK501689
12
1
2
13
14
15
16
17
18
22
9.0 1.0 Nm
11 1 Nm
AB
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
49 9 Nm
11
3.5 0.5 Nm
11 1 Nm
11 1 Nm
11 1 Nm
19
20
8.8 1.0 Nm
21 4 Nm
23 3 Nm
167 Nm
36
37
38
48 5 Nm
32 2 Nm
35 6 Nm
88 10 Nm
65 5 Nm
54 5 Nm
45 3 Nm
19 3 Nm
49 5 Nm
21
24
25
26
27 28
29
30
34
35
32
33
31
23
11 1 Nm
Removal steps
1. Timing belt front upper cover
2. Timing belt front lower cover
3. Power steering pump bracket
4. Breather hose
5. PCV hose
6. PCV valve
7. PCV valve gasket
8. Oil filler cap
9. Connentor bracket
>>O<< 10. Rocker cover
>>O<< 11. Rocker cover gasket "A"
12. Rocker cover gasket "B"
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-18
<<A>> PLUG CAP REMOVAL
Loosen the plug cap, holding the hexagonal portion
of the camshaft with a wrench.
<> TIMING BELT REMOVAL
1. If the timing belt is to be reused, make an arrow
mark with something like chalk on the back of the
belt indicating the direction of rotation so it may be
reinstalled in the same direction.
CAUTION
Never remove the timing belt with any piston at
the top dead centre (TDC). If a piston is at TDC,
the exhaust valves of the cylinder are pushed by
the exhaust cams, compressing the valve
springs. If the belt is removed under this condi-
tion, the sprocket will be turned in the reverse
direction by the force of the springs, incurring
risk of injury.
2. Set the timing mark of the exhaust camshaft
sprocket to a point about one tooth before the
TDC of the No.1 cylinder piston on compression
stroke.
3. Loosen the lock nut of the tensioner pulley, then
remove the timing belt.
>>N<< 13. Semicircular packing
<<A>> >>M<< 14. Plug cap
<> >>L<< 15. Timing belt
>>K<< 16. Tensioner pulley
17. Tensioner arm
>>J<< 18. Auto-tensioner
19. Idler pulley
20. Crankshaft angle sensor
<<C>> >>I<< 21. Oil pump sprocket
<<D>> >>H<< 22. Crankshaft bolt
<<E>> >>H<< 23. Crankshaft sprocket
>>H<< 24. Crankshaft sensing blade
25. Tensioner "B"
<<F>> >>G<< 26. Timing belt "B"
<<G>> >>F<< 27. Counterbalancer shaft sprocket
>>E<< 28. Spacer
<<H>> >>D<< 29. Crankshaft sprocket "B"
30. Crankshaft key
>>C<< 31. Engine support bracket
<> >>B<< 32 V.V.T. sprocket bolt
>>B<< 33 V.V.T. sprocket
<<J>> >>A<< 34 Camshaft sprocket bolt
35 Camshaft sprocket
36. Timing belt rear cover, right
37 Timing belt rear upper cover, left
38 Timing belt rear lower cover, left
AK403832
AK501768
AK304440AB
Timing marks
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-19
<<C>> OIL PUMP SPROCKET REMOVAL
1. Remove the plug on the left side of cylinder block.
2. Insert a crosspoint screwdriver (shank diameter 8
mm) to prevent the counterbalancer shaft from
rotating.
3. Remove the flange bolt.
4. Remove the oil pump sprocket.
<<D>> CRANKSHAFT BOLT REMOVAL
1. Hold the drive plate with the special tool Flywheel
stopper (MD998781).
2. Remove the crankshaft bolt.
<<E>> CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET
REMOVAL
Use the special tool Crankshaft sprocket puller
(MD998778) if the sprocket is stuck and hard to
remove.
<<F>> TIMING BELT "B" REMOVAL
CAUTION
Water or oil on the belt shortens its life drasti-
cally, so the removed timing belt, sprocket, and
tensioner must be free from oil and water. These
parts should not be washed or immersed in sol-
vent. Replace parts if contaminated. If there is oil
or water on each part, check the front case oil
seals, camshaft oil seal and water pump for
leaks.
1. Mark the belt running direction for reinstallation.
2. Loosen the tensioner "B" bolt, and then remove
the timing belt "B."
<<G>> COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
SPROCKET REMOVAL
1. Use the special tool Sprocket stopper
(MD998785) to prevent the counterbalancer shaft
sprocket from rotating.
2. Remove the counterbalancer shaft mounting bolt.
AK202825
Crosspoint
screwdriver
AD
AK202738
MD998781
AC
AK304176
MD998778
AB
AK202758AB
AK202739AC
MD998785
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-20
<<H>> CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET "B"
REMOVAL
Use the special tool Crankshaft sprocket puller
(MD998778) if the sprocket is stuck and hard to
remove.
<> V.V.T. SPROCKET BOLT REMOVAL
Loosen the V.V.T. sprocket bolt, holding the hexago-
nal portion of the camshaft with a wrench.
<<J>> CAMSHAFT SPROCKET BOLT
REMOVAL
Remove the camshaft sprocket bolt while preventing
the camshaft from rotation using a wrench fitted on
the hexagonal portion of the camshaft.
>>A<< CAMSHAFT SPROCKET BOLT
INSTALLATION
Tighten the camshaft sprocket bolt to 88 10 Nm
while preventing the camshaft from rotation using a
wrench fitted on the hexagonal portion of the cam-
shaft.
>>B<< V.V.T. SPROCKET / V.V.T.
SPROCKET BOLT INSTALLATION
1. Apply minimum amount of engine oils adequately
to the following portions.
All directions of camshaft top
Inner and outer surfaces of place in which V.V.T.
sprocket is inserted
Threads and top seat of V.V.T. sprocket bolt
V.V.T. sprocket bolt seat
2. Install the V.V.T. sprocket.
AK202740AC
MD998778
AK403833
AK202858AB
AK202858AB
AK304435
AK403834AC
Camshaft
V.V.T. sprocket
V.V.T. sprocket
bolt
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-21
3. Firmly and deeply insert the V.V.T. sprocket, and
then confirm the V.V.T. sprocket is not rotated,
holding the hexagonal portion of the camshaft
with a wrench.
4. Holding the hexagonal portion of the camshaft
with a wrench, tighten the V.V.T. sprocket bolt to
the specified torque of 65 5 Nm.
with a wrench, confirm the V.V.T. sprocket is not
rotated.
NOTE: This shows the V.V.T. sprocket being
locked at the most retarded angle with the inside
pin.
>>C<< ENGINE SUPPORT BRACKET
INSTALLATION
1. Remove thoroughly the old sealant remaining on
the indicated bolt and in its hole.
2. Coat the bolt with sealant, then install and tighten
it.
Specified sealant:
Mitsubishi Genuine Part No.MD970389 or
equivalent
>>D<< CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET "B"
INSTALLATION
Clean and then degrease the crankshaft sprocket "B"
and the sprocket fitting surface of the crankshaft.
NOTE: Degreasing is necessary to prevent lack of
frictional coefficient between the mating surfaces.
>>E<< SPACER INSTALLATION
CAUTION
If the spacer is opposite in direction to that
shown in the drawing when installed, it will dam-
age the oil seal lip.
1. Smear slightly oil on the outer surface of the
spacer that comes into contact with the oil seal.
2. Install the spacer with the chamfered end toward
the oil seal.
AK403835
AK202743AB
AK301828AD
Sprocket "B"
Degrease
Front case
Crankshaft
AK301298AD
Spacer
Oil seal
Counter
balance
shaft
Chamfered
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-22
>>F<< COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
SPROCKET INSTALLATION
1. Use the special tool Sprocket stopper
(MD998785) as shown in the drawing to prevent
the counterbalancer shaft sprocket from rotating.
2. Tighten the sprocket mounting bolt to 45 3 Nm.
>>G<< TIMING BELT "B" INSTALLATION
1. Align the timing marks on the crankshaft sprocket
"B" and counterbalancer shaft sprocket with the
corresponding timing marks on the oil pump case.
2. Install the timing belt "B" on the crankshaft
sprocket "B" and counterbalancer shaft sprocket.
There should be no slack in the tension section of
the belt.
3. Make sure that the tensioner "B" centre is
positioned as shown in the drawing relative to the
mounting bolt centre.
4. Lift the tensioner "B" with fingers to move it in the
direction of the arrow until the tension section of
the timing belt becomes taut. While keeping the
tensioner "B" in this position, tighten its bolt.
NOTE: When the bolt is tightened, prevent the
tensioner "B" shaft from turning. If the shaft turns,
the belt will be overtightened.
5. Make sure that the timing marks on the oil pump
case and those of the sprockets are all aligned
with each other.
6. Push a central point of the timing belt "B" tension
section lightly with an index to see if it deflects 5
7 mm.
>>H<< CRANKSHAFT
BOLT/CRANKSHAFT
SPROCKET/CRANKSHAFT SENSING
BLADE INSTALLATION
AK202739AC
MD998785
AK202920
Timing
marks
Timing
marks
AB
AK202921
Tensioner "B"
centre
Tensioner "B"
Tension section of belt
Mounting bolt centre
AC
Timing
belt "B"
AK304436AB
AK202919
5 7 mm
AB
AK202838
Crankshaft sensing blade
Clean
Crankshaft
Crankshaft sprocket
Washer
Crankshaft bolt
Chamfer
Degrease
AC
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-23
1. Clean and then degrease the crankshaft sprocket,
sprocket fitting surface of the crankshaft, and
crankshaft sensing blade. Install the crankshaft
sprocket and crankshaft sensing blade on the
crankshaft.
2. Clean the bolt hole in the crankshaft, and then
washer.
3. Apply a necessary minimum amount of oil to the
threads and seating surface of the crankshaft bolt.
4. Hold the drive plate using the special tool
Flywheel stopper (MD998781).
5. Tighten the crankshaft bolt to a torque of 167 Nm.
>>I<< OIL PUMP SPROCKET
INSTALLATION
1. Prevent the counterbalancer shaft from rotating in
the same method as in the removal procedure.
2. Install the oil pump sprocket.
3. Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the seating
surface of the nut.
4. Tighten the flange nut to 54 5 Nm.
>>J<< AUTO-TENSIONER INSTALLATION
1. If the auto-tensioner rod remains in its fully
extended position, reset it to the retracted position
as follows:
(1) Clamp the auto-tensioner in a vise at right
angles to the jaws.
(2) Push in the rod little by little with the vise until
the set hole A in the rod is aligned with the set
hole "B" in the cylinder.
(3) Insert a piece of wire (1.4 mm diameter) into
the set holes.
(4) Remove the auto-tensioner from the vise.
2. Install the auto-tensioner in position. Leave the
wire installed until the auto-tensioner is
completely installed.
>>K<< TENSIONER PULLEY
INSTALLATION
Install the tensioner pulley with its holes aligned as
shown in the drawing.
AK202738
MD998781
AC
AK300172
AK301074
A
B
AD
AK300154
AK300147
Tensioner
pulley hole
AE
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-24
>>L<< TIMING BELT INSTALLATION
1. Bring the timing mark on the exhaust camshaft
sprocket to a point one sprocket tooth away from
the timing mark on the rocker cover in the
anti-clockwise direction.
NOTE: If the timing marks were aligned, the
exhaust camshaft would be turned anti-clockwise
by one sprocket tooth and stay there by the force
of the valve springs.
2. Align the timing mark on the intake camshaft
sprocket with that on the rocker cover.
NOTE: The intake camshaft will be turned slightly
clockwise from where the timing marks are
aligned by the force of the valve springs and stay
there.
3. Bring the timing mark on the crankshaft sprocket
to a point one sprocket tooth away from the
mating timing mark in the anti-clockwise direction
like in the operation with the exhaust camshaft
sprocket.
4. Align the timing mark on the oil pump sprocket
with that on the cylinder block.
(1) Remove the plug from the cylinder block.
(2) Insert a crosspoint screwdriver with a shank
diameter of 8 mm through the plug hole. If it
can be inserted 60 mm or more, the sprocket
is in the correct phase. If the insertion depth is
up to 20 25 mm, the screwdriver is blocked
by the counterbalancer shaft. Then turn the oil
pump sprocket one turn and realign the timing
marks. Then check that the screwdriver can
be inserted 60 mm or more. Keep the
screwdriver inserted until installation of timing
belt is finished.
(3) Turn the oil pump sprocket anti-clockwise by
one sprocket tooth.
5. Install the timing belt on the exhaust camshaft
sprocket, and hold it in place with a paper clip at
the point indicated in the drawing.
AK304440AB
Timing marks
AK501745
Timing marks
AB
AK304563AB
Timing marks
AK202752
Crosspoint
screwdriver
AD
Plug
AK202761
Timing marks
AD
AK202771
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-25
6. Turn the intake camshaft sprocket anti-clockwise
to bring the timing mark on it one sprocket tooth
away from the mating timing mark in the
anti-clockwise direction. Then install the timing
belt on the sprocket and hold it in place with a
paper clip.
NOTE: The timing marks will be aligned when the
belt is installed since the intake camshaft is turned
slightly clockwise by the force of the valve
springs.
7. Turn the exhaust camshaft sprocket clockwise to
align the timing marks, and make sure that the
intake camshaft sprocket timing marks are also
aligned.
8. Install the timing belt on the idler pulley, oil pump
sprocket, and crankshaft sprocket, in this order.
NOTE: There should be no slack in the installed
portion of the belt.
9. Install the timing belt on the tensioner pulley.
NOTE: Turning slightly the intake camshaft
sprocket anti-clockwise will facilitate installation of
the belt on the tensioner pulley.
10.Turn slightly the crankshaft sprocket clockwise to
take up the slack in the idler pulley portion of the
timing belt.
11.Check that each of the timing marks on the
crankshaft, oil pump, and exhaust camshaft
sprockets is one sprocket tooth away from its
mating timing mark in the anti-clockwise direction.
12.Turn the tensioner pulley anti-clockwise using the
special tool Tension pulley socket wrench
(MD998767) to give tension to the belt and hold
the tensioner in position by temporarily tightening
the tensioner lock bolt.
NOTE: Take up the slack in the belt portion
between the intake and exhaust camshaft sprock-
ets.
AK501746
AK501747
Timing marks
AB
AK202762AE
Crankshaft
sprocket
Oil pump
sprocket
AK501748AB
V.V.T.
sprocket
Tensioner
pulley
AK202763AB
Crankshaft
sprocket
AK202764
MD998767
AD
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-26
13.Turn the crankshaft clockwise to make the timing
mark align with the No.1 cylinder top dead centre
mark.
14.Install the special tool Set screw (MD998738) and
turn down the tool until the wire (inserted in the
auto-tensioner when it was installed) can be
moved freely.
15.Loosen the tensioner pulley lock bolt.
CAUTION
Prevent the timing belt from slipping as it
becomes loose following rotation of the intake
and exhaust camshafts.
16.Turn the torque wrench attached to the special
tool Tension pulley socket wrench (MD998767)
anti-clockwise until the slack in the timing belt is
taken up.
17.Turn the torque wrench clockwise from the
position of step 16 until the torque wrench reading
becomes 3.5 Nm, then tighten the tensioner
pulley lock bolt.
18.Remove the special tool Set screw (MD998738)
that was installed in step 14.
19.Turn the crankshaft clockwise two turns, then let it
alone for approx. 15 minutes.
20.Check that the wire (inserted in the auto-tensioner
when it was installed) can be moved freely. If the
wire can be pulled freely, the belt tensioner is
adjusted properly. Remove the wire. At that time,
check that the auto-tensioner rod extends by the
specified amount.
Standard value: 3.8 4.5 mm
CAUTION
Be sure to check the tightening torque of the
crankshaft bolt anytime the crankshaft has been
turned anti-clockwise. If the torque lower than
specification, tighten the bolt to the specified
torque.
21.If the wire cannot be pulled out freely, perform the
steps 14 through 18 again to make the belt
tension proper.
>>M<< PLUG CAP INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not reuse the washer.
1. Install the washer to the plug cap.
with a wrench, tighten the plug cap to the
specified torque of 32 2 Nm.
AK202774
MD998738
AD
AK202775
MD998767
AD
AK202829
Extension
amount
AB
AK403836
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-27
>>N<< SEMICIRCULAR PACKING
INSTALLATION
1. Remove thoroughly the old sealant and FIPG
remaining on the semicircular packing, cylinder
head, and rocker cover.
2. Apply sealant to the surface indicated in the
drawing of the semicircular packing.
Specified sealant:
3M ATD No.8660 or equivalent
3. Install the semicircular packing on the cylinder
head.
4. Apply sealant to the area indicated in the drawing
of the semicircular packing and cylinder head.
Specified sealant:
>>O<< ROCKER COVER/ROCKER
COVER GASKET "A" INSTALLATION
1. Apply beads of FIPG on the surfaces of the rocker
cover indicated in the drawing.
Specified sealant:
equivalent
2. Install the rocker cover gasket "A" on the rocker
cover before the FIPG hardens.
3. Apply beads of FIPG to the surfaces of the rocker
cover indicated in the drawing.
Specified sealant:
equivalent
4. Install the rocker cover on the cylinder head
before the FIPG hardens.
INSPECTION
M1113002000500
TIMING BELT
Check closely the entire timing belt.
Replace it if any of the following conditions is found.
1. Hardened back side rubber.
Back side surface is glossy, lacking in elasticity,
and so hard that no impression is left when
pressed with fingernail.
AK202860AB
AK304411AB
10 mm
10 mm
Semicircular
packing
Cylinder head
AK304203AB
Timing belt side
AK304204AB
Timing belt side
AK202794
TIMING BELT
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-28
2. Cracks in back rubber surface.
3. Cracks in canvas.
4. Cracks in tooth roots.
5. Cracks in belt sides.
6. Abnormally worn belt sides;
NOTE: belt sides are normal if they have
knife-cut surfaces.
7. Badly worn teeth.
Initial stage: Canvas is worn (canvas fiber is fluffy;
teeth look whitish due to worn-out rubber; canvas
texture is unclear)
Second stage: Canvas is lost and rubber is exposed
(tooth width narrows down)
8. Missing tooth.
AUTO-TENSIONER
1. Check the auto-tensioner for leaks from the
sealed sections.
Replace it if leaky.
2. Check the rod end for wear and other damage.
Replace the auto-tensioner if the rod is badly
worn or damaged.
3. Measure the extension length of the rod.
If it is not within the standard value range, replace
the auto-tensioner.
Standard value: 12 mm
4. Press the rod with a force of 98 to 196 N and
measure the amount of retraction. If the
measurement exceeds the standard value,
replace the auto-tensioner.
Standard value: 1 mm maximum
AK202793
Cracks
Peeling of canvas
Cracks in tooth roots
Cracks
AB
Cracks in sides
AK202795
Rounded edge
Abnormal wear
(Fluffy strand)
AB
AK202796
Missing
Tooth
Canvas lost and
rubber exposed
AB
AK301307AD
12 mm
AK301308AE
98 to 196 N
Movement
FUEL AND EMISSION PARTS
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-29
M1113002200485
AK203808
20 2 Nm
19 3 Nm
8.8 2.0 Nm
1
10
6
15
3
5
12
8
9
AE
12 1 Nm
2
4
7
13
14
11
Removal steps
1. Throttle body
>>C<<2. Throttle body gasket
3. EGR valve
4. EGR valve gasket
5. Fuel hose
>>B<<6. Fuel pressure regulator
7. O-ring
8. Injector and delivery pipe
9. Insulator
10. Fuel return pipe
11. Insulator
>>A<<12. Injector
13. O-ring
14. Grommet
15. Delivery pipe
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-30
>>A<< INJECTOR INSTALLATION
1. Apply a thin coat of engine oil to a new O-ring.
CAUTION
Prevent engine oil from getting into the delivery
pipe.
2. Insert the injector into the delivery pipe while
turning it in both directions carefully not to
damage the O-ring.
3. Check that the injector turns smoothly. If it does
not, the O-ring may be jamming, so remove the
injector and check the O-ring for damage. If the
O-ring is intact, insert the injector into the delivery
pipe and check it for smooth rotation again.
>>B<< FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
INSTALLATION
1. Apply a thin coat of engine oil to a new O-ring.
CAUTION
Prevent engine oil from getting into the delivery
pipe.
2. Insert the fuel pressure regulator into the delivery
pipe while turning it in both directions carefully not
to damage the O-ring.
3. Check that the fuel pressure regulator turns
smoothly. If it does not, the O-ring may be
jamming, so remove the fuel pressure regulator
and check the O-ring for damage. If the O-ring is
intact, insert it into the delivery pipe and check it
for smooth rotation again.
>>C<< THROTTLE BODY GASKET
INSTALLATION
Install the throttle body gasket with its tab located as
AK203932AG
Tab
INLET MANIFOLD
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-31
INLET MANIFOLD
M1113026100211
>>A<< INLET MANIFOLD STAY INSTAL-
LATION
Tighten the bolts to the specified torque 31 3 Nm
on both ends after making sure that the stay is in
close contact with the bosses on the inlet manifold
and cylinder block.
AK501690AB
1
2
3
4
36 6 Nm
19 3 Nm
36 6 Nm
20 2 Nm
36 6 Nm
31 3 Nm
Removal steps
1. Engine hanger
>>A<< 2. Inlet manifold stay
3. Inlet manifold
4. Inlet manifold gasket
AK202865
Inlet manifold
stay
AD
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-32
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
M1113004901007
AK501691AB
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
9.0 1.0 Nm
64 5 Nm
19 3 Nm
17 2 Nm
31 2 Nm
33 6 Nm
10 1 Nm
42 7 Nm
19 1 Nm
14 1 Nm
23 3 Nm
35 6 Nm
59 5 Nm
44 5 Nm
3
11 1 Nm
10 1 Nm
42 7 Nm
55 10 Nm
12
23 3 Nm
Removal steps
1. Engine hanger
2. Turbocharge heat protector
3. Oxygen sensor
4. Exhaust fitting bracket
5. Exhaust fitting
6. Exhaust fitting gasket
7. Air outlet fitting
>>C<< 8. Air outlet fitting gasket
9. Oil return pipe
10. Oil return pipe gasket
>>B<< 11. Oil return pipe gasket
12. Exhaust manifold heat protector
13. Turbocharge assembly and pipe
assembly
14. Turbocharge gasket
15. Oil pipe
16. Water pipe "B"
17. Water pipe "A"
18. Turbocharge assembly
>>A<< 19. Exhaust manifold
20. Exhaust manifold gasket
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-33
>>A<< EXHAUST MANIFOLD INSTALLA-
TION
1. Hand tighten all the exhaust manifold mounting
nuts.
2. Tighten the M8 nuts to 29 3 Nm in the indicated
sequence.
3. Tighten the M10 nuts to 49 5 Nm in the
indicated sequence.
4. Tighten the M8 nuts again to 29 3 Nm in the
indicated sequence.
5. Finally tighten the M10 nuts and the M8 nuts to
the specified torque, both in the indicated
sequence.
Tightening torque:
33 6 Nm <M8>
55 10 Nm <M10>
>>B<< OIL RETURN PIPE GASKET
INSTALLATION
Install the oil return pipe gasket with its tab located
as shown in the drawing.
NOTE: The gasket on the turbocharger end of the
pipe does not require special alignment for installa-
tion.
>>C<< OUTLET FITTING GASKET
INSTALLATION
Install the air outlet fitting gasket with its tab located
as shown in the drawing.
AK202866
1 7 9 8 2
6 5 4 3
AB
AK304540AB
Tab
AK202868
Tab
A
A AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-34
M1113017900491
AK501692AB
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
23 2 Nm
13 2 Nm
14 1 Nm
14
15
16
10 1 Nm
11 1 Nm
23 4 Nm
29 10 Nm
11 1 Nm
6
23 4 Nm
11 1 Nm
10 1 Nm
Removal sequence
1. Water hose
2. Water hose
3. Water hose
4. Water hose
>>C<< 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor
>>B<< 6. Engine coolant temperature gauge
unit
7. Water outlet fitting
8. Thermostat
9. Thermostat housing
10. Gasket
>>A<< 11. Water inlet pipe
>>A<< 12. O-ring
>>A<< 13. O-ring
14. Water pump
15. Water pump gasket
16. Detonation sensor
Removal sequence (Continued)
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-35
>>A<< O-RING/WATER INLET PIPE
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Never allow any oil or grease to touch the
O-rings.
Clamp the water inlet pipe only after installa-
tion of the thermostat case.
Replace the O-rings at both ends of the water inlet
pipe with new ones. Insert the O-rings into the water
pump and thermostat housing after wetting their
peripheries with water.
>>B<< ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT
INSTALLATION
1. Remove all old sealant remaining on the threaded
hole in the engine coolant temperature gauge unit
and the thermostat housing.
NOTE: A new engine coolant temperature gauge
unit is coated with sealant. It does not require
coating with sealant before installation.
2. Apply sealant to the indicated threads of the
engine coolant temperature gauge unit.
Specified sealant:
3M Nut Locking Part No.4171 or equivalent
>>C<< ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSTALLATION
CAUTION
When using a tool, avoid letting it touch the con-
nector portion which is made of plastic.
1. Remove all old sealant remaining on the threads
of the engine coolant temperature sensor and in
the threaded hole in the thermostat housing.
2. Apply sealant to the engine coolant temperature
sensor's threads indicated in the drawing.
Specified sealant:
3M ATD Part No.8660 or equivalent
AK202800AB
AK202799AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-36
M1113005401179
AK403842AC
30 3 Nm
11 1 Nm
42 2 Nm
30 3 Nm
11 1 Nm
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27 28
29
30
32
20 1 Nm
11 1 Nm
22 4 Nm
14 1 Nm
10 2 Nm
11 1 Nm
31
11 1 Nm
11
22 4 Nm
14 1 Nm
9
10 2 Nm
7
12
8
10
Apply engine oil to
all moving parts
before installation.
Removal steps
>>J<< 1. Camshaft position sensor
2. O-ring
>>I<< 3. Cover
>>I<< 4. Gasket
>>H<< 5. Camshaft position sensing cylinder
>>G<< 6. Camshaft position sensor support
>>J<< 7. Camshaft position sensor
8. O-ring
>>I<< 9. Cover
>>I<< 10. Gasket
>>H<< 11. Camshaft position sensing cylinder
>>G<< 12. Camshaft position sensor support
>>F<< 13. Camshaft oil seal
>>E<< 14. Bearing cap, rear right
>>E<< 15. Bearing cap, rear left
>>E<< 16. Bearing cap, front
>>E<< 17. Bearing cap No.5
>>D<< 21. Camshaft
22. Rocker arm
<<A>> >>C<< 23. Lash adjuster
24. Oil delivery body
25. Oil feeder control valve
26. O-ring
27. Check valve
>>B<< 28. Eye bolt
29. Oil pipe
>>A<< 30. Oil feeder control valve filter
31. Oil pipe joint
32. Gasket
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-37
SERVICE POINTS FOR REMOVAL
<<A>> LASH ADJUSTER REMOVAL
CAUTION
When reusing a lash adjuster, it must be washed
and inspected before installation. (Refer to
P.11B-39, the instruction under LASH ADJUSTER
in the INSPECTION section.)
>>A<< OIL FEEFER CONTROL VALVE
FILTER INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Install the OCV filter on which no foreign materi-
als, no defects and no deformation are con-
firmed.
>>B<< EYE BOLT INSTALLATION
NOTE: When the oil pipe joint is rotated together with
the eye bolt at the installation, the oil pump would be
possibly damaged.
Holding the oil pipe joint with a spanner, tighten the
eye bolt to the specified torque of 42 2 Nm.
>>C<< LASH ADJUSTER INSTALLATION
CAUTION
When reusing a lash adjuster, it must be washed
and inspected before installation. (Refer to
P.11B-39, the instruction under LASH ADJUSTER
in the INSPECTION section.)
Install the lash adjuster into the rocker arm, being
careful not to spill the diesel fuel it contains.
>>D<< CAMSHAFT INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not confuse the intake camshaft with the
exhaust camshaft.
As shown in the illustration, the shapes of the
intake camshaft and the exhaust camshaft are
different.
>>E<< BEARING CAP INSTALLATION
1. Set each camshaft with its dowel pin at the top.
2. The bearing caps No. 2 to 5 are identical in shape
for both intake and exhaust camshafts. Check the
identification mark on each cap before installation.
Identification mark (stamped on front and
Nos. 2 5 bearing caps)
I: intake camshaft
E: exhaust camshaft
3. Remove completely sealant remaining on the
bearing caps and cylinder head.
AK403894AC
Eye bolt
Oil pipe joint
Spanner
AK501789AB
Intake camshaft
Exhaust camshaft
Timing belt side
AK203979AC
Dowel pin
AK202870
Cap number
Intake/exhaust
identification
letter
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-38
4. Apply sealant to the surfaces indicated in the
drawing.
Specified sealant:
5. Install each bearing cap and tighten its bolts in two
or three passes.
6. Finally tighten the bolts to 20 1 Nm.
7. Check that the rocker arms are correctly installed.
NOTE: Wipe off any squeezed out sealant com-
pletely.
>>F<< CAMSHAFT OIL SEAL
INSTALLATION
Use the special tool Camshaft oil seal installer
(MD998713) to drive each oil seal into position in the
cylinder head.
>>G<< CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
SUPPORT INSTALLATION
1. Remove completely the FIPG remaining on the
camshaft position sensor support and cylinder
head.
2. Apply a 3 1 mm diameter bead of FIPG to the
indicated surface of the camshaft position sensor
support.
Specified sealant:
equivalent
>>H<< CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSING
CYLINDER INSTALLATION
1. Turn the exhaust camshaft to the No.1 cylinder
top dead centre position.
NOTE: The camshaft will slightly turn counter-
clockwise by the force of the exhaust valve spring.
2. Install the camshaft position sensing cylinder with
the vanes and paint located as shown in the
drawing.
>>I<< COVER / GASKET INSTALLATION
1. Before the cover and the gasket installations,
confirm the vanes and paint of the every sensing
cylinder are in position indicated in the illustration
with the camshaft on No.1 top dead center of
compression stroke.
AK202871AB
AK304515
MD998713
AB
AK403895AC
Intake side Exhaust side
AK501669AB
Vane (small)
Vane (big)
Paint
AK501669AB
Vane (small)
Vane (big)
Paint
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-39
2. At the intake side, install the cover notch and the
gasket projection in position indicated in the
illustration, and then tighten them to the specified
torque of 14 1 Nm.
At the exhaust side, the cover and the gasket do
not have the specified direction or angle of the
installation.
NOTE: The cover and the gasket have no differ-
ence between the front and the reverse sides.
>>J<< CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
INSTALLATION
Install the camshaft position sensor with paying
attention to the installation direction because an
identification paint is not applied to the camshaft
position sensor at the intake side.
INSPECTION
M1113005500979
CAMSHAFT
Measure the cam height (nose-to-heel diameter).
If any cam is worn beyond the limit, replace the cam-
shaft.
Standard value:
Intake: 35.96 mm
Exhaust: 35.49 mm
Limit:
Intake: 35.46 mm
Exhaust: 34.99 mm
LASH ADJUSTERS
CAUTION
The lash adjuster is a precision-engineered
component. Do not allow dust or other for-
eign matter to enter it.
Do not disassemble lash adjusters.
Use only non-contaminated diesel fuel to
clean the lash adjuster.
1. Prepare three containers and approximately five
litres of diesel fuel. Pour into each container the
diesel fuel in an amount enough for a lash
adjuster placed in the container in its upright
position to completely submerge.
2. Place the lash adjuster in container A and wash
its outside surface.
NOTE: Use a nylon brush if there are
hard-to-remove deposits.
AK403948AC
Exhaust side Intake side
Projection
Notch
Notch
Projection
AK501790
Paint
AB
AK202797AB
AK202836
A B C
For rough
cleaning
For finish
cleaning
For diesel
fuel filling
AB
AK300587AB
Diesel fuel
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-40
CAUTION
The steel ball spring of the lash adjuster is
extremely weak. The lash adjuster's functionality
may be badly affected if the special tool is
inserted too strongly.
3. While gently pushing the internal steel ball using
the special tool Air bleed wire (MD998442), move
the plunger in and out 5 10 times to eliminate
stiffness in the plunger and expel contaminated
oil.
NOTE: The plunger must be free from jamming
and any other abnormalities. If a defect is found in
plunger operation, replace the lash adjuster.
CAUTION
The hole in the side of the lash adjuster must be
directed toward the inside of container A. Never
direct it against any person.
4. Take the lash adjuster out of the container, then
move the plunger by pushing the steel ball gently
to discharge the diesel fuel from the pressure
chamber.
CAUTION
The steel ball spring of the lash adjuster is
extremely weak. The lash adjuster's functionality
may be badly affected if the special tool is
inserted too strongly.
5. Soak the lash adjuster in the diesel fuel in
container B. Move the plunger in and out 5 10
times by gently pushing the internal steel ball
using the special tool Air bleed wire (MD998442)
until the plunger moves smoothly to wash the lash
adjusters pressure chamber.
CAUTION
The hole in the side of the lash adjuster must be
directed toward the inside of container B. Never
direct it against any person.
6. Take the lash adjuster out of the container, then
move the plunger by pushing the steel ball gently
to discharge the diesel fuel from the pressure
chamber.
AK202839
MD998442
AB
Diesel fuel
AK202840
Diesel fuel
MD998442
AC
AK202839
MD998442
AB
Diesel fuel
AK202840
Diesel fuel
MD998442
AC
AK202841
Diesel fuel
MD998442
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-41
CAUTION
Do not use container C for cleaning. If cleaning is
performed in container C, foreign matter could
enter the pressure chamber when the chamber is
filled with diesel fuel.
7. Soak the lash adjuster in the diesel fuel in
container C. Gently push the internal steel ball
using the special tool Air bleed wire (MD998442).
8. Place the lash adjuster upright with the plunger at
the top. Push the plunger firmly until it makes a
full stroke, then return the plunger slowly and
release the hold of the steel ball to allow the
pressure chamber to be filled with diesel fuel.
9. Take the lash adjuster out of the container, place it
upright with the plunger at the top, and push the
plunger firmly. The plunger must not move at all.
NOTE: If the lash adjuster contracts, perform the
operations 7 through 9 again. Replace the lash
adjuster if it still contracts even after the pressure
chamber has completely been filled with diesel
fuel (air has been bled).
10.Keep the serviced lash adjusters in their upright
positions to prevent diesel fuel from spilling out.
Protect them from dust or other foreign matter.
Install the lash adjusters onto the engine as soon
as possible.
AK202842
Diesel fuel MD998442
AB
AK202843
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-42
M1113006900583
AK203813
3
15
16
14
9
11
19
12
13
10
20
18
7
17
1
2
8
4
5
6
AC
Apply engine oil to
all moving parts
78 2 Nm 0 Nm
20 2 Nm +90 +90
Removal steps
<<A>> >>D<< 1. Cylinder head bolt
2. Cylinder head assembly
3. Cylinder head gasket
<> >>C<< 4. Retainer lock
5. Valve spring retainer
>>B<< 6. Valve spring
7. Intake valve
<> >>C<< 8. Retainer lock
9. Valve spring retainer
>>B<< 10. Valve spring
<<D>> 11. Exhaust valve
<<C>> >>A<< 12. Valve stem seal
13. Valve spring seat
<<C>> >>A<< 14. Valve stem seal
15. Valve spring seat
16. Intake valve guide
17. Exhaust valve guide
18. Intake valve seat
19. Exhaust valve seat
20. Cylinder head
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-43
<<A>> CYLINDER HEAD BOLT REMOVAL
Use the special tool Cylinder head bolt wrench
(MB991654) to loosen the cylinder head bolts.
<> RETAINER LOCK REMOVAL
Compress the valve spring using the special tool
Valve spring compressor (MD998735 or MD998772),
then remove the retainer lock.
NOTE: Store removed valves, springs and other
parts, after putting to each of them a tag that identi-
fies its cylinder No. or installation location.
<<C>> VALVE STEM SEAL REMOVAL
Do not reuse removed valve stem seal.
<<D>> VALVE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
Sodium reacts violently with water or mois-
ture generation heat and liberating hydro-
gen. It must be handled with utmost care
because otherwise the following dangerous
conditions may result:
Loss of eyesight if sodium gets in eyes.
Burns if sodium contacts skin.
Fire hazard.
1. Handling of Sodium-filled Exhaust Valves
(1) Sodium-filled exhaust valves are not
dangerous and may be handled in the same
way as ordinary valves unless they are
broken.
(2) Never try to break the valves and expose
sodium to the air.
(3) When worn exhaust valves are to be
discarded, have them disposed of by a
salvage company equipped with special
disposal system, notifying them that the valves
contain sodium.
(4) Should the exhaust valves be broken,
neutralize sodium using the method described
below, and discard the valves in the same way
as ordinary valves.
CAUTION
Do not let the solution contact the eyes or the
skin.
Should it get in the eyes, immediately flush
them with clean water thoroughly, and receive
medical attention. When it contacts he skin,
wash with ample amounts of clean water.
AK202723
MB991654
AE
AK202873
MD998735
AD
AK202742
MD998772
AD
AK304633
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-44
2. How to Neutralize Sodium
(1) Place a container filled with more than 10 litres
of water in a well ventilated large space.
(2) Wear rubber gloves and goggles, and carefully
take out broken valves from the cylinder head.
CAUTION
Valves must be neutralized one at a time.
Put a valve in the container only after sodium
in the preceding one has completely reacted
with water.
(3) Put a broken valves in the water-filled
container and quickly get away from the
container at least 2 or 3 m.
(4) Keep fire away from the container during the
neutralization. The resulting hydrogen gas is
highly explosive.
NOTE: The reaction occurs when water enters
the cavity in he valve. Hydrogen gas may be
trapped inside the valve, temporarily blocking
the water passage. In such a case, wait until
hydrogen gas in released and remaining
sodium reacts with water.
(5) After the neutralization of sodium, water in the
container contains sodium hydroxide and is
highly alkaline. The water solution should be
disposed of according to local regulations.
>>A<< VALVE STEM SEAL INSTALLA-
TION
CAUTION
The special tool must always be used when
installing the valve stem seal. Improper installa-
tion could result in oil leaks past the valve guide.
1. Install the valve spring seat.
2. Install the valve.
3. Apply a thin coat of engine oil to a new valve stem
seal.
4. Use the special tool Valve stem seal installer
(MD998737) to install the stem seal on the valve
guide. Use the stem of the valve to guide the stem
seal.
NOTE: Do not confuse the stem seals for intake
valves with those for exhaust valves.
>>B<< VALVE SPRING INSTALLATION
Install the valve spring whose small diameter is
shown from the rocker arm side.
AK304485
MD998737
AC
AK304538AB
Intake valve stem seal
Colour: Gray
Exhaust valve stem seal
Colour: Grayish green
AK305040AB
Small diameter
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-45
>>C<< RETAINER LOCK INSTALLATION
Compress the valve spring using the special tool
Valve spring compressor (MD998735 or MD998772),
then install the retainer lock.
>>D<< CYLINDER HEAD BOLT
INSTALLATION
1. When reusing a cylinder head bolt, check that its
nominal length (shank length) is not greater than
the limit. If the limit is exceeded, replace the bolt.
Limit: 99.4 mm
2. Apply engine oil to the threads and washer of the
bolt.
3. Tighten the bolts to 78 2 Nm in the indicated
sequence.
NOTE: Use the special tool Cylinder head bolt
wrench (MB991654) to tighten the bolts.
4. Loosen all the bolts completely.
5. Tighten the bolts again to a torque of 20 2 Nm
in the indicated sequence.
CAUTION
If the tightening angle is smaller than 90,
proper fastening performance could not be
assured. Be sure to respect that angle.
If the bolt is tightened to an angle greater than
the specified angle, loosen the bolt com-
pletely and then retighten it beginning with
the first step.
6. Make paint marks on each bolts head and on the
cylinder head.
7. Turn the bolts 90 in the tightening direction and in
the indicated sequence.
AK202873
MD998735
AD
AK202742
MD998772
AD
AK300591AB
Shank length
AK202723
MB991654
AE
1 3 9 6 8
2 5 7 4 10
AK202806
Timing belt side
AB
AK202720
Paint marks
90
90
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-46
8. Give another 90 turn in the tightening direction to
each bolt, making sure that the paint mark on the
bolt head and that on the cylinder head are on the
same line.
INSPECTION
M1113007000981
CYLINDER HEAD
1. Before cleaning the cylinder head, check it for
traces of water and gas leakage and for cracks
and any other damage.
2. Thoroughly remove oils, scale, sealants, carbon
and other contamination. Clean the oil passages,
then check using compressed air that they are not
blocked.
CAUTION
The thickness of the metal that can be removed
by grinding from both the cylinder head and the
mating cylinder block is limited to 0.2 mm in
total.
3. Check the cylinder head gasket surface for warp
using a straightedge and thickness gauge.
If the surface is warped beyond the limit, grind the
surface for rectification.
Gasket surface warp
Standard value: Less than 0.05 mm
Limit: 0.2 mm
Grinding limit: 0.2 mm
Cylinder head height (standard value for new
part): 131.9 132.1 mm
VALVES
1. Check the valve face for correct contact with the
seat. Reface the valve if the contact is partial or
one sided.
2. Measure the margin.
Replace the valve if its margin is smaller than the
limit.
Standard values:
Intake 1.0 mm
Exhaust 1.5 mm
Limits:
Intake 0.5 mm
Exhaust 1.0 mm
3. Measure the total length of the valve.
Replace the valve if the length is less than the
limit.
Standard values:
Intake 109.5 mm
Exhaust 109.7 mm
Limits:
Intake 109.0 mm
Exhaust 109.2 mm
AK202724
AK300593AB
Margin
Contact
(Should be at
centre of face)
AK202876
Total length
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-47
VALVE SPRINGS
1. Measure the free height of the spring.
Replace the spring if its height is smaller than the
limit.
Standard value: 50.4 mm
Limit: 49.4 mm
2. Measure the squareness of the spring.
Replace the spring if it is out of square beyond the
limit.
Standard value: 1.5 or smaller
Limit: 4
VALVE GUIDE
Measure the valve guide inside diameter and valve
stem diameter to calculate the clearance between
the valve guide and valve stem.
If the limit is exceeded, replace the valve guide or
valve, or both.
Standard values:
Intake 0.02 0.05 mm
Exhaust 0.05 0.09 mm
Limits:
Intake 0.10 mm
Exhaust 0.15 mm
VALVE SEATS
With the valve installed in position and its face
pressed against the valve seat, measure the valve
stem projection (distance between the valve stem
end and spring seating surface). If the measurement
exceeds the limit, replace the valve seat.
Standard values:
Intake 49.2 mm
Exhaust 48.4 mm
Limits:
Intake 49.7 mm
Exhaust 48.9 mm
VALVE SEAT RECONDITIONING
1. Before reconditioning the valve seat, check the
clearance between the valve guide and valve
stem and, if necessary, replace the valve guide.
2. Resurface the valve seat to the indicated width
and angles.
3. After resurfacing, lap the valve and valve seat
using lapping compound.
AK300594
Out of square
Free height
AB
AK300168 Guide inside diameter
Stem diameter
Valve
guide
AE
AK202814
Valve stem
projection
Valve stem
end
Spring
seating
surface
AB
AK202850
0.9 1.3 mm
0.9 1.3mm
65
65
15 25
43.5 44
AC
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-48
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT
1. Cut inside of the valve seat to be replaced until its
wall becomes thin enough for removal, then
remove the valve seat.
2. Rebore the valve seat hole in the cylinder head to
a diameter matched to the diameter of the
selected oversize valve seat.
Intake valve seat hole diameters:
0.3 oversize: 35.30 35.33 mm
0.6 oversize: 35.60 35.63 mm
Exhaust valve seat hole diameters:
0.3 oversize: 33.30 33.33 mm
0.6 oversize: 33.60 33.63 mm
3. Before fitting the valve seat, cool it in liquid
nitrogen to prevent damage to its hole in the
cylinder head due to interference.
4. Resurface the valve seat. See the VALVE SEAT
RECONDITIONING section.
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
1. Force out the valve guide toward the cylinder
block using a press.
CAUTION
Do not use a replacement valve guide of the
same size as the removed one.
2. Machine the valve guide hole in the cylinder head
to the size matched to the selected oversize valve
guide.
Valve guide hole diameters
0.05 oversize: 12.05 12.07 mm
0.25 oversize: 12.25 12.27 mm
0.50 oversize: 12.50 12.52 mm
3. Press-fit the valve guide until it remains protruded
above the cylinder head by the amount indicated
in the drawing.
NOTE: Press the valve guide from above the cyl-
inder head.
NOTE: The valve guides for the intake valves are
different in length from those for the exhaust
valves (45.5 mm for intake valves; 50.5 mm for
exhaust valves)
4. After installing the valve guide, insert a new valve
in it to check for smooth movement.
AK300719AB
0.5 1 mm
0.5 1 mm
Cut
AK300720AB
Oversize hole diameter
Valve seat
height
AK202877
19.2 19.8 mm
AC
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-49
M1113008100464
AK304531AB
4
1
5
8
6
7
17
18
19
9
12
11
13
14
10
16
21
22
23
24
26
27
25
20
29
28
31
9.0 3.0 Nm
9.0 1.0 Nm
23 3 Nm
54 5 Nm
44 5 Nm
36 3 Nm
10 2 Nm
17 1 Nm
22 4 Nm
19 3 Nm
30
32
2
19 3 Nm
23 3 Nm
23 3 Nm
15
14 2 Nm
19 3 Nm
Apply engine oil to
all moving parts
39 5 Nm
3
Removal steps
1. Drain plug
>>N<< 2. Drain plug gasket
3. Oil level sensor
>>M<< 4. Oil filter
<<A>> >>L<< 5. Oil pan
6. Oil screen
7. Gasket
8. Baffle plate
<> >>K<< 9. Oil pressure switch
10.Oil cooler by-pass valve
11. Relief plug
12.Gasket
13.Relief spring
14.Relief plunger
15.Oil filter bracket
16.Gasket
<<C>> >>J<< 17.Plug
18.O-ring
<<D>> >>I<< 19.Flange bolt
>>H<< 20.Front case
21.Gasket
22.Oil pump cover
>>G<< 23.Oil pump driven gear
>>G<< 24.Oil pump drive gear
>>F<< 25.Crankshaft front oil seal
>>E<< 26.Counterbalancer shaft oil seal
>>D<< 27.Oil pump oil seal
28.Counterbalancer shaft, right
29.Counterbalancer shaft, left
<<E>> >>C<< 30.Counterbalancer shaft front bearing
<<F>> >>B<< 31.Counterbalancer shaft rear bearing,
right
<<F>> >>A<< 32.Counterbalancer shaft rear bearing,
left
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-50
<<A>> OIL PAN REMOVAL
1. Remove the oil pan bolts.
2. Insert the special tool Oil pen remover
(MD998727) into the joint between the cylinder
block and oil pan by tapping the tool with a
hammer.
3. Remove the oil pan by tapping an edge of the
special tool with a hammer to move it sideways.
<> OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
REMOVAL
Using the special tool Oil pressure switch socket
wrench (MD998012) to removal the oil pressure
switch
<<C>> PLUG REMOVAL
Fit the teeth of the special tool in notches of the plug
as shown in the drawing and support the tool with the
special tool to loosen the plug.
Plug wrench (MD998162)
Plug wrench retainer (MD998783)
<<D>> FLANGE BOLT REMOVAL
1. Remove the plug on the left side of the cylinder
block. Insert a cross point screwdriver (shank
diameter 8 mm) into the plug hole more than 60
mm to prevent the left counterbalancer shaft from
rotating.
2. Loosen and remove the flange bolt.
<<E>> COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
FRONT BEARING REMOVAL
AK202574
MD998727
AD
AK300617AC
MD998012
AK202585
MD998162
MD998783
AC
AK202752
Crosspoint
screwdriver
AD
Plug
AK304384
AK202633
Front
bearing
MD998371
AE
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-51
CAUTION
Remove the front bearing first. Otherwise, the
special tool cannot be used.
Use the special tool Silent shaft bearing puller
(MD998371) to remove the counterbalancer shaft
front bearing from the cylinder block.
<<F>> COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
REAR BEARING REMOVAL
1. Use the special tool Silent shaft bearing puller
(MD998372) to remove the counterbalancer shaft
rear bearings from the cylinder block.
2. When removing the rear bearing of the left
counterbalancer shaft, install the special tool
Silent shaft bearing installer stopper (MB991603)
on the front of the cylinder block and use a special
tool Silent shaft bearing puller (MD998372) to pull
out the bearing.
>>A<< COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
REAR BEARING, LEFT INSTALLATION
1. Install the special tool Silent shaft bearing installer
stopper (MB991603) on the cylinder block.
2. Set the rear bearing on the special tool Silent
shaft bearing installer (MD998705).
NOTE: The left counterbalancer shaft rear bearing
has no oil hole.
3. Force the rear bearing into the cylinder block by
sticking the special tool.
>>B<< COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
REAR BEARING, RIGHT INSTALLATION
1. Install the guide pin of the special tool Silent shaft
bearing installer (MD998705) on the cylinder
block.
2. Set the bearing on the special tool with its oil hole
on the ratchet ball.
AK202634
MB991603
MD998372
AC
AK202548
MB991603
MD998705
(Stopper)
AC
AK300619AF
MB991603 MD998705
(Stopper)
Rear bearing
AK304433
MD998705
(Guide pin)
AB
AK300620AE
Ratchet ball
Front bearing right
Oil hole
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-52
3. Insert the special tool while passing the guide pin
through its hole and force the bearing into position
by striking the tool.
>>C<< COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT
FRONT BEARING INSTALLATION
1. Detach from the special tool Silent shaft bearing
installer (MD998705) its element for rear bearing
installation.
2. Install the guide pin of the special tool on the
cylinder block.
3. Set the bearing on the special tool with its oil hole
on the ratchet ball.
4. Insert the special tool Silent shaft bearing installer
(MD998705) into the cylinder block while passing
the guide pin through its hole and force the
bearing into position by striking the tool.
AK304434AC
MD998705
(Guide pin)
MD998705
(Stopper)
AK300622AF
MD998705
(Stopper)
AK300623AD
Rear bearing
installing portion
MD998705 (Stopper)
AK304433
MD998705
(Guide pin)
AB
AK300621AE
Ratchet ball
Rear bearing right
Oil hole
AK304434AC
MD998705
(Guide pin)
MD998705
(Stopper)
AK300624
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-53
>>D<< OIL PUMP OIL SEAL
INSTALLATION
Use an appropriate socket wrench to install the oil
pump oil seal.
>>E<< COUNTERBALANCER SHAFT OIL
SEAL INSTALLATION
Use an appropriate socket wrench to install the coun-
terbalancer shaft oil seal.
>>F<< CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
INSTALLATION
Use the special tool Crankshaft front oil seal installer
(MD998375) to install the crankshaft oil seal.
>>G<< OIL PUMP DRIVEN GEAR/OIL
PUMP DRIVE GEAR INSTALLATION
Apply engine oil generously to the gears and line up
the alignment marks.
>>H<< FRONT CASE INSTALLATION
1. Install the special tool crankshaft front oil seal
guide (MD998285) on the front end of crankshaft
and apply a thin coat of engine oil to the outer
surface of the special tool. Be sure to use the
special tool when the front case is fitted with an oil
seal.
2. Install the front case on the cylinder block with a
new front case gasket in between and temporarily
tighten all the flange bolts except those that are
used for tightening the filter bracket.
3. Install the oil filter bracket on the front case with
the oil filter bracket gasket in between and
temporarily tighten the washer-assembled bolts.
4. Tighten all the bolts to the specified torques.
AK301070AE
Oil seal
Socket wrench
Front case
AK301071AE
Oil seal
Socket wrench
Front case
AK301072AE
MD998375
Oil seal
Front case
AK202660
Alignment
marks
AB
AK202577
MD998285
Counterbalancer
shaft, right
AC
Counterbalancer
shaft, left
AK202656
MD998285
AC
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-54
>>I<< FLANGE BOLT INSTALLATION
1. Insert a correspond screwdriver (shank diameter
8 mm) into the hole in the left side of the cylinder
block to prevent the counterbalancer shaft from
rotating.
2. Tighten the flange bolts.
>>J<< PLUG INSTALLATION
1. Install a new O-ring on the front case.
2. Use the special tool to tighten the plug to the
specified torque.
Plug wrench (MD998162)
Plug wrench retainer (MD998783)
>>K<< OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Be careful not to block the oil passage with seal-
ant.
1. Apply sealant to the threaded portion.
Specified Sealant:
3M ATD Part No.8660 or equivalent
2. Tighten the oil pressure switch together with the
cylinder block by the specified torque using of the
special tool Oil pressure switch socket wrench
(MD998012).
>>L<< OIL PAN INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not apply FIPG over remaining old FIPG.
Doing so could result in oil leakage.
1. Thoroughly remove old FIPG from the gasket
surfaces of the cylinder block and oil pan.
AK202641
Crosspoint
screwdriver
AC
AK304385
AK202585
MD998162
MD998783
AC
AK300616AB
AK300617AC
MD998012
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-55
CAUTION
Too much FIPG will squeeze out, blocking cool-
ant or oil passages, while too thin a bead could
result in leakage.
2. Apply a 4 mm diameter bead of FIPG to the flange
surface all around the oil pan.
Specified sealant:
equivalent
NOTE: In the grooved areas on the oil pan flange,
apply FIPG bead along the centre of the groove.
3. Install the shorter bolts in the locations indicated
in the drawing.
>>M<< OIL FILTER INSTALLATION
1. Clean the installation surface of the filter bracket.
2. Apply engine oil to the o-ring of the oil filter.
3. Install the oil filter to the bracket and tighten it to
the specified torque.
4. If no torque wrench can be used for tightening,
use the following procedure:
(1) Screw in the oil filter until its o-ring contacts
the oil filter bracket.
(2) Tighten the oil filter 3/4 turn.
>>N<< DRAIN PLUG GASKET
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Installing the gasket with the wrong side facing
the oil pan will result in oil leakage.
Replace the drain plug gasket with a new one. Install
it with the side indicated in the drawing toward the oil
pan.
AK202694
Timing belt side
Bolt hole
area
Grooved
area
AB
AK202693
Timing belt side
M6 8
AC
AK202556
Bracket side
Engine oil
AB
AK300601AE
Drain plug
Oil pan
Gasket
Oil pan
side
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-56
INSPECTION
M1113008200308
COUNTERBALANCE SHAFTS
1. Check that the oil holes are not blocked.
Clean if necessary.
2. Check the journals for seizure, damage and
defective contact with bearings.
If any of these faults is found, replace the
counterbalance shaft, bearings and/or oil pump
case assembly.
OIL PUMP
1. Install the drive and driven gears in the oil pump
case.
2. Measure the gear side clearance using a straight
edge and thickness gauge.
Standard values:
Drive gear 0.08 0.14 mm
Driven gear 0.06 0.12 mm
OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE
1. Make sure that valve moves smoothly.
2. Ensure that the dimension L measures the
standard value under normal temperature and
humidity.
3. The dimension must be the standard value when
measured after the valve has been dipped in 97 to
103C oil.
OIL LEVEL SENSOR
Put the oil level sensor in oil, then move the float
up and down with the oil at a temperature either
lower than 40C or higher than 80C, and check
for continuity.
40C
80C
AK202835AB
AK202831
Float position Switch ON/OFF
Condition when down ON (continuity)
Condition when up ON (continuity)
Float position Switch ON/OFF
Condition when down OFF (no continuity)
Condition when up ON (continuity)
AK000032
L
Valve
AC
AK304606AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-57
M1113008401338
AK501781AB
4
1
2
3
11
9
6
7
8
10
12
5
20 2 Nm +90 to 94
Apply engine oil to
all moving parts
Removal steps
>>G<< 1. Connecting rod cap nut
<<A>> >>F<< 2. Connecting rod cap
>>E<< 3. Connecting rod bearing
<> >>D<< 4. Piston and connecting rod assembly
5. Connecting rod bearing
>>C<< 6. Piston ring No. 1
>>C<< 7. Piston ring No. 2
>>B<< 8. Oil ring
<<C>> >>A<< 9. Piston pin
10. Piston
11. Connecting rod
12. Bolt
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-58
<<A>> CONNECTING ROD CAP
REMOVAL
Mark the cylinder number on the side of the connect-
ing rod big end as a guide for reassembly.
<> PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1. Not to damage the crank pin, attach a special tool
Bolt guide (MB992010), to the connecting rod
bolt.
2. Remove the piston and connecting rod assembly
from the cylinder block.
<<C>> PISTON PIN REMOVAL
The special tool Piston pin setting tool (MD998780),
consists of the elements shown in the drawing.
1. Insert the tool element, Push rod, into the piston
from the front mark side, then attach the element,
Guide C, to the push rod.
2. Place the piston and connecting rod assembly on
the element, Base, with the front mark facing up.
3. Use a press to remove the piston pin.
AK202812
Cylinder
number
AB
AK402310AC
MB992010
Crank pin
AK301431
Push rod
Guide B
Guide C
Guide A: 17.9 mm
Guide A: 18.9 mm
Guide A: 20.9 mm
Guide A: 21.9 mm
Base
AD
AK501782
P
P
Push rod
Front mark
Base
Front mark
Guide C
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-59
NOTE: Keep the disassembled pistons, piston
pins and connecting rods cylinder by cylinder.
>>A<< PISTON PIN INSTALLATION
1. When replacing a piston, check the cylinder bore
size mark stamped at the indicated location on the
cylinder block and select an appropriate
replacement piston using the following table.
NOTE: The piston size mark is located on the pis-
ton top surface.
2. Insert the special tool Push Rod into the piston
pin, and install Guide A.
3. Assemble the piston and the connecting rod
together, ensuring that their front marks are
aligned with each other.
4. Apply engine oil onto the periphery of the piston
pin.
5. Insert the piston pin assembled in Step 1 above
into the piston pin boss. Guide A end of the piston
pin should be inserted first into the front mark end
of the boss.
6. Insert Guide B into Guide A with having 1.25 mm
of the clearance "L" between Guide A and B.
7. Install the piston and connecting rod assembly
with the tools onto the special tool Piston Setting
Base, ensuring that the piston front mark faces
upwards.
8. Using a press, press fit the piston pin. If the force
required to press fit the piston pin is less than the
standard value, replace the piston pin (piston
assembly) or the connecting rod, or both.
Standard value: 7,350 17,100 N
>>B<< OIL RING INSTALLATION
1. Fit the oil ring coil expander and oil ring into the
piston ring groove.
NOTE: Locate the oil ring and coil expander end
gaps as shown in the drawing.
NOTE: New coil expander and oil ring are an
identified by colour marks as follows:
Cylinder bore size mark Piston size mark
I A
II No mark
III C
AK202923
Crankshaft
bore size mark
Timing belt side
No.4
No.1
No.2
No.3
AB
AK304522
L
Guide A Guide B
AC
AK501783
P
P
Push rod
Front mark
Front mark
AB
Base
Guide A
Guide B
AK502373
Coil expander
end gap
Oil ring
end gap
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-60
CAUTION
Use of ring expander to expand the oil ring end
gap can break the oil ring, unlike other piston
rings.
2. To install each coil expander, first fit one end of
the oil ring into the piston groove, then press the
remaining portion progressively into position by
finger as shown in the drawing.
3. Make sure that the installed oil ring move
smoothly in either direction.
>>C<< PISTON RING NO. 2 / PISTON
RING NO. 1 INSTALLATION
Using a piston ring expander, install the piston rings
with their identification marks facing up (toward the
piston crown).
Identification marks:
No.1 ring: 1R
No.2 ring: 2R
NOTE: Each of the available piston rings has a size
mark as follows:
>>D<< PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1. Apply engine oil generously to the piston's outside
surface, piston rings, and oil ring.
2. Align the end gaps of the piston rings and oil ring
(oil ring and coil expander) as shown in the
drawing.
3. Insert the piston and connecting rod assembly
from the top of cylinder with the front mark on the
crown toward the camshaft sprocket.
4. Not to damage the crank pin, attach a special tool
Bolt guide (MB992010), to the connecting rod
bolt.
Size Colour mark
Standard No mark
0.50 mm oversize Red
1.00 mm oversize Yellow
AK202785
Oil ring end
AD
AK202786
Piston ring
expander
AC
AK202807
No. 2
AB
No. 1
Size marks
Identification mark
Size Size mark
Standard No. 1 ring No mark (white paint on
periphery)
No. 2 ring No mark
0.50 mm oversize 50
1.00 mm oversize 100
AK202730
No. 1
No. 2
AE
Piston pin
Coil expander
Oil ring
AK402300AC
MB992010
Bolt
Connecting rod
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-61
CAUTION
Do not strike the assembly with a large force.
Doing so could break the piston rings.
When striking the assembly into cylinder, do
not allow it to interfere with the oil jet.
5. Use a piston ring band to hold the piston rings
compressed when inserting the piston and
connecting rod assembly into the cylinder.
>>E<< CONNECTING ROD BEARING
INSTALLATION
1. When replacing the connecting rod bearing,
select a bearing of the size appropriate for the
crankshaft pin diameter in accordance with the
crankshaft pin and connecting rod bearing
matching table shown below.
2. Crankshaft pin diameter marks are stamped in the
indicated locations.
3. Connecting rod bearing identification mark is
stamped in the indicated location on each
bearing.
<Bearing selection example>
If the crankshaft pin diameter mark is I, select a
bearing marked 1.
If the crankshaft pin diameter mark is illegible,
measure the pin diameter and select a bearing
with the mark corresponding to the measurement.
4. Install the upper and lower halves of the selected
bearing on the connecting rod big end and cap,
respectively.
>>F<< CONNECTING ROD CAP
INSTALLATION
1. Install the bearing cap on the connecting rod while
aligning the marks made during disassembly. If
the connecting rod is new and has no alignment
mark, assemble it with the cap such that the both
bearing locating notches are on the same side as
AK202798
AK202909
Locations of crankshaft pin diameter
marks
No. 3 No. 1
No. 2
No. 4
AB
AK203964AC
Identification mark
Crankshaft pin Connecting rod
bearing
Identification
mark
Diameter mm Identification
mark
I 44.995 45.000 0
II 44.985 44.995 1
III 44.980 44.985 2
AK202813
Cylinder
number
Bearing
locating
notches
AB
AK202821
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-62
2. Make sure that the thrust clearance of the
connecting rod big end is proper.
Limit: 0.4 mm
>>G<< CONNECTING ROD CAP NUT
INSTALLATION
1. The connecting rod cap bolts and nuts are
tightened using the torque-to-yield method. For
this reason, each bolt to be reused must be
checked for elongation before installation.
Whether or not the bolt has been elongated can
be determined by running a nut with fingers
through all the threads of the bolt. If the nut does
not turn smoothly over all the threads, the bolt has
been elongated and must be replaced.
2. Apply engine oil to the threads and bearing
surface of each nut before installation.
3. Finger-tighten the nuts on the bolts, then tighten
the nuts alternately and repeatedly to install the
cap properly.
4. Tighten the nuts to a torque of 20 2 Nm.
5. Make a paint mark on the head of each nut.
CAUTION
If the tightening angle is less than 90, ade-
quate tightness could not be assured.
If the tightening angle exceeds 94, loosen the
nut completely and then perform the tighten-
ing procedure again beginning with the first
step.
6. Make a paint mark on the bolt at a point 90 to 94
away from the paint mark made on the nut in the
tightening direction.
7. Turn the nut 90 to 94 to bring the mark on the
nut into alignment with that on the bolt.
INSPECTION
M1113008500990
PISTON RING
1. Measure the clearance between each piston ring
and its groove. If the limit is exceeded, replace the
ring or piston, or both.
Standard values:
No. 1 ring: 0.03 0.07 mm
No. 2 ring: 0.02 0.06 mm
Limits: 0.1 mm
2. Install a piston ring or oil ring side rail into the
cylinder bore and force it down with the head of a
piston until the ring is at right angles to the
cylinder wall. Measure the end gap with a
thickness gauge.
NOTE: If the end gap is excessive, replace the
piston ring.
Standard values:
No. 1 ring: 0.20 0.30 mm
No. 2 ring: 0.30 0.50 mm
Oil ring: 0.10 0.40 mm
Limits:
No. 1 ring: 0.8 mm
No. 2 ring: 0.8 mm
Oil ring: 1.0 mm
AK300612
Paint marks
Nut
Bolt
Paint marks
90 to 94
AC
AK202787
AK202788
Force ring down
with piston
End gap
Piston ring
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-63
CRANKSHAFT PIN OIL CLEARANCE
(PLASTIGAGE METHOD)
1. Wipe off oil from the crankshaft pin and
connecting rod bearing.
2. Cut a piece of plastigage whose length is
equivalent to the width of the bearing and place it
on the crankshaft pin in parallel with its axis.
3. Install the connecting rod cap carefully and tighten
the nuts to the specified torque 20 2 Nm + 90
to 94.
4. Remove the nuts, then remove the connecting rod
cap carefully.
5. Measure the largest width of the crushed
plastigage using the ruler printed on the bag of the
plastigage.
Limit: 0.1 mm
AK202848
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-64
M1113008700693
AK203816AC
32 2 Nm
6
3
14
15
11
13
8
12
5
9
4
10
1
7
2
25 2 Nm +90
11 1 Nm
9.0 1.0 Nm
132 5 Nm
11 1 Nm
Apply engine oil to
all moving parts
Removal steps
1. Flywheel bolt
2. Flywheel
3. Rear plate
4. Bell housing cover
>>E<< 5. Oil seal case
>>D<< 6. Oil seal
>>C<< 7. Bearing cap bolt
>>C<< 8. Beam bearing cap
>>B<< 9. Crankshaft bearing, lower
10. Crankshaft
>>B<< 11. Crankshaft bearing, upper
>>A<< 12. Thrust bearing
13. Check valve
14. Oil jet
15. Cylinder block
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-65
>>A<< THRUST BEARING INSTALLATION
Install the two thrust bearings in the No. 3 bearing
bore in the cylinder block. Each thrust bearing must
be installed with the grooved end toward the crank-
shaft web.
NOTE: Applying engine oil to the bearings will help
facilitate holding them in position.
>>B<< CRANKSHAFT BEARING
INSTALLATION
1. Location of crankshaft journal diameter marks
<Bearing selection example>
If the crankshaft journal diameter mark is 0 and
the cylinder block bearing bore mark is 1, then
select a bearing with a 2 mark as the No. 1, 2, 4
or 5 bearing and a bearing with a 1 mark as the
No. 3 bearing.
If the crankshaft journal diameter mark is illegible,
measure the journal diameter and select a
bearing with the mark corresponding to the
measurement.
2. The diameter identification marks of the bearing
bores in the cylinder block are stamped in the
location shown in the drawing.
AK202769
Groove
AB
AK202908
Location of crankshaft journal
diameter marks
No. 3 No. 1
No. 2
No. 5
No. 4
AB
AK304518AB
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
Cylinder
bore size
mark
Timing belt side
Diameter identification marks of
bearing bores in cylinder block
Crankshaft journal diameter Cylinder block bearing
bore
Crankshaft bearing
Identification mark Journal diameter
measurement mm
Identification mark Identification mark
0 56.994 57.000 0 0
1 1
2 2
1 56.988 56.994 0 1
1 2
2 3
2 56.982 56.988 0 2
1 3
2 4
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-66
3. The size mark of each crankshaft bearing is
indicated by ink in the location shown in the
drawing.
4. Install bearing halves with oil grooves in the
cylinder block bearing bores.
5. Install bearing halves with no oil grooves in the
beam bearing cap.
>>C<< BEAM BEARING CAP/BEARING
CAP BOLT INSTALLATION
1. Install the beam bearing cap on the cylinder block
with the arrow pointing to the timing belt.
2. Measure the shank length of each bearing cap
bolt before installation. If the measurement
exceeds the limit, replace the bolt.
Limit: 71.1 mm
3. Apply engine oil to the threads and bearing
surface of the bolt.
4. Tighten the bolts to 25 2 Nm in the indicated
sequence.
5. Make a paint mark on the head of the bolt.
6. Make a paint mark on the bearing cap at a point
90 to 100 away from the paint mark made on the
bolt head in the tightening direction.
CAUTION
If the tightening angle is less than 90, ade-
quate tightness could not be assured.
If the tightening angle exceeds 100, loosen
the bolt completely and then perform the
tightening again beginning with the first step.
7. Turn clockwise the bolts 90 to 100 in the
indicated tightening sequence to bring the mark
on each bolt head into alignment with that on the
bearing cap.
8. After installing the beam bearing cap, measure
the end play of the crankshaft. If the end play
exceeds the limit, replace the crankshaft bearings.
Limit: 0.4 mm
AK304464AC
Identification mark
Crankshaft bearing identification mark location
AK301466
Groove
For lower
For upper
AD
AK301471AD
Shank length
AK202737
8 4 1 5 9
7 3 2 6 10
Arrow
AB
AK202722
Paint mark Paint mark
AB
90 to 100
AK202823
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-67
>>D<< REAR OIL SEAL INSTALLATION
Use the special tools to press-fit the rear oil seal in
the rear oil seal case.
Handle (MB990938)
Crankshaft rear oil seal installer (MD998776)
>>E<< REAR OIL SEAL CASE
INSTALLATION
1. Remove completely old FIPG remaining on the
rear oil seal case and cylinder block.
2. Apply a bead of FIPG to the surface of the rear oil
seal case as shown in the drawing.
Specified sealant:
equivalent
3. Install the oil seal into the cylinder block after
applying an appropriate amount of engine oil to
the entire circumference of its lip portion.
4. Install the rear oil seal case by tightening its bolts
to 11 1 Nm.
INSPECTION
M1113008800485
CRANKSHAFT OIL CLEARANCE
(PLASTIGAGE METHOD)
This plastigage method is recommended as a sim-
plest way of measuring the crankshaft oil clearance.
Measure the crankshaft oil clearance using a plasti-
gage as follows:
1. Wipe off oil from the crankshaft journal surface
and the crankshaft bearing inner surface.
2. Install the crankshaft.
3. Cut a piece of plastigage whose length is
equivalent to the width of the bearing and place it
on the crankshaft journal in parallel with its axis.
4. Install the crankshaft bearing cap carefully and
tighten the bolts to the specified torque of 25 2
Nm + 90 to 100.
5. Remove the bolts, then remove the crankshaft
bearing cap carefully.
6. Measure the largest width of the crushed
plastigage using the ruler printed on the bag of the
plastigage.
Limit: 0.1 mm
CYLINDER BLOCK
1. Visually check the cylinder block for scratches,
rust, and any other corrosion. Also check it for
cracks using a flaw detecting penetrant.
If any defect is evident, replace the cylinder block.
AK202827
MB990938
MD998776
AC
AK202824AB
AK202826
Plastigage
AB
AK202822
Plastigage
AB
ENGINE OVERHAUL
11B-68
2. Use a straightedge and thickness gauge to check
the cylinder block top surface for warp.
Make sure that the surface is free from remaining
gasket material and other foreign matter.
Limit: 0.1 mm
3. If the distortion is excessive, correct within the
allowable limit or replace.
Grinding limit: 0.2 mm
*Includes/combined with cylinder head
grinding
Cylinder block height (when new): 284 mm
4. Check cylinder walls for scratches and seizure.
If defects are evident, rebore to oversize or
replace the cylinder block.
5. Use a cylinder gauge to measure the cylinder
bore diameter and taper.
If the cylinder is worn badly, rebore it to an
oversize and replace the piston and piston rings
with ones matched with the new bore size.
Taper: 0.01 mm
BORING CYLINDERS
1. Select an oversize of the pistons to be used
based on the largest of the cylinder bores.
2. Oversize pistons are available in two oversizes:
0.50 mm and 1.00 mm. Bore each cylinder to a
size that provides the standard clearance when
combined with the selected piston. The reference
position for piston diameter measurement is as
3. Based on the piston diameter measurement,
calculate the boring finish dimension.
Boring finish dimension = [Piston diameter] +
[0.02 0.04 mm (clearance between piston and
cylinder)] [0.02 mm (honing margin)]
CAUTION
To prevent deformation of cylinder block that
would result from the heat generated by boring,
bore the cylinders in the following sequence: No.
2 No. 4 No. 1 No. 3.
4. Bore all the cylinders to the calculated boring
finish dimension.
5. Hone the bored cylinders to the final finish
dimension (piston diameter + clearance between
piston and cylinder).
6. Check the clearance between the piston and
cylinder.
AK401851
AK202731
12 mm
AB
Center
Bottom
AK203804
Piston diameter
12.5 mm
AC
11-1
GROUP 11
ENGINE
CONTENTS
ENGINE MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A
ENGINE OVERHAUL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11B
NOTES
52-1
GROUP 52
INTERIOR AND
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM(SRS)
CONTENTS
INTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B
NOTES
52A-1
GROUP 52A
INTERIOR
CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-2
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY*. 52A-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52A-2
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY. . . . . 52A-6
FRONT FLOOR CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-7
REAR FLOOR CONSOLE ASSEMBLY 52A-8
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY. . . . . 52A-8
TRIMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-10
DOOR TRIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-12
HEADLINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-17
INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR . . . . . . 52A-18
FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . 52A-18
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY . . . . . 52A-19
REAR SEAT ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . 52A-20
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY . . . . . 52A-21
FRONT SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-22
REAR SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-23
WARNINGS REGARDING SERVICING OF SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) EQUIPPED VEHICLES
WARNING
Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to
personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and
passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative).
Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an
authorized MITSUBISHI dealer.
MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any
SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: SRS-ECU, SRS warning lamp, air bag module, clock spring, and interconnecting
wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may have to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance)
are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk (*).
SPECIAL TOOL
INTERIOR
52A-2
SPECIAL TOOL
M1521000600349
MB990784
MB990784 Ornament remover Removal of switch, trim,
etc.
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
M1521001701018
The following bolts and screws are used for installing
the instrument panel. Bolts and screws are indicated
as marks shown in the illustration in the sections of
"Removal and Installation" and "Disassembly and
Reassembly."
Name Symbol Size (D L) mm Colour Shape
Tapping screw a 5 16 Black
ACX01282
b 5 16 -
c 5 16 Green
d 5 12 -
ACX01283
Bolt with washer e 6 12 -
ACX02229
f 5 20 -
AC005505
D: Thread diameter L: Effective thread length
INTERIOR
52A-3
CAUTION
Refer to GROUP 52B, SRS Service Precautions P.52B-3 and Drivers, Passengers (front) Air Bag
Module and Clock Spring P.52B-110 before removing the passengers (front) air bag module.

Removal and Installation of Front Pillar Trim (Refer to
P.52A-10).
Hood Opener Lever (Refer to GROUP 42, Hood P.42-4).
AC309832AC
14
12
11
17
15
16
18
19
21
20
13
3
1
18
8
5
6
7
9
10
4
e
e
e
e
e
e
c
a
a
a
b
c
c
b
a
e
e
e
2
Removal steps
1. Column cover
2. Meter bezel
3. Combination meter
4. Instrument panel ornament
5. Under cover
6. Switch panel
7. Side box
8. Lower frame
9. Heater control knob
10. Centre panel
11. Heater control assembly mounting
screw
12. Heater control assembly
13. Centre air outlet panel
14. Centre lower case
15. Stopper
16. Glove box
17. Harness cover
18. Instrument panel side cover
19. SRS passengers (front) air bag
module mounting bolt
Steering column shaft mounting bolt

(Refer to GROUP 37, Steering
Column Shaft P.37-15).
20. Instrument panel assembly
<<A>> 21. SRS passengers (front) air bag
module
Do not subject the SRS-ECU to any shocks when removing or installing the instrument panel.
INTERIOR
52A-4
CLIP AND CLAW POSITION
AC504401AB
A
A
B
B
I
I
F
F
H
H
G
G
E
E
D
D
C
C
Note
(1) : Clip positions
(2) : Claw positions
Section A A Section B B Section C C
Section F F Section E E Section D D
Section G G Section H H Section I I
Claw
Instrument panel
assembly
Clip
Instrument panel
assembly
Column cover
Claw
Instrument panel
assembly
Clip
Instrument panel
assembly Clip
Instrument panel
assembly
Clip
Claw
Instrument panel
assembly
Instrument panel
assembly
Clip
Claw
Claw
Instrument panel
assembly
Clip
INTERIOR
52A-5
<<A>> SRS PASSENGERS (FRONT) AIR
BAG MODULE REMOVAL
CAUTION
Do not damage the claws of the hinge when
removing the passengers (front) air bag mod-
ule.
AC005174
Store the removed passengers (front) air bag
module with the deployed side facing upward,
in a clean and dry place.
Insert the flat-tipped screwdriver into the position
shown in the illustration and pull up the screwdriver
to disengage the claws for removal of the passen-
gers (front) air bag module.
INTERIOR
52A-6
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
M1521001900622
AC005175
15
16
11
15
1
9
8
10
7
6
7
5
4
2
13
3
12
2
14
13
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
f
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
f
d
d
AG
Disassembly steps
1. Instrument panel upper support
2. Side defroster duct
3. Centre defroster duct
4. Distribution duct
5. Driver side upper bracket
6. Centre upper reinforcement
7. Instrument panel centre
reinforcement
8. Bridge reinforcement
9. Centre lower reinforcement
10. Glove box striker
11. Glove box cover
12. Instrument panel pad
13. Side demister
14. Defroster garnish
15. Side air outlet assembly
16. Instrument panel
FRONT FLOOR CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INTERIOR
52A-7
FRONT FLOOR CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
M1521005200164
Removal and Installation of Rear Floor Console (Refer to
P.52A-8).
AC504404
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
12
AB
11
2
Section A A
Clip
6
10
A
A
Note
: Clip positions
Removal steps
1. Console side cover (LH)
2. Console side cover bracket <R.H.
drive vehicles>
3. Console side cover (RH) <L.H.
drive vehicles>
4. Shift lever knob
5. Front floor console assembly
6. Front floor console panel
7. Shift lever cover
8. Cigarette lighter
9. Ashtray
10. Front floor console
12. Harness
13. Console side cover bracket <L.H.
drive vehicles>
REAR FLOOR CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INTERIOR
52A-8
M1521005700084
AC211586
1
2
AB
Removal steps
1. Rear console assembly
Rear seat cushion assembly (refer

to P.52A-20).
Front scuff plate (refer to

P.52A-10).
Rear scuff plate (refer to P.52A-10).
Lower centre pillar trim (refer to

P.52A-10).
Floor carpet
2. Rear console bracket
M1521005900118
AC211588
5
6
7
4
10
2
9
3
1
8
AB
Disassembly steps
1. Ashtray
2. Cup holder
3. Hole lock
<<A>> 4. Console lid assembly
5. Console lid
6. Upper lid lock
7. Lower lid striker
8. Hinge bracket
9. Box
10. Rear floor console
INTERIOR
52A-9
DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT
<<A>> CONSOLE LID ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
AC005508
View A
Rear floor
console
Console lid assembly
Ashtray mounting
hole
MB990784
Hinges
A
AD
(MB990784) into the hinges of the console lid
assembly and the rear floor console through the ash-
tray mounting hole to pry for removal.
TRIMS
INTERIOR
52A-10
TRIMS
M1521001100499
AC309857AB
19
21
11
12
18
13
10
12
5
9
8
3
7
4
6
2
1
44 10 Nm
14
15
16
22 4 Nm
20
22
17
1. Front scuff plate
2. Cowl side trim
3. Rear scuff plate
4. Front door opening trim
5. Rear door opening trim
<<A>> 6. Front pillar trim
7. Lower centre pillar trim
8. Front seat belt connection
9. Upper centre pillar trim
10. Rear pillar trim
11. Rear shelf trim
12. Speaker garnish
13. Retractor cover
14. Child restraint fitting
15. Cover
16. Spacer
17. Plain washer
18. Fiber washer
19. Rear end trim
20. Trunk room side trim lid
21. Trunk room side trim
22. Trunk room front trim
TRIMS
INTERIOR
52A-11
CLIP POSITION
AC504405AB
A
A
B
B B
B
C
C
C
C
B B
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
I
I
Note
: Clip positions
: Claw positions
Section A A Section B B Section C C
Section F F Section E E Section D D
Section G G Section H H Section I I
Retractor
cover
Rear shelf trim
Claw
Rear shelf trim
Clip
Clip
Clip
Clip
Clip
Clip
Clip
Front pillar trim
Rear pillar trim
Front pillar trim,
upper centre pillar trim,
rear pillar trim
Headlining
Speaker garnish
Front scuff plate,
rear scuff plate
Rear shelf trim
Rear end trim
DOOR TRIM
INTERIOR
52A-12
<<A>> FRONT PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL
AC005511
Front pillar
trim Front pillar
trim
Instrument
panel
Section A - A
A
A
AB
Release the clip by pulling in the direction shown in
the illustration and remove the front pillar trim.
DOOR TRIM
M1521006400213
AC210022
1
2
3
4
5
6
AB
<Front door trim>
Removal steps
1. Cap
2. Pull handle box
3. Power window switch panel assembly
<<A>> 4. Door inside handle cover
5. Front door trim
6. Front door pull handle bracket
AC208724
AC210019
1
2
3
4
5
AB
<Rear door trim>
6
Removal steps
1. Cap
2. Pull handle box
3. Power window switch panel
assembly
<<A>> 4. Door inside handle cover
5. Rear door trim
6. Rear door pull handle bracket
DOOR TRIM
INTERIOR
52A-13
DOOR TRIM
INTERIOR
52A-14
CLIP AND CLAW POSITIONS
AC210245
Note
Section D D
A
B
C
View A View B View C
D
D
E E
E E
F F F F
F F F F
G G
Front door trim
Power window switch
panel assembly
Cap
Clip
Door panel
Front door trim
Section E E
Power window switch
panel assembly
Front door trim
Clip
Section F F
Power window switch
panel assembly
Claw
Front door trim
Section G G
Cap
Pull handle box
Claw
AE
<Front door trim>
AC211593
Note
Section D D
A
B
C
View A
View B View C
Rear door trim
D
D
E E
F
F
F
F
F
F F F
E E
Power window switch
panel assembly
G G
Cap
Section F F
Clip
Door panel
Rear door trim
Section E E
Rear door trim
Clip
Power window switch
panel assembly
Section G G
Cap
Pull handle box
Claw
Power window switch
panel assembly
Claw
Rear door trim
AF
<Rear door trim>
DOOR TRIM
INTERIOR
52A-15
DOOR TRIM
INTERIOR
52A-16
<<A>> DOOR INSIDE HANDLE COVER
REMOVAL
AC100003AB
Tapping screw cap
1. Insert a flat-tipped screwdriver into the rear end of
the tapping screw cap on the door inside handle
cover, and pry out the cap in the direction shown.
Then remove the tapping screw.
AC504658
A
A
Special tool
insertion
position
Door inside
handle cover
MB990784
Claw
Section A A
Door inside
handle cover
AB
Door trim
2. Insert special tool ornament remover (MB990784)
into the clearance between the door inside handle
cover and the door inside handle, and disengage
the claws of the door inside handle.
3. Insert special tool ornament remover (MB990784)
into the rear end of the inside handle cover, and
pry out the cover in the direction shown. Then
remove the door inside handle cover.
HEADLINING
INTERIOR
52A-17
HEADLINING
M1521001400393
Front Pillar Trim, Centre Pillar Trim Upper, Rear pillar Trim
Removal and Installation (Refer to P.52A-10).
AC304633
1
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
AB
Removal steps
1. Assist grip
2. Room lamp assembly
3. Front room lamp
<<A>> 4. Sunvisor holder
5. Sunvisor assembly
Front floor console assembly (Refer

to P.52A-7).
<> 6. Headlining
<<A>> SUNVISOR HOLDER REMOVAL
AC304786
Sunvisor holder
MB990784
MB990784
AB
(MB990784) into the claws of the sunvisor holder to
remove the hinges.
<> HEADLINING REMOVAL
Bend the headlining to removal from the front pas-
sengers door.
INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR
INTERIOR
52A-18
INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR
M1521002600260
AC209066
Claw B
Claw A
Cover
1
2
3
AC
1. Disengage claw A and lower the cover in the
arrow 1 direction.
2. Push claw B in the arrow 2 direction to unlock,
and pull out the mirror in the arrow 3 direction.
FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY
M1522001300429
AC310714AB
45 10 Nm
45 10 Nm
30 5 Nm
1
1
2
Removal steps
1. Front seat anchor cover
>>A<< 2. Front seat assembly
FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY
INTERIOR
52A-19
>>A<< FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY INSTAL-
LATION
1.
AC310736AB
Temporarily tighten the nuts and bolts in all mounting
locations shown in the illustration with no load
applied to the front seat cushion, and check the
operation of the seat slide.
2. Tighten the nuts and bolts in all mounting loca-
tions to the specified torque.
M1522001500519
AC310735
8
2
7
9
1
6
5
4
11
10
3
22 3 Nm
22 3 Nm
44 10 Nm
22 3 Nm
22 3 Nm
AB
Disassembly steps
1. Cap
2. Reclining adjuster knob
3. Slide adjuster outer
4. Slide adjuster inner
5. Inner seat belt
6. Cushion shield inner
7. Cushion shield outer
8. Seatback assembly
9. Seat cushion assembly
10. Snap ring
11. Slide adjuster lever
REAR SEAT ASSEMBLY
INTERIOR
52A-20
REAR SEAT ASSEMBLY
M1522001800338
AC310031
1
1
5
3
4
2
6
6
22 4 Nm
AB
1. Headrestraint
Removal steps
>>B<< 2. Rear seat cushion assembly
3. Armrest spacer
4. Armrest
>>A<< 5. Rear seatback assembly
6. Rear seat hook
REAR SEAT ASSEMBLY
INTERIOR
52A-21
>>A<< INSTALLATION OF REAR SEAT-
BACK ASSEMBLY
AC005519AB
Hook
Rear seatback
assembly
Attachment wire
Press the rear seatback assembly in the direction
shown in the illustration and fit the attachment wire
into the hook securely to install the rear seatback
assembly.
>>B<< INSTALLATION OF REAR SEAT
CUSHION ASSEMBLY
AC005521AB
Rear seat hook
Rear seat cushion
assembly
Fit the rear seat cushion into the rear seat hook
securely.
M1522002000380
AC310045AB
2
3
1
4
4
7
6
5 N
N
Disassembly steps
1. Hog ring
2. Rear seat cushion cover
3. Rear seat cushion pad
4. Headrestraint guide
5. Hog ring
6. Rear seatback cover
7. Rear seatback pad
FRONT SEAT BELT
INTERIOR
52A-22
FRONT SEAT BELT
M1523001300400
CAUTION
SRS: Before removing and installing the seat belts with pre-tensioner, refer to GROUP 52B, Seat Belts
with Pre-tensioner P.52B-120.
Turn the ignition key to the LOOK (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
AC310727
1
2
3
4
5
6
44 10 Nm
44 10 Nm
44 10 Nm
44 10 Nm
AB
Outer seat belt removal steps
1. Sash guide cover
Lower centre pillar trim (refer to

P.52A-10).
2. Bracket
3. Outer seat belt (refer to GROUP 52B,
Seat Belts with Pre-tensioner
P.52B-120).
4. Upper centre pillar trim (Refer to
P.52A-10).
5. Adjustable seat belt anchor
Inner seat belt removal steps
Shield cover (refer to P.52A-19).

6. Inner seat belt
Outer seat belt removal steps
REAR SEAT BELT
INTERIOR
52A-23
REAR SEAT BELT
M1523001600401
AC211443
44 10 Nm
44 10 Nm
44 10 Nm
1
2
3
4
AB
Removal steps
Rear seat cushion assembly (refer to

P.52A-20).
Rear seatback assembly (refer to

P.52A-20).
Rear shelf trim (refer to P.52A-10).

1. Centre seat belt, inner
2. Inner seat belt
3. Centre seat belt, outer
4. Outer seat belt
NOTES
00-1
GROUP 00
GENERAL
CONTENTS
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
GENERAL <ELECTRICAL> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00E
NOTES
00-1
GROUP 00
GENERAL
CONTENTS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL. . . . . . 00-2
HOW TO USE
TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION
SERVICE POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-5
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . 00-14
GENERAL DATA AND
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-17
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SERVICE. 00-18
SYSTEM (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-22
SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS. . . . . 00-23
SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR LIFTING
AND JACKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-25
STANDARD PART/TIGHTENING-
TORQUE TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-27
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
GENERAL
00-2
M1001000101083
SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND
SERVICING EXPLANATIONS
This manual provides explanations, etc. concerning
procedures for the inspection, maintenance, repair
and servicing of the subject model. Note, however,
that for engine and transmission-related component
parts, this manual covers only on-vehicle inspec-
tions, adjustments, and the removal and installation
procedures for major components. For detailed infor-
mation concerning the inspection, checking, adjust-
ment, disassembly and reassembly of the engine,
transmission and major components after they have
been removed from the vehicle, please refer to sepa-
rate manuals covering the engine and the transmis-
sion.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
"On-vehicle Service" is the procedure for performing
inspections and adjustments of particularly important
locations with regard to the construction and for
maintenance and servicing, but other inspection (for
looseness, play, cracking, damage, etc.) must also
be performed.
INSPECTION
Under this title are presented inspection and check-
ing procedures to be performed by using special
tools and measuring instruments and by feeling, but,
for actual maintenance and servicing procedures,
visual inspections should always be performed as
well.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
STANDARD VALUE
Indicates the value used as the standard for judging
the quality of a part or assembly on inspection or the
value to which the part or assembly is corrected and
adjusted. It is given by tolerance.
LIMIT
Shows the standard for judging the quality of a part
or assembly on inspection and means the maximum
or minimum value within which the part or assembly
must be kept functionally or in strength. It is a value
established outside the range of standard value.
REFERENCE VALUE
Indicates the adjustment value prior to starting the
work (presented in order to facilitate assembly and
adjustment procedures, and so they can be com-
pleted in a shorter time).
DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION
DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION call special
attention to a necessary action or to an action that
must be avoided. The differences among DANGER,
WARNING, and CAUTION are as follows:
If a DANGER is not followed, the result is severe
bodily harm or even death.
If a WARNING is not followed, the result could be
bodily injury.
If a CAUTION is not followed, the result could be
damage to the vehicle, vehicle components or
service equipment.
INDICATION OF TIGHTENING TORQUE
Tightening torques (units: Nm) are set to take into
account the central value and the allowable toler-
ance. The central value is the target value, and the
allowable tolerance provides the checking range for
tightening torques. If bolts and nuts are not provided
with tightening torques, refer to P.00-27.
MODEL INDICATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual
for identification of model types.
MPI: Indicates the multipoint injection.
DOHC: Indicates an engine with the double over-
head camshaft.
MIVEC: Indicates an engine with the Mitsubishi Inno-
vative Valve timing Electronic Control system.
M/T: Indicates the manual transmission.
A/C: Indicates the air conditioner.
GENERAL
00-3
EXPLANATION OF MANUAL CONTENTS
AC311238
N
Denotes tightening torque.
For bolts and nuts which do
not have a tightening torque
listed, refer to the "Standard
Parts Tightening-torque Table"
Indicates the
group title.
Indicates the
section title.
Indicates the
group number.
Indicates the page number.
Indicates procedures to be performed be-
fore the work in that section is started, and
procedures to be performed after the work
in that section is finished.
Component diagram
A diagram of the component parts is pro-
vided near the front of each section in order
to give the reader a better understanding of
the installed condition of component parts.
Mark denotes nonreusable part.
Repair kit or parts sets are shown.
(Only very frequently used parts are shown.)
Removal steps :
The part designation number corresponds to
the number in the illustration to indicate remov-
al steps.
Disassembly steps :
The part designation number corresponds to
the number in the illustration to indicate disas-
sembly steps.
Installation steps :
Specified in case installation is impossible in
reverse order of removal steps. Omitted if
installation is possible in reverse order of
removal steps.
Reassembly steps :
Specified in case reassembly is impossible in
reverse order of removal steps. Omitted if
reassembly is possible in reverse order of
disassembly steps.
Maintenance and servicing procedures
The numbers provided within the diagram indicate the
sequence for maintenance and servicing procedures.
AD
AC311239
35A-21
Classifications of major maintenance / service points
When there are major points relative to maintenance and servicing procedures (such as essential maintenance
and service points, maintenance and service standard values, information regarding the use of special tools, etc.),
these are arranged together as major maintenance and service points and explained in detail.
<<A>> : Indicates that there are essential points for removal or disassembly.
>>A<< : Indicates that there are essential points for installation or reassembly.
Operating procedures,
cautions, etc. on removal,
installation, disassembly and
reassembly are described.
The title of the page
(following the page on which
the diagram of component
parts is presented) indicating
the locations of lubrication and
sealing procedures.
Indicates (by symbols) where
lubrication is necessary.
Symbols for lubrication, sealants and adhesives
Symbols are used to show the locations for lubrication
and for application of sealants and adhesives.
These symbols are included in the diagram of compo-
nent parts or on the page following the component
parts page. The symbols do not always have accomp-
anying text to support that symbol.
Adhesive tape or butyl rubber tape
Grease
(Multi-purpose grease unless there is a
brand or type specified)
Sealant or adhesive
Brake fluid or automatic transmission fluid
Engine oil, gear oil or air conditioning com-
pressor oil
AD
GENERAL
00-4
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
GENERAL
00-5
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE
POINTS
M1001000201143
CONTENTS OF TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting of electronic control systems for which the M.U.T.-II/III can be used follows the basic outline
described below. Even in systems for which the M.U.T.-II/III cannot be used, some of these systems still fol-
low this outline.
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting sections are based on the diagnostic flow as below. If the diagnostic flow is different from
that given below, or if additional explanation is required, the details of such differences or additions will also
be listed.
Diagnosis method
AC300864AE
Gathering information
from the customer.
Check trouble symptom.
Read the diagnosis code. Read the diagnosis code.
Refer to the TROUBLE
SYMPTOM CHART (Refer to
applicable group.)
Refer to the DIAGNOSIS CODE
CHART (Refer to applicable
group.)
INTERMITTENT MALFUNCTIONS
After taking note of the
malfunction code, erase the
diagnosis code memory.
Recheck trouble symptom.
Read the diagnosis codes.
Reoccurs Does not reoccur
Diagnosis code
displayed.
Diagnosis code
displayed.
Diagnosis code
displayed.
No diagnosis code
or communication
with M.U.T.-II/III
not possible
No diagnosis
code.
No diagnosis
code.
SYSTEM OPERATION AND SYMPTOM
VERIFICATION TESTS
If verification of the symptom(s) is difficult, proce-
dures for checking operation and verifying symptoms
are shown.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
Details which are different from those in the "Diagno-
sis function " section are described.
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
Diagnosis codes and diagnostic items are shown.
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Indicates the inspection procedures corresponding to
each diagnosis code (Refer to How to read inspec-
tion procedure P.00-10).
GENERAL
00-6
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
If there are trouble symptoms even though the
M.U.T.-II/III does not find any diagnosis codes,
Inspection procedures for each trouble symptom will
be found by means of this chart.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Indicates the inspection procedures corresponding to
each symptom classified in the Symptom Chart
(Refer to How to read inspection procedure P.00-10).
SERVICE DATA REFERENCE TABLE
Inspection items and normal judgment values have
been provided in this chart as reference information.
CHECK AT ECU TERMINALS
Terminal numbers for the ECU connectors, inspec-
tion items, and judgment values have been provided
in this chart as reference information.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE BY USING AN
OSCILLOSCOPE
When there are inspection procedures using an
oscilloscope, these are described here.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
CAUTION
Before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-II/III, turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK"
(OFF) position.
AC304777
Steering shaft
AB
MB991502
Connect the M.U.T.-II to the diagnosis connector,
and read the diagnosis code.
AC211686
MB991911
16-PIN
MB991827
MB991824
AE
Connect the M.U.T.-III to the 16-pin diagnosis con-
nector, and read the diagnosis code.
NOTE: For details on how to use the M.U.T.-III, refer
to the "M.U.T.-III operation manual."
1. Ensure that the ignition switch is at the
"LOCK" (OFF).
2. Start up the personal computer.
3. Connect M.U.T.-III USB cable MB991827 to
special tool Vehicle Communication Interface
(V.C.I.) MB991824 and the personal compu-
ter.
4. Connect M.U.T.-III main wiring harness B
MB991911 to the V.C.I.
5. Connect M.U.T.-III main wiring harness B to
the diagnosis connector.
6. Turn the V.C.I. power switch to the "ON" posi-
tion.
NOTE: When the V.C.I. is energized, the V.C.I.
indicator lamp will be illuminated in a green
colour.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the PC and turn
the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
8. Read the diagnosis code.
9. Disconnecting the M.U.T.-III is the reverse of
the connecting sequence, making sure that
the ignition switch is at the "LOCK" (OFF).
GENERAL
00-7
NOTE: The ABS warning lamp may flash when the
ignition switch is turned ON with the M.U.T.-II/III con-
nected. This is because the diagnosis display func-
tion of the ABS warning lamp is activated by earthing
the diagnosis connector terminal No.1, and is not
detrimental in any way.
ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODE (BY USING
THE M.U.T.-II/III)
CAUTION
(OFF) position.
AC304777
Steering shaft
AB
MB991502
AC211686
MB991911
16-PIN
MB991827
MB991824
AE
Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis connector,
and erase the diagnosis code. The procedure is the
same as "HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE ".
ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODE (BY USING
NO M.U.T.-II/III)
CAUTION
Some diagnosis codes can not be erased accord-
ing to the procedure below. If you attempt to
erase a diagnosis code, refer to an applicable
GROUP.
position.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable, wait for at
least 10 minutes, and then reconnect it.
3. Start the engine and let it run at idle for 10
minutes.
INPUT SIGNAL CHECK (WHEN USING
THE M.U.T.-II/III) <SWS>
CAUTION
(OFF) position.
AC304777
Steering shaft
AB
MB991502
AC211686
MB991911
16-PIN
MB991827
MB991824
AE
GENERAL
00-8
1. Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the diagnosis
connector, and erase the diagnosis code.
2. If the M.U.T.-II/III buzzer sounds once when each
switch is operated (ON/OFF), the input signal for
that switch circuit system is normal.
INPUT SIGNAL CHECK (WHEN USING A
VOLTMETER) <SWS>
AC304779AB
Steering
shaft
MB991529
1. Use the special tool diagnosis code check
harness (MB991529) to connect the ETACS
terminal (terminal 9) and the earth terminals
(terminals 4 and 5) of the diagnosis connector to
the voltage meter.
2. If the needle of the voltage meter flickers once
when each switch is operated (ON/OFF), the input
signal for that switch circuit system is normal.
GENERAL
00-9
HOW TO USE THE INSPECTION PROCE-
DURES
The causes of many of the problems occurring in
electric circuitry are generally the connectors, com-
ponents, the ECU, the wiring harnesses between
connectors, in that order. These inspection proce-
dures follow this order. They first try to discover a
problem with a connector or a defective component.
AC301964AB
Relevant circuit(s) of the component which
the Code No. indicates are described.
AC305342AD
Explains about the basic
operation of the components.
Explains about
technical details.
Describes the
conditions for that
diagnosis code being
set.
Start of diagnosis
procedure
Describes possible
causes(s) for that
diagnosis code.
Describes
inspection
procedure.
M.U.T.-ll/lll data list
PROCEDURE
GENERAL
00-10
HARNESS CHECK
Check for an open or short circuit in the harness
between the terminals which were faulty according to
the connector measurements. Carry out this inspec-
tion while referring to the Electrical Wiring Manual.
Here, "Check the wiring harness between the power
supply and terminal xx" also includes checking for
blown fuse. For inspection service points when there
is a blown fuse, refer to "Inspection Service Points
for a Blown Fuse."
MEASURES TO TAKE AFTER
REPLACING THE ECU
If the trouble symptoms have not disappeared even
after replacing the ECU, repeat the inspection proce-
dure from the beginning.
CONNECTOR MEASUREMENT SERVICE
POINTS
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position
when connecting and disconnecting the connectors.
Turn the ignition switch to "ON" when measuring,
unless there are instructions to the contrary.
GENERAL
00-11
IF INSPECTING WITH THE CONNECTOR
CONNECTED
<Waterproof Connectors>
AC300881AD
MD998459
Be sure to use special tool harness connector
(MD998459). Never insert a test probe from the har-
ness side, as this will reduce the waterproof perform-
ance and result in corrosion.
<Ordinary (non-waterproof) Connectors>
AC105598AH
MB992006
Inspect by inserting a test probe from the harness
side. If the connector is too small to insert a test
probe (e.g. control unit connector), do not insert it
forcibly. Use special tool extra fine probe
(MB992006).
IF INSPECTING WITH THE CONNECTOR
DISCONNECTED
<When Inspecting a Female Pin>
ACX00865AB
MB991219
Use the special tool inspection harness (MB991219)
(inspection harness for connector pin contact pres-
sure in the harness set for inspection). The inspec-
tion harness for connector pin contact pressure
should be used. The test bar should never be forcibly
inserted, as it may cause a defective contact.
<When Inspecting a Male Pin>
AC300890
CAUTION
At this time, be careful not to short the connector
pins with the test bars. To do so may damage the
circuits inside the ECU.
Touch the pin directly with the test bar.
GENERAL
00-12
CONNECTOR INSPECTION SERVICE
POINTS
VISUAL INSPECTION
AC300896AB
Connector disconnected or
improperly connected
Stretched or broken wires
Low contact
pressure
Harness wire breakage
at terminal section
Good
Bad
Connector is disconnected or improperly connected
Connector pins are pulled out
Due to harness tension at terminal section
Low contact pressure between male and female
terminals
Low connection pressure due to rusted terminals
or foreign matter lodged in terminals
CONNECTOR PIN INSPECTION
AC300898
If the connector pin stopper is damaged, the terminal
connections (male and female pins) will not be per-
fect even if the connector body is connected, and the
pins may pull out of the reverse side of the connec-
tor. Therefore, gently pull the harnesses one by one
to make sure that no pins pull out of the connector.
CONNECTOR ENGAGEMENT
INSPECTION
AC300899AB
MB991219
Use the special tool inspection harness (MB991219)
(connector pin connection pressure inspection har-
ness of the inspection harness set) to inspect the
engagement of the male pins and female pins. (Pin
drawing force: 1 N or more)
GENERAL
00-13
INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS FOR A
BLOWN FUSE
AC300900AB
Battery
Fuse
Load
switch
Load
Short-circuit
occurrence
section
Remove the blown fuse and measure the resistance
between the load side of the blown fuse and the
earth. Close the switches of all circuits which are
connected to this fuse. If the resistance is almost 0
ohm at this time, there is a short somewhere
between these switches and the load. If the resist-
ance is not 0 ohm, there is no short at the present
time, but a momentary short has probably caused
the fuse to blow.
The main causes of a short circuit are the following.
Harness being clamped by the vehicle body
Damage to the outer casing of the harness due to
wear or heat
Water getting into the connector or circuitry
Human error (mistakenly shorting a circuit, etc).
HOW TO COPE WITH INTERMITTENT
MALFUNCTIONS
NOTE: If determining the cause is difficult, the flight
recorder function of the M.U.T.-II/III can also be
used.
AC300901
Intermittent malfunctions often occur under certain
conditions, and if these conditions can be ascer-
tained, determining the cause becomes simple. In
order to ascertain the conditions under which an
intermittent malfunction occurs, first ask the cus-
tomer for details about the driving conditions,
weather conditions, frequency of occurrence and
trouble symptoms, and then try to recreate the trou-
ble symptoms. Next, ascertain whether the reason
why the trouble symptom occurred under these con-
ditions is due to vibration, temperature or some other
factor. If vibration is thought to be the cause, carry
out the following checks with the connectors and
components to confirm whether the trouble symptom
occurs. The objects to be checked are connectors
and components which are indicated by inspection
procedures or given as probable causes (which gen-
erates diagnosis codes or trouble symptoms).
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
GENERAL
00-14
Gently shake the connector up, down and to the
left and right.
Gently shake the wiring harness up, down and to
the left and right.
Gently rock each sensor and relay, etc. by hand.
Gently shake the wiring harness at suspensions
and other moving parts.
M1001000401329
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION CODE PLATE
AC504461AD
1
2
3
4 5
6 7
Code plate
Engine hood
The vehicle information code plate is riveted to the
back of the engine hood.
The plate shows model code, engine model, trans-
mission model and body colour code.
No. Item Content
1 MODEL CT9ASJG
FZL6
CT9A: Vehicle model
SJGFZL6: Model
series
2 ENGINE 4G63 Engine model
3 EXT A02A Exterior code
4 TRANS
AXLE
W6MAA Transmission model
5 COLOUR A02 Body colour code
6 INT 90J Interior code
7 OPT ZP3 Equipment code
For monotone colour vehicles, the body colour code
shall be indicated.
GENERAL
00-15
MODELS
Model code Engine model Price class Transmission
model
Fuel supply
system
CT9A SJGFZL6 4G63-DOHC-intercoo
ler turbocharger
(1,997 mL)
GSR W6MAA
<4WD, 6M/T>
MPI
SJGFZR6
MODEL CODE
L Z CT 9 A S J G F 6
AC504314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. Item Content
1 Development CT: MITSUBISHI
LANCER EVOLUTION
2 Engine type 9: 1,997mL
3 Sort A: Passenger car
4 Body style S: 4-door sedan
5 Transmission
type
J: 6-speed manual
transmission
6 Trim level G: GSR
7 Specification
engine feature
F: MPI-DOHC-MIVEC,
intercooler turbocharger
8 Special feature Z: 4WD
9 Steering wheel
location
L: Left hand
R: Right hand
10 Destination 6: For Europe
No. Item Content
GENERAL
00-16
CHASSIS NUMBER
AC310384
The chassis number is stamped on the toeboard
inside the engine compartment.
AC504317
J M B S CT 9 A 6 U 000001 J
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
No. Item Content
1 Fixed figure J Asia
2 Distribution channel M Japan channel
3 Destination A For Europe, right hand drive
B For Europe, left hand drive
4 Body style S 4-door sedan
5 Transmission type J 6-speed manual transmission
6 Development order CT LANCER EVOLUTION
7 Engine 9 1,997 mL petrol engine
8 Soft A Passenger car
9 Model year 6 2006
10 Plant U Mizushima
11 Serial number

ENGINE MODEL STAMPING
AC310394
The engine model is stamped on the cylinder block.
This engine model numbers is as shown as follow.
Engine model Engine displacement
4G63 1,997 mL
The engine serial number is stamped near the
engine model number.
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
00-17
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
M1001000901045
AC505135
1
2
7
3 4
6
5
8
9
AB
Items CT9A
SJGFZL6/R6
Vehicle
dimensions mm
Front track 1 1,515
Overall width 2 1,770
Front overhang 3 930
Wheel base 4 2,625
Rear overhang 5 935
Overall length 6 4,490
Ground clearance
(unladen)
7 140
Overall height (unladen) 8 1,450
Rear track 9 1,515
Vehicle weight kg Kerb weight 1,465
Max. gross vehicle weight 1,885
Max. axle weight rating-front 1,015
Max. axle weight rating-rear 900
Seating capacity 5
Engine Model code 4G63 DOHC-MIVEC with intercooler turbocharger
Total displacement mL 1,997
Maximum output kW/r/min 206/6,500
Maximum torque Nm/r/min 355/3,500
Transmission Model code W6MAA
Type 6-speed manual
Fuel system Fuel supply system MPI
Maximum speed km/h 250
Minimum turning radius m 5.9
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SERVICE
GENERAL
00-18
M1001000501058
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
1. Items to review when servicing SRS:
1. Be sure to read GROUP 52B Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS). For safe operation,
please follow the directions and heed all
warnings.
2. Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting
the battery cable before doing any further
work. The SRS system is designed to retain
enough voltage to deploy the air bag even
after the battery has been disconnected. Seri-
ous injury may result from unintended air bag
deployment if work is done on the SRS sys-
tem immediately after the battery cable is dis-
connected.
3. Warning labels must be heeded when servic-
ing or handling SRS components. Warning
labels can be found in the following locations.
Front impact sensor
Hood
Sun visor
SRS-ECU
Steering wheel
Clock spring
Steering joint cover
Air bag module (Driver's and front passen-
ger's)
Side-airbag module (Driver's side and
front passenger's side)
Curtain air bag module (Driver's side and
front passenger's side)
Side impact sensor
Seat belt pre-tensioner
Instrument panel
4. Always use the designated special tools and
test equipment.
5. Store components removed from the SRS in a
clean and dry place. The air bag module
should be stored on a flat surface and placed
so that the pad surface is facing upward. Do
not place anything on top of it.
6. Never attempt to disassemble or repair the
SRS components (SRS-ECU, air bag module
and clock spring).
7. Whenever you finish servicing the SRS,
check the SRS warning lamp operation to
make sure that the system functions properly.
8. Be sure to deploy the air bag before disposing
of the air bag module or disposing of a vehicle
equipped with an air bag (Refer to GROUP
52B Air Bag Module Disposal Procedures
P.52B-120).
2. Observe the following when carrying out opera-
tions on places where SRS components are
installed, including operations not directly related
to the SRS air bag.
1. When removing or installing parts, do not
allow any impact or shock to the SRS compo-
nents.
2. If heat damage may occur during paint work,
remove the SRS-ECU, the air bag module,
clock spring, the front impact sensor, the side
impact sensor, and the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner.
SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring,
front impact sensor, the side impact sen-
sor: 93 C or more
Seat belt pre-tensioner: 90 C or more
LEARNING PROCEDURE FOR IDLING IN
MPI ENGINE
PURPOSE
When the engine-ECU is replaced, or when the
learning value is initialized, the idling is not stabilized
because the learning value in MPI engine is not com-
pleted. In this case, carry out the learning method for
the idling through the following procedures.
LEARNING PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and carry out the warm-up for the
engine coolant temperature to reach 80C or
more.
2. When the engine coolant temperature is 80C or
more, the warm-up is not needed if the ignition
switch is in "ON" position once.
3. Place the ignition switch in "LOCK" (OFF) position
and stop the engine.
4. After 10 seconds or more, start the engine again.
5. For 10 minutes, carry out the idling under the
condition shown below and then confirm the
engine has the normal idling.
Transmission: Neutral
Operation in ignition-related, fan and attach-
ments: Not to be operated
Engine coolant temperature: 80C or more
GENERAL
00-19
NOTE: When the engine stalls during the idling,
check the dirtiness (on the throttle valve) of the
throttle body and then perform the service from
Procedure 1 again.
SERVICING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CAUTION
Before connecting or disconnecting the negative
() cable, be sure to turn off the ignition switch
and the lighting switch (If this is not done, there
is the possibility of semiconductor parts being
damaged).
AC300693
Before replacing a component related to the electri-
cal system and before undertaking any repair proce-
dures involving the electrical system, be sure to first
disconnect the negative () cable from the battery in
order to avoid damage caused by short-circuiting.
APPLICATION OF ANTI-CORROSION
AGENTS AND UNDERCOATS
If oil or grease gets onto the oxygen sensor, it will
cause a drop in the performance of the sensor.
Cover the oxygen sensor with a protective cover
when applying anti-corrosion agents and undercoats.
PRE-INSPECTION CONDITION
"Pre-inspection condition" refers to the condition that
the vehicle must be in before proper engine inspec-
tion can be carried out. If you see the words "Set the
vehicle to the pre-inspection condition". In this man-
ual, it means to set the vehicle to the following condi-
tion.
Engine coolant temperature 80 to 90C
Lamps, electric cooling fan and all accessories:
OFF
M/T: Neutral
VEHICLE WASHING
AC300832AB
Approximately 40 cm
If high-pressure car-washing equipment or steam
car-washing equipment is used to wash the vehicle,
be sure to note the following information in order to
avoid damage to plastic components, etc.
Spray nozzle distance: Approx. 40 cm or more
Spray pressure: 3,900 kPa or less
Spray temperature: 82C or less
Time of concentrated spray to one point: within
30 sec.
GENERAL
00-20
MULTI USE TESTER (M.U.T.-II/III) SUB
ASSEMBLY
AC300834AC
M.U.T.-II sub assembly
Rom pack
Refer to the "M.U.T.-II REFERENCE MANUAL",
"M.U.T.-II OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS" or
"M.U.T.-III OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS" for
instructions on handling the M.U.T.-II/III.
MB991910
MB991824 MB991827
MB991826 MB991911 MB991825
AC502279
Vehicle communication interface (V.C.I.)
M.U.T.-III sub assembly
M.U.T.-III USB cable M.U.T.-III main harness A
Do not used
M.U.T.-III measurement adapter M.U.T.-III trigger harness
AC
AC304777
Steering shaft
AB
MB991502
AC211686
MB991911
16-PIN
MB991827
MB991824
AE
GENERAL
00-21
CAUTION
M.U.T.-II/III.
as shown in the illustration.
IN ORDER TO PREVENT VEHICLES
FROM FIRE
"Improper installation of electrical or fuel related parts
could cause a fire. In order to retain the high quality
and safety of the vehicle, it is important that any
accessories that may be fitted or modifica-
tions/repairs that may be carried out which involve
the electrical or fuel systems, MUST be carried out in
accordance with MMC's information/Instructions".
ENGINE OILS
HEALTH WARNING
Prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oil will
result in the removal of natural fats from the skin,
leading to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addi-
tion, used engine oil contains potentially harmful con-
taminants which may cause skin cancer. Adequate
means of skin protection and washing facilities must
be provided.
RECOMMENDED PRECAUTIONS
The most effective precaution is to adapt working
practices which prevent, as far as practicable, the
risk of skin contact with mineral oils, for example by
using enclosed systems for handling used engine oil
and by degreasing components, where practicable,
before handling them.
Other precautions:
Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils,
particularly used engine oils.
Wear protective clothing, including impervious
gloves where practicable.
Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly under-
pants, with oil.
Do not put oily rags in pockets, the use of overalls
without pockets will avoid this.
Do not wear heavily soiled clothing and
oil-impregnated foot-wear. Overalls must be
cleaned regularly and kept separately from per-
sonal clothing.
Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protec-
tion should be worn, for example, chemical gog-
gles or face shields; in addition an eye wash
facility should be provided.
Obtain First Aid treatment immediately for open
cuts and wounds.
Wash regularly with soap and water to ensure all
oil is removed, especially before meals (skin
cleansers and nail brushes will help). After clean-
ing, the application of preparations containing
lanolin to replace the natural skin oils is advised.
Do not use petrol, kerosene, diesel fuel, gas oil,
thinners or solvents for cleaning skin.
Use barrier creams, applying them before each
work period, to help the removal of oil from the
skin after work.
If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice
without delay.
GENERAL
00-22
M1001009800075
The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and seat
belt with pre-tensioner is designed to supplement the
driver's and front passenger's seat belts to help
reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and
front passenger by activating and deploying both
front air bags in certain frontal collisions.
The SRS consist of two air bag modules, SRS air
bag control unit (SRS-ECU), two front impact sen-
sors, SRS warning lamp, clock spring and seat belt
pre-tensioner. Front air bags are located in the centre
of the steering wheel and above the glove box. Each
air bag is made up of a folded air bag and an inflator
unit. The SRS-ECU under the front floor console
monitors the system and has a safing G-sensor and
analogue G-sensor. The warning lamp on the instru-
ment panel indicates the operational status of the
SRS. The clock spring is installed in the steering col-
umn. The seat belt pre-tensioner is built into the
driver's and passenger's front seat belt retractor. The
front impact sensor is assembled on the headlamp
support panel to monitor collision upon frontal
impact.
Only authorized service personnel should do work on
or around the SRS components. Those service per-
sonnel should read this manual carefully before start-
ing any such work.
AC310783
AC304668
AC310070
AC208855
Driver's air bag
module
Clock spring
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
SRS-ECU
Diagnosis connector
SRS warning lamp
Seat belt with
pre-tensioner
Front impact sensor
AB
SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
GENERAL
00-23
M1001006000229
DANGER
In order to avoid injury to yourself or others
from accidental deployment of the air bag
during servicing, read and carefully follow all
the precautions and procedures described in
this manual.
CAUTION
Do not use any electrical test equipment on or
near SRS components, except those specified on
P.52B-8.
CAUTION
Never Attempt to Repair the Following Compo-
nents:
1. SRS air bag control unit (SRS-ECU)
2. Clock spring
3. Driver's and passenger's (front) air bag mod-
ules
NOTE: If any of these components are diagnosed as
faulty, they should only be replaced, in accordance
with the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS SERVICE pro-
cedures in this manual, starting at page P.52B-105.
AC300634
SRS-ECU connector
AB
CAUTION
Do not attempt to repair the wiring harness con-
nectors of the SRS. If a defective wiring harness
is found, repair or replace it by referring to the
table below.
Front wiring harness (RH) Front
impact sensor (RH)
harness.
Front wiring harness (LH) Front
impact sensor (LH)
harness.
Earth
SRS warning lamp
Clock spring Driver's air bag
module
Correct or replace instrument panel
wiring harness. Replace the clock
spring.
GENERAL
00-24
DANGER
After disconnecting the battery cable, wait 60
seconds or more before proceeding with the
following work. In addition, insulate the neg-
ative battery terminal with a tape. The con-
denser inside the SRS-ECU is designed to
retain enough voltage to deploy the air bag
for a short time even after the battery has
been disconnected, so serious injury may
result from unintended air bag deployment if
work is done on the SRS system immediately
after the battery cables are disconnected.
CAUTION
The SRS components and seat belt with pre-ten-
sioner should not be subjected to heat, so
remove the SRS-ECU, drivers and passengers
(front) air bag modules, clock spring, and seat
belt pre-tensioner before drying or baking the
vehicle after painting.
SRS-ECU, air bag modules, clock spring,
impact sensors: 93C or more
CAUTION
Whenever you finish servicing the SRS, always
erase the diagnosis code and check warning
lamp operation to make sure that the system
functions properly.
AC006195
SRS-harness connector
(rear side)
AH
MB992006
CAUTION
If checks are carried out by using the SRS-ECU
harness connector, observe the following proce-
dures: Insert the special tool extra fine probe
(MB992006) into connector from harness side
(rear side), and connect the tester to this probe. If
any tool than special tool is used, damage to the
harness and other components will result. Never
insert the probe directly to the terminals from the
front of the connector. The terminals are plated
to increase their conductivity, so that if they are
touched directly by the probe, the plating may
break, which will cause drops in reliability.
Diagnosis connector
27, 28 Floor wiring harness (RH)
pre-tensioner <LH drive vehicles>
Floor wiring harness (LH)
pre-tensioner <RH drive vehicles>
harness.
29, 30 Floor wiring harness (LH) Driver's
seat belt pre-tensioner <LH drive
vehicles> Floor wiring harness (RH)
Driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
<RH drive vehicles>
harness.
AC300580AB
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR LIFTING AND JACKING
GENERAL
00-25
M1001000700305
SUPPORT POSITIONS FOR A GARAGE JACK, AXLE STANDS, SINGLE-POST LIFT OR
DOUBLE-POST LIFT AND PLATE TYPE LIFT
CAUTION
Do not support the vehicles at locations other than specified supporting points. Doing so will cause
damage, etc.
GARAGE JACK
CAUTION
Never support any point other than the specified one, or that point will be deformed.
AC310387
GENERAL
00-26
AXLE STANDS AND A SINGLE-POST LIFT OR DOUBLE-POST LIFT
CAUTION
If rubber attachments with grooves that are too thick are used at the front support positions, the
front fender may become bent, so be sure to use rubber attachments with groove thicknesses of
18 mm or less.
If attachments which are not high enough are used, they may damage areas such as the side step.
Be sure to use attachments which are high enough, or remove the side step if not using attach-
ments.
AC310389AC
Notch
Rubber
Notch
Rubber
Notch
Rubber
Rubber
AXLE STANDS
SINGLE-POST LIFT
OR DOUBLE-POST LIFT
Notch
STANDARD PART/TIGHTENING-TORQUE TABLE
GENERAL
00-27
PLATE TYPE LIFT
CAUTION
To avoid damaging the side sill garnish, put a wooden block between the side sill and a lift.
Support the side sill flange with a lift.
STANDARD PART/TIGHTENING-TORQUE TABLE
M1001001100674
Each torque value in the table is a standard value for
tightening under the following conditions.
1. Bolts, nuts and washers are all made of steel and
plated with zinc.
2. The threads and bearing surface of bolts and
nuts are all in dry condition.
The values in the table are not applicable:
1. If toothed washers are inserted.
2. If plastic parts are fastened.
3. If bolts are tightened to plastic or die-cast
inserted nuts.
4. If self-tapping screws or self-locking nuts are
used.
STANDARD BOLT AND NUT TIGHTENING TORQUE
Thread size Torque Nm
Bolt nominal
diameter (mm)
Pitch
(mm)
Head mark "4" Head mark "7" Head mark "8"
M5 0.8 2.5 0.5 5.0 1.0 6.0 1.0
M6 1.0 5.0 1.0 8.5 1.5 10 2
M8 1.25 11 2 20 4 24 4
M10 1.25 23 4 42 8 53 7
M12 1.25 42 8 80 10 93 12
M14 1.5 70 10 130 20 150 20
M16 1.5 105 15 195 25 230 30
M18 1.5 150 20 290 40 335 45
M20 1.5 210 30 400 60 465 65
M22 1.5 290 40 540 80 630 90
M24 1.5 375 55 705 105 820 120
FLANGE BOLT AND NUT TIGHTENING TORQUE
Thread size Torque Nm
Bolt nominal
diameter (mm)
Pitch
(mm)
Head mark "4" Head mark "7" Head mark "8"
M6 1.0 5.0 1.0 10 2 12 2
M8 1.25 13 2 24 4 28 5
M10 1.25 26 5 50 5 58 7
M10 1.5 25 4 46 8 55 5
M12 1.25 47 9 93 12 105 15
M12 1.75 43 8 83 12 98 12
NOTE: .
Be sure to use only the specified bolts and nuts, and always tighten them to the specified torques.
Bolts marked with indications such as 4T or 7T are reinforced bolts. The larger the number, the greater the
bolt strength.
NOTES
54-1
GROUP 54
CHASSIS
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS
MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) USING SWS MONITOR. . . . 54C
NOTES
54B-1
GROUP 54B
SMART WIRING
SYSTEM (SWS) NOT
USING SWS
MONITOR
CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-11
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-13
PRIOR TO TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . 54B-13
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-13
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-13
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART. . . . . . . . 54B-14
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-15
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . 54B-33
CHECK TROUBLE BY USING THE INPUT
SIGNAL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-36
OPERATION AND FUNCTION
QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE FOR
INPUT SIGNAL INSPECTION
PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-37
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . 54B-38
BUZZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-46
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM. . . . 54B-48
POWER WINDOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-72
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-125
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER . . . . 54B-130
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-156
HEADLAMP AND TAIL LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . 54B-160
FLASHER TIMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-191
FOG LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-212
INTERIOR LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-225
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES. . . . . 54B-239
CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL . . . . . . . 54B-296
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-302
CONFIGURATION FUNCTION <VEHICLES
WITH KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM>. . . . . . 54B-302
GENERAL INFORMATION
SMART WIRING SYSTEM (SWS) NOT USING SWS MONITOR
54B-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1549000100544
The exclusive signal lines for transmitting the
multi-distribution data are connected as follows
between the ETACS-ECU, column switch (incorpo-
rated inside the column-ECU), front-ECU, power win-
dow main switch (incorporated inside the power
window-ECU), and power window sub switches
(incorporated inside the power window-ECU) for
internal communication.
BUZZER
LAMP REMINDER FUNCTION
When the ignition key is removed and then the
driver's door is opened with turning ON the tail lamp
or the headlamp, the buzzer sounds continuously to
alert the driver that the lamp is still ON.
However, if the tail lamp or the headlamp is turned off
by the headlamp automatic-shutdown function, the
buzzer does not sound.
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CONTROL
FUNCTION
When the front doors is locked (when the lock switch
turns ON after turning OFF the unlock switch in the
driver's door lock actuator or front passengers door
lock key cylinder switch), ETACS-ECU turns ON the
lock relay output for 0.25 second, and locks all doors.
When the front doors is unlocked (when the unlock
switch turns ON after turning OFF the lock switch on
the driver's door lock actuator or front passengers
door lock key cylinder switch), ETACS-ECU turns ON
the unlock relay output for 0.25 second, and unlocks
all doors.
AC212517AG
ETACS-ECU
Column switch
Power window
main switch
Front-ECU
Power window
sub switch
(Front)
Power window
sub switch
(Rear LH)
Power window
sub switch
(Rear RH)
: Bidirectional communication
: Unidirectional communication
AC101512
ON
OFF
ON
(Key removed)
OFF
(Key inserted)
ON (Open)
OFF (Closed)
ON (Tone alarm
sounds)
OFF (Tone alarm
does not sound)
Tail lamp or
headlamp
Key
reminder
switch
Driver's
door
switch
Buzzer
output
AC101496
t: 0.25 seconds
AD
t
t
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Lock switch
Lock relay
output
Unlock relay
output
Unlock switch
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-3
Key reminder function
When the driver's door is opened with the ignition
key inserted to the ignition cylinder and the door is
locked (when the lock switch turns ON after turning
OFF the unlock switch in the driver's door lock actua-
tor), after approximately 0.3 second, ETACS-ECU
turns ON the unlock relay output for 0.25 second to
discourage the door lock operation so that the igni-
tion key left in the ignition cylinder is prevented.
If the discouraging the door lock operation fails, the
current supply will be retried (The unlock relay output
is turned ON for 0.25 second up to five times with
one second interval).
NOTE: The broken line in the graph indicates the
current supply retry state if the discouraging door
lock operation fails.
DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION WITH THE
IMPACT DETECTION
If the vehicle crashed with the ignition switch ON or
30 seconds after turning the ignition switch to LOCK
(OFF), and the impact sensor detects an impact
greater than the predetermined value, the impact
sensor sends the signal to ETACS-ECU. Then,
within the 0.1 second, ETACS-ECU energizes the
unlock relay for one second for releasing the door
lock to prevent passengers to be kept inside the
vehicle after the crash.
NOTE: The fail safe disables the operation under the
following conditions (Diagnosis code No.31 or 32 is
set). Turn ON the ignition switch again after turning
the ignition switch to LOCK (OFF) to return from the
fail safe state.
.
No.31: When the ignition switch is ON, and the
sensor shows under the short circuit voltage for
2.5 second
No.32: When the ignition switch is ON, and the
sensor shows over the closed circuit voltage for
0.4 second
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
KEYLESS ENTRY HAZARD LAMP
ANSWERBACK FUNCTION (THE INITIAL
CONDITION: WITH FUNCTION OF
LOCK/UNLOCK)
AC101499
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
(Open) ON
(Closed) OFF
(Key inserted) ON
Key reminder
switch
Driver's door
switch
Driver's door actuator
switch
Lock relay
Unlock relay
t: 0.3 seconds
T1: 0.25 seconds
T2: 1 second
(Key removed) OFF
LOCK
UNLOCK
t t t t t
T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2 T2 T2
AB
AC101500AB
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
LOCK
UNLOCK
Illuminate
Extinguish
Keyless entry
transmitter
Lock relay output
Unlock relay output
Hazard
warning light
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-4
The hazard answerback function that allows check-
ing the lock/unlock state of the door easily even in
the daytime is adopted. When the lock signal from
the keyless entry transmitter is received into
ETACS-ECU, all doors are locked, and the hazard
warning lamps blink twice. When the unlock signal is
received, all doors are unlocked, and the hazard
warning lamps blink once.
NOTE: The answerback blink time can be adjusted
by the adjusting function.
KEYLESS ENTRY INTERIOR LAMP
ANSWERBACK FUNCTION
The interior lamp blinks two times while locking the
door for easy checking the keyless entry function.
When the door is unlocked, the lamp lamps on for 15
seconds (100%), and turns off.
TIMED LOCKING MECHANISM
After unlocking the doors with the keyless entry
transmitter, if no doors are opened, if the ignition key
is not inserted or if the locking function is not oper-
ated, the ETACS-ECU automatically locks the doors
in 30 seconds.
Intermittent control (the initial condition: with function)
ETACS-ECU calculates the intermittent time TI from
the windshield intermittent wiper volume of the col-
umn switch and the vehicle speed calculated from
the vehicle speed signals (vehicle speed sensor),
and sends it to the front ECU as SWS data.
NOTE: The vehicle speed-dependent wiper function
can be invalidated by the adjusting function.
AC304773
15 seconds
100 %
0 %
65 %
OFF
UNLOCK
LOCK
Lock/unlock
signal by
keyless entry
Interior lamp
brightness
AB
AC304771
Intermittent wiper volume position
FAST
AB
100 0
Intermittent time:
TI (sec.)
18
0
18
SLOW
Intermittent time:
TI (sec.)
Vehicle speed (km/h)
Intermittent wiper volume
"SLOW" position
Intermittent wiper volume
"FAST" position
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-5
The front ECU determines the intermittent time TI
from the input SWS data, and turns ON the wind-
shield wiper drive signal. When the wiper comes to
the stop position, the windshield wiper auto-stop sig-
nal is turned OFF, and the windshield wiper drive sig-
nal turns OFF.
When the intermittent time TI is elapsed after being
turned ON the windshield wiper drive signal, the
windshield wiper drive signal is turned ON again, and
the above-mentioned operation is repeated.
Mist wiper control
When the windshield wiper mist switch of the column
switch is turned ON while the ignition switch is ACC
or ON, the column switch turns ON the windshield
wiper drive signal. At the same time, the wiper speed
switching relay turns to ON (HI). When the wind-
shield mist wiper switch is ON, the windshield wipers
operate at the high speed.
AC304772
OFF
AC304772
OFF
AB
TI: Intermittent time
ON
Windshield wiper
auto stop signal
TI TI TI
ON
Windshield wiper
drive signal
AC300283
OFF
AD
TI: Intermittent time
ON
Windshield wiper
auto stop signal
TI TI
(LO) OFF
(HI) ON
Windshield wiper intermittent operation
Windshield wiper switch
"OFF" position
Windshield wiper
speed switching relay
Windshield wiper
drive signal
OFF
ON
Windshield wiper
"MIST" switch OFF
ON
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-6
Low speed wiper and high speed wiper control
When the windshield low speed wiper switch of the
column switch is turned ON while the ignition switch
is ACC or ON, the column switch turns ON the wind-
shield wiper drive signal. Also, the wiper speed
switching relay turns to OFF (LO), and the windshield
wipers operate at the low speed.
When the windshield high speed wiper switch is
turned ON, the windshield wiper drive signal turns
ON. Also, the wiper speed switching relay turns ON
(HI), and the windshield wipers operate at the high
speed.
Windshield wiper linked with washer function (initial condition: function available)
AC300284
OFF
AC
ON
Windshield wiper
auto stop signal
(LO) OFF
(HI) ON
Windshield wiper high speed operation
Windshield wiper speed
switching relay
Windshield wiper
drive signal
OFF
ON
Windshield wiper "LO" switch
OFF
ON
Windshield wiper low speed operation
Windshield wiper "HI" switch
OFF
ON
AC207005AD
t t
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
T T T1 T1
Windshield wiper relay
Windshield wiper
auto stop signal
Windshield washer relay
Windshield washer switch
Wiper switch in
off position
Wiper switch in intermittent
operation position
t: 0.3 seconds
T: 3 seconds
T1: Intermittent wiper
intermittent time
Wiper
switch
OFF position Intermittent operation position Low-speed or
high-speed
operation
position
Washer
switch ON
time
0.3
seconds
or less
0.3 to
0.5
seconds
0.5 to
0.7
seconds
0.7
seconds
or more
0.2
seconds
or less
0.2 to
0.5
seconds
0.5 to
0.7
seconds
0.7
seconds
or more
-
T1 0
second
1
second
2
seconds
3
seconds
0
second
1
second
2
seconds
3
seconds
3 seconds
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-7
When the front-ECU receives a windshield
washer switch signal from the column switch with
the ignition switch in the ACC or the ON position,
the ECU turns on the windshield washer relay.
When the windshield washer relay becomes ON,
the windshield washer motor starts to run to
spray the washer fluid in the washer tank onto the
windshield through the washer nozzles. When
the windshield washer switch signal remains on
for 0.3 seconds or more, the signal turns on the
windshield wiper relay (The wiper interval
depends. For details, see the list) to operate the
windshield wiper at high speed. Turning off the
windshield washer switch causes the front-ECU
to turn off the windshield wiper relay "T" seconds
later, thus operating the wiper to the auto stop
position at low speed.
When the windshield washer switch is turned ON
during the intermittent operation of the windshield
wiper, the windshield wiper switches to continu-
ous operation and then resumes intermittent
operation.
NOTE: The function to interlock the washer with
windshield wiper operation can be enabled or disa-
bled with its adjustment function.
HEADLAMP
Headlamp automatic-shutdown function (the initial condition: function available)
Even when the lighting switch (tail lamp switch or
headlamp) is ON, the headlamp (including the tail
lamps) turns off automatically with any of the follow-
ing conditions to prevent the battery discharge
caused by unattended operation.
If the ignition switch is turned OFF with the light-
ing switch ON, the lamp turns off automatically
after 3 minutes. If the driver's door is opened dur-
ing the 3 minutes, the lamp turns off after one
second (One second before turning off, the lamp
reminder buzzer sounds).
When the lighting switch is turned off and then on, or
the ignition switch is turned ON while the headlamp
automatic shutdown function is active, the head-
lamps illuminate again.
NOTE: For vehicles with the keyless entry system,
this function can be invalidated by the adjusting func-
tion.
AC300449 AB
1 second 3 minutes
(Closed) OFF
(Opened) ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Tail lamp
Headlamp
OFF
ON
OFF
Driver's seat
door switch
Lighting switch
Headlamp output
Tail lamp output
Ignition switch (IG)
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-8
FLASHER TIMER FUNCTION
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
When the turn signal lamp switch is ON (LH or RH)
with the ignition switch ON, the turn signal lamp out-
put (flash signal) is turned ON.
If the lamp bulb of the front or rear turn signal lamp
has burned out, the flashing speed becomes faster to
alert the driver that the lamp bulb has burned out.
HAZARD WARNING LAMP
When the hazard lamp switch input signal turning
from OFF to ON is detected, the flashing states turns
over by the signal (When the hazard lamp is not
blinking, it blinks. If it is blinking, it turns off).
NOTE: .
1. The push-return switch is adopted for the hazard
lamp switch.
2. Even if the lamp bulb has burned out, the flashing
speed of the hazard lamp is not changed.
FOG LAMP
Rear Fog Lamp Control Function
If the rear fog lamp switch is turned ON when the
headlamp or the front fog lamp is turned ON, the rear
fog lamp is switched ON and OFF alternatively.
If the headlamp and the front fog lamp are turned
OFF, the rear fog lamp is turned OFF at the same
time.
AC101508
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Ignition
switch (IG)
Turn-signal lamp
switch RH
Turn-signal lamp
switch LH
Turn-signal lamp
output RH
Turn-signal lamp
output LH
AC
AC101509
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Hazard lamp
switch
Turn signal
lamp output
RH
Turn signal
lamp output
LH
AC
AC212279
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Rear fog lamp switch
Rear fog lamps
AB
Tail lamp
Headlamp
OFF
Lighting switch
Extinguished
Illuminated
Front fog lamps
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-9
Interior lamp
Dimmer interior lamp control function (the initial condition: function available)
When the interior lamp switch is on the door position,
ETACS-ECU controls the interior lamp illuminates as
follows.
1. When the ignition switch is OFF:
By opening any door, the lamp turns ON (100%), and
dims (65%) when the door is closed, then and
turns off after 15 seconds.
However, when the ignition switch is turned ON or
the door lock is operated, the lamps turn off at
that time.
2. When the ignition switch is ON:
By opening any door, the lamp (100%) turns ON and
OFF when the door is closed.
3. When all doors are closed, and the ignition key is
removed:
By removing the ignition key with all doors closed,
the lamp turns ON (100%), and turns off after 15
seconds.
By inserting the ignition key again or operating the
door lock with the lamp lit, the lamps turns off.
NOTE: For the vehicles with the keyless entry sys-
tem, the delayed interior lamp turning off duration
can be changed by the adjusting function.
AC310770
15 seconds
(All closed) OFF
(Any one open) ON
ON
OFF
Key removed
ACC
100 %
0 %
65 %
Door switch
(All closed) OFF
(Any one open) ON Driver's door
lock actuator switch
(lock switch)
Interior lamp brightness
Ignition switch
15 seconds
AB
GENERAL INFORMATION
54B-10
Interior lamp automatic-shutdown off function (the initial condition: function
available)
When the interior lamp such as the interior lamp [all
interior lamps connecting to the interior lamp fuse
(the front interior lamp, the map lamp, the rear inte-
rior lamp)] is lit, but either one of the conditions is
met, the interior lamp is turned off automatically for
preventing the battery discharge caused by the unat-
tended operation or the door-ajar.
After 30 minutes with the interior lamp lit while the
ignition switch is OFF, the lamp turns off automat-
ically.
After 30 minutes with any door opened while the
ignition switch is OFF, the lamp turns off automat-
ically.
After automatic-shutdown function, the interior lamp
turns ON when any of the following condition is met.
Open and close doors.
Operate the keyless entry transmitter.
Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON.
NOTE: .
1. The interior lamp automatic-shutdown function
can be disabled or enabled by the adjusting func-
tion.
2. After illuminating again, the lamp turns off after 30
minutes, when the interior lamp automatic-shut-
down function is met.
AC212552AB
ON
OFF
ACC
Ignition switch
(All closed) OFF
(Any one open) ON
Door switch
(Illuminated) ON
(Extinguished) OFF
Interior lamp
t: Within 30 minutes
T: 30 minutes
T T t t t
SPECIAL TOOLS
54B-11
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1549000300775
MB991502 M.U.T.-II sub
assembly
Check the SWS (The M.U.T.-II
displays diagnosis codes and
input signals)
MB991955
A: MB991824
B: MB991827
C: MB991910
D: MB991911
E: MB991825
F: MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
A: Vehicle
Communication
Interface (V. C. I.)
B: M.U.T.-III USB
cable
C: M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
D: M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
CAN
communication
system)
E: M.U.T.-III
measurement
adapter
F: M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
Check the SWS (The M.U.T.-III
displays diagnosis codes and
input signals)
CAUTION
(MB991911) should be used.
M.U.T.-III main harness A
should not be used for this
vehicle.
B991502
MB991910
MB991826
MB991955
MB991911
MB991824
MB991827
MB991825
A
B
C
D
E
F
DO NOT USE
SPECIAL TOOLS
54B-12
MB991529 Diagnosis code check
harness
Input signal check by using a
voltmeter
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
MB992006 Extra fine probe Continuity check and voltage
connector
MB991529
MB991223
a
d
c
b
DO NOT USE
BA
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-13
TROUBLESHOOTING
PRIOR TO TROUBLESHOOTING
M1549014700497
Before carrying out troubleshooting, check the fol-
lowing two items.
Make sure that the ETACS-ECU, the junction
block (J/B), the front-ECU and the engine com-
partment relay box are connected securely.
Check that the system fuses and fusible links are
not burned out.
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1549000500683
Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshoot-
ing/Inspection Service Points P.00-5.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
M1549028900148
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
Use the M.U.T.-II/III to read diagnosis code (Refer to
GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspec-
tion Service Points P.00-5).
NOTE: Connect the M.U.T.-II/III to the 16-pin diagno-
sis connector (black).
NOTE: A diagnosis code can not be read when the
ETACS-ECU is defective or the power supply voltage
has risen. In this case, refer to inspection procedure
A-1 "Communication with the M.U.T.-II/III is not pos-
sible P.54B-38."
HOW TO CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
1. Use the M.U.T.-II/III or a voltmeter to check input
signals (Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Trou-
bleshooting/Inspection Service Points P.00-5).
2. The input signals below can be checked by con-
necting the M.U.T.-II/III or a voltmeter to the diag-
nosis connector.
NOTE: If a fault is found at the input signal check,
refer to trouble symptom chart P.54B-36.
SWITCHES WHICH ARE APPLICABLE TO INPUT SIGNAL CHECK, AND THEIR CHECK
CONDITIONS
Input signal Requirements for sounding buzzer
Ignition switch (ACC) When turned from the LOCK (OFF) position to the
ACC position
Ignition switch (IG1) When turned from ACC to ON
Key reminder switch When the inserted ignition key is pulled out
Hazard warning lamp switch When the switch is turned from off to on
Driver's door switch When the driver's door is opened
All of the door switches A door is opened when all the doors are closed
Driver's door lock actuator When the driver's key cylinder or inside lock knob is
unlocked or locked
Door lock key cylinder switch Turn the key to the lock or unlock position
Vehicle speed signal When the vehicle speed has reached 10 km/h or
more
54B-14
M1549000700331
Column switch Tail lamp switch When the lighting switch is moved from the
headlamp position to the tail lamp position.
Headlamp switch When the lighting switch is moved from the tail lamp
position to the headlamp position.
Dimmer switch When the switch is turned from off to on
Passing lamp switch
Turn-signal lamp switch (LH)
Turn-signal lamp switch (RH)
Wind shield mist wiper switch
Windshield intermittent wiper
switch
Windshield low-speed wiper
switch
Windshield high-speed wiper
switch
Windshield intermittent wiper
volume
When the windshield intermittent wiper volume is
rotated from "FAST" to "SLOW" (a pulse is sent
around the volume middle position)
Windshield washer switch When the switch is turned from off to on
Keyless entry
transmitter
Switches When the switch is turned from off to on
Interior lamp loaded signal When a load is applied through multi-purpose fuse
No.18
Input signal Requirements for sounding buzzer
Code No. Diagnosis Details Reference
page
11 Trouble related to the ETACS-ECU
P.54B-15
12 Trouble related to the column switch or improper connection to the
ETACS-ECU
P.54B-16
13 Trouble related to the front-ECU or improper connection to the
ETACS-ECU
P.54B-22
21 Short circuit in SWS communication line
P.54B-26
31 Open circuit in the signal line between the SRS-ECU and the
ETACS-ECU (impact detection signal)
P.54B-30
32 Short circuit in the signal line between the SRS-ECU and the
ETACS-ECU (impact detection signal)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
54B-15
Diagnosis code 11: Trouble related to the ETACS-ECU
The ETACS-ECU monitors the data, which the ECU
itself sends. If errors occur consecutively 15 times
(for 0.6 seconds), a diagnosis code will be set. Then,
if the data does not contain any errors consecutively
15 times (for 0.6 seconds), the ECU will stop sending
the diagnosis code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Again check that diagnosis code No.11 is set.
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-5).
54B-16
Diagnosis code 12: Trouble related to the column switch or improper connection to the ETACS-ECU
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earthing circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
BATTERY
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
COLUMN
SWITCH
Wire colour code
B : Black
LG : Light green
G : Green
L: Blue
W : White
Y: Yellow
SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown
O : Orange
GR : Gray
R : Red
P : Pink
V : Violet
COLUMN-ECU
ETACS-ECU
RELAY
BOX
LHD RHD LHD RHD
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
Column Switch Power Supply and SWS Communication Circuit
54B-17
If the column switch ignores the data request signal
sent by the ETACS-ECU (three times or more for one
second), this diagnosis code will be set. Then, when
the column switch observes the request signal for
one second, the ECU will stop sending the diagnosis
code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the column switch
Step 1. M.U.T.-II/III diagnosis code.
(1) Ignition switch: ON
(2) On completion, check that diagnosis code No.12
is not reset.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Connector check: C-206 column switch
connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Voltage measurement at C-206 column
switch connector
(1) Disconnect the column switch connector, and
(2) Voltage between C-206 column switch connector
terminal No.1 and body earth
OK: System voltage
YES : Replace the column switch.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC301541HQ
Connector C-206
(Harness side)
10
5
6 7 9 8
3 4 2 1
54B-18
Step 4. Check the wiring harness between C-206
column switch connector terminal No.1 and the
battery.
NOTE:
diate connector C-129 and joint connector C-05, and
Check the power supply line for open circuit.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310447
Connectors: C-05, C-129 <LHD>
C-05 (GR)
C-129
C-05
C-129
AC
AC310455
Connectors: C-05, C-129 <RHD>
C-05 (GR)
C-129
C-05
C-129
AB
54B-19
Step 5. Resistance measurement at the C-206
column switch connector
(1) Disconnect the column switch connector, and
(2) Resistance between C-206 column switch
connector terminal No.4 and body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
column switch connector terminal No.4 and the
body earth.
NOTE:
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check joint
Check the earth wires for open circuit.
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310506AK
Connector C-206
(Harness side)
10
5
6 7 9 8
3 4 2 1
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310452
AB
C-06 (GR)
AC310456
AB
C-06 (GR)
54B-20
Step 7. Connector check: C-228 ETACS-ECU
connector
YES : Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Check the wiring harness from C-228
ETACS-ECU connector terminal Nos.59 and 68 to
C-206 column switch connector terminal Nos.3
and 2.
AC310450
AC
Junction block (rear view)
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
54B-21
NOTE:
Check the communication lines for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 9.
reset.
Replace the column switch, and then check that the
diagnosis code is not reset.
(1) Replace the column switch.
is not reset.
AC310446
AW
C-101 (L)
AC310456
AQ
C-101 (L)
54B-22
Diagnosis code 13: Trouble related to the front-ECU or improper connection to the ETACS-ECU
CAUTION
Wire colour code
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG2)
ETACS-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
FRONT-ECU
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
Front-ECU Power Supply and SWS Communication Circuit
54B-23
If the front-ECU has sent abnormal signal to the
ETACS-ECU for consecutively 15 communication
cycles (0.6 second), the diagnosis code will be set. If
the front-ECU has sent normal signal to the
ETACS-ECU for consecutively 15 communication
cycles (0.6 second), the ETACS-ECU will stop send-
ing the diagnosis code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the front-ECU
is not reset.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Connector check: A-10X front-ECU
connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Voltage measurement at A-10X front-ECU
connector
(1) Remove the front-ECU, and measure at the relay
box side.
(2) Voltage between A-10X front-ECU connector
OK: System voltage
YES : Replace the front-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the wiring harness between A-10X
front-ECU connector terminal No.7 and the
battery.
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC301541CT
5 11 9 10 8 7 6 2 4 3 1
Connector A-10X
(Relay box side)
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
54B-24
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Resistance measurement at A-11X
front-ECU connector
box side.
(2) Resistance between A-11X front-ECU connector
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
front-ECU connector terminal No.31 and the body
earth.
connector
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC301541CU
Connector A-11X
(Relay box side)
24 29 30 31 2827 25 26 21 2322
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
54B-25
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.59 and A-11X
front-ECU connector terminal No.22.
NOTE:
connector C-101 and intermediate connector C-129,
and repair if necessary.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310446
AW
C-101 (L)
AC310456
AQ
C-101 (L)
AC310446
AS
AC310454
AV
54B-26
reset.
Replace the column switch, and then check that the
diagnosis code is not reset.
is not reset.
Diagnosis code 21: Short circuit in SWS communication line
CAUTION
communication circuit is normal.
If the SWS communication line voltage is kept at low
level for 0.3 second, the diagnosis code will be set. If
the ETACS-ECU data line voltage is kept at high
level for 0.3 second, or the ETACS-ECU has
received normal signal from the other ECUs or
switches, the ETACS-ECU will stop sending the
diagnosis code. While this code is set, the other
codes will not be set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the power window main switch
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
FRONT-ECU ETACS-ECU
COLUMN
SWITCH
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
Wire colour code
CPU
SWS Communication Line
54B-27
connector, C-206 column switch connector,
C-228 ETACS-ECU connector and E-05 power
window main switch connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310484
Connector: E-05 <LHD>
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
Connector: E-05 <RHD>
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
54B-28
Step 2. Check the wiring harness from each of
A-11X front-ECU connector terminal No.22, C-206
column switch connector terminal No.3 and E-05
power window main switch connector terminal
No.4 to C-228 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
No.59.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
54B-29
NOTE:
connector C-101 and intermediate connector C-17
<LH drive vehicles> or C-110 <RH drive vehicles>,
YES : Go to Step 3.
column switch connector terminal No.2 and
C-228 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.68.
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC310447AF
C-101 (L)
C-17
C-17
C-101
AC310456
AQ
C-101 (L)
AC310456
AH
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
54B-30
reset.
When A-11X front-ECU connector is disconnected,
check that diagnosis code No.21 is not reset. How-
ever, diagnosis code No.13 will be set at this time.
YES : Replace the front-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 5.
reset.
When E-05 power window main switch connector is
disconnected, check that diagnosis code No.21 is
not reset.
YES : Replace the power window main switch.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Check that the hazard warning lamps
illuminate.
When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
(OFF) position, check if the hazard warning lamps
illuminate.
YES : Refer to diagnosis code No.12 "Trouble
related to the column switch or improper
connection to the ETACS-ECU P.54B-16."
NO : Refer to inspection procedure A-2 "Check
the battery power supply circuit to the
ETACS-ECU P.54B-42."
Diagnosis code 31: Open circuit in the signal line between the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (impact
detection signal)
Diagnosis code 32: Short circuit in the signal line between the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (impact
detection signal)
CAUTION
input signal circuit is normal.
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
SRS-ECU
ETACS-ECU
CRASH DETECTION
DOOR UNLOCK
54B-31
If the voltage in the signal line between the
SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU has exceeded 4.6 V
for 40 milliseconds or more, the ETACS-ECU will set
diagnosis code No.31 as an open circuit. If the signal
line voltage has reached 1.5 V or less for at least 2.5
seconds, the ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code
No.32 as a short circuit. If the ignition switch is turned
off, the ETACS-ECU will stop sending the diagnosis
code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Check that the SRS-ECU sets a diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to GROUP 52B Troubleshooting
P.52B-9.
Step 2. Connector check: C-12 SRS-ECU
connector and C-227 ETACS-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC310446
Connector: C-12
<LHD>
AX
Harness side
C-12 (Y)
AC310454
Connector: C-12
<RHD>
BB
Harness side
C-12 (Y)
AC310450
Connector: C-227
AG
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
AC310461
Harness side
Connector: C-227
AF
<RHD>
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
39 40 41 42 43 44
54B-32
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.29 and C-12
SRS-ECU connector terminal No.14.
YES : Go to Step 4.
reset.
Replace the SRS-ECU, and then check that the diag-
nosis code is not reset.
(1) Replace the SRS-ECU.
(3) Check that diagnosis code No.31 or 32 is not
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.31 or 32 set?
AC310450
Connector: C-227
AG
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
AC310461
Harness side
Connector: C-227
AF
<RHD>
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
39 40 41 42 43 44
AC310446
Connector: C-12
<LHD>
AX
Harness side
C-12 (Y)
AC310454
Connector: C-12
<RHD>
BB
Harness side
C-12 (Y)
54B-33
M1549000800866
<FUNCTION SYSTEM>
Symptom Inspection
procedure
number
Reference
page
Communication with the M.U.T.-II/III is not possible. A-1
P.54B-38
When the ignition switch is at the LOCK (OFF) position, the functions do
not work normally.
A-2
P.54B-42
Check the battery power supply circuit to the ETACS-ECU.
Symptom Inspection
procedure
number
Reference
page
Buzzer Lamp reminder buzzer function does not
work normally.
B-1
P.54B-46
Central door locking
system
Central door locking system does not work.
<LH drive vehicles>
C-1
P.54B-48
Central door locking system does not work.
<RH drive vehicles>
P.54B-51
A door or a tailgate can not be locked or
unlocked by the central door locking
system. <LH drive vehicles>
C-2
P.54B-54
A door or a tailgate can not be locked or
unlocked by the central door locking
system. <RH drive vehicles>
P.54B-61
The central door locking system can not be
operated by means of the front
passenger's door lock key cylinder.
C-3
P.54B-68
The ignition key reminder function does not
work normally.
C-4
P.54B-69
The impact detection door unlock function
does not function.
C-5
P.54B-71
54B-34
Power windows Power windows do not work at all. D-1
P.54B-72
Driver's power window does not work by
means of the power window main switch.
<LH drive vehicles>
D-2
P.54B-81
Driver's power window does not work by
<RH drive vehicles>
P.54B-83
Relevant power window(s) do not work by
means of the front and rear passenger's
power window sub switches.
D-3
P.54B-85
Front and/or rear passenger's power
window(s) do not work by means of the
power window main switch.
D-4
P.54B-103
The window glass lowers automatically
while it is rising.
D-5
P.54B-112
Power window anti-trap function does not
work normally.
D-6
P.54B-113
Keyless entry system Keyless entry system does not work. E-1
P.54B-125
Keyless entry hazard warning lamp
answerback function or the room lamp
answerback function does not work
normally.
E-2
P.54B-127
Encrypted code cannot be registered. E-3
P.54B-128
The timer lock function does not work after
the doors have been unlocked by the
keyless entry system.
E-4
P.54B-129
Windshield wiper and
washer
The windshield wipers do not work at all. F-1
P.54B-130
The windshield wipers do not work when
the wiper switch is at "INT", "Washer" or
"Mist" position. However, the wipers work
at low speed when the switch is at "Lo" and
"Hi" position.
F-2
P.54B-137
The windshield wipers do not stop at the
specified park position.
F-3
P.54B-139
The windshield wipers does not work
normally.
F-4
P.54B-144
The intermittent wiper interval can not be
adjusted by operating the windshield
intermittent wiper volume control.
F-5
P.54B-149
The intermittent wiper interval is not
changed according to the vehicle speed.
F-6
P.54B-150
The windshield washer does not work. F-7
P.54B-152
Ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp
The ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
does not illuminate/extinguish normally.
G-1
P.54B-156
Symptom Inspection
procedure
number
Reference
page
54B-35
Headlamp and tail lamp The tail lamps do not illuminate normally. H-1
P.54B-160
The low-beam headlamps do not illuminate
normally.
H-2
P.54B-162
The high-beam headlamps do not
illuminate normally.
H-3
P.54B-164
The high-beam and low-beam headlamps
do not illuminate when the passing switch
is operated.
H-4
P.54B-165
The headlamp automatic shutdown
function does not work normally.
H-5
P.54B-166
Any of tail lamps, position lamps or licence
plate lamps does not illuminate. <LH drive
vehicles>
H-6
P.54B-168
Any of tail lamps, position lamps or licence
plate lamps does not illuminate. <RH drive
vehicles>
P.54B-175
The headlamp(s) do not illuminate.
<including high-beam indicator>
H-7
P.54B-182
Flasher timer The turn-signal lamps do not illuminate. I-1
P.54B-191
The hazard warning lamps do not
illuminate.
I-2
P.54B-196
Any of the turn-signal lamps does not
illuminate. <LH drive vehicles>
I-3
P.54B-198
Any of the turn-signal lamps does not
illuminate. <RH drive vehicles>
P.54B-205
Fog lamp The rear fog lamp do not illuminate
normally.
J-1
P.54B-212
The rear fog lamp or the rear fog lamp
indicator does not illuminate normally.
J-2
P.54B-218
Room lamp The front, rear room lamp and/or luggage
compartment lamp do not illuminate or
K-1
P.54B-225
Interior lamp automatic shutdown function
does not work normally.
K-2
P.54B-233
The door-ajar warning lamp does not
illuminate/extinguish normally.
K-3
P.54B-235
Symptom Inspection
procedure
number
Reference
page
CHECK TROUBLE BY USING THE INPUT SIGNAL CHECK
54B-36
CHECK TROUBLE BY USING THE INPUT SIGNAL CHECK
M1549024200318
<PULSE CHECK>
If a problem is found in the Service Data inspection, observe the table below.
Symptom Inspection
procedure
number
Reference
page
The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received. L-1
P.54B-239
The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received. L-2
P.54B-242
The door switch (front: LH) signal is not received. <LH drive vehicles> L-3
P.54B-244
The door switch (front: RH) signal is not received. <RH drive vehicles>
P.54B-246
Column switch (lighting and
turn-signal lamp switch)
The tail lamp switch signal is not
received.
L-4
P.54B-248
The headlamp switch signal is not
received.
The dimmer switch signal is not
received.
The passing switch signal is not
received.
The turn-signal lamp switch (LH)
signal is not received.
The turn-signal lamp switch (RH)
Column switch (windshield
wiper/washer switch)
The windshield mist wiper switch
L-5
P.54B-249
The windshield intermittent wiper
switch signal is not received.
The windshield low-speed wiper
The windshield high-speed wiper
The windshield washer switch signal
is not received.
The windshield intermittent wiper
volume signal is not received.
L-6
P.54B-250
Power window main switch When the power window main switch
is operated, the switch signals are
not received.
L-7
P.54B-254
The key reminder switch signal is not received. L-8
P.54B-257
The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received. L-9
P.54B-261
All the door switch signals are not
received.
LH drive vehicles L-10
P.54B-265
RH drive vehicles
P.54B-268
OPERATION AND FUNCTION QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE FOR INPUT SIGNAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES
54B-37
OPERATION AND FUNCTION QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE
FOR INPUT SIGNAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES
M1549020300313
If troubles have occurred in the functions which use the SWS simultaneously, observe the table below to
check input signals.
(This table shows only the input signals which will cause troubles in at least two functions simultaneously).
The front door lock actuator (LH) switch signal is not received. <LH drive
vehicles>
L-11
P.54B-272
The front door lock actuator (RH) switch signal is not received. <RH drive
vehicles>
P.54B-275
The vehicle speed sensor signal is not received. L-12
P.54B-278
Each switch signal of the keyless entry transmitter is not received. L-13
P.54B-282
The rear fog lamp switch signal is not received. L-14
P.54B-283
The interior lamp loaded signal is not received. L-15
P.54B-287
The door lock key cylinder switch signal is not received. L-16
P.54B-292
Symptom Inspection
procedure
number
Reference
page
Function L-1 L-2 L-3 L-4 L-8 L-10 L-11 L-15
Lamp reminder function

Control of central door
locking

Key reminder function

Door locking released due to
impact detection

Keyless entry system

Keyless entry hazard
warning lamp answerback

Power window control

Control of windshield
wiper/washer

Ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp function

Headlamp control

Tail lamp control

Headlamp automatic
shutdown function

Fog lamp control

Turn-signal lamp control

SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-38
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-1: Communication with the M.U.T.-II/III is not possible.
CAUTION
It is suspected that the power supply circuit to the
ETACS-ECU is defective, or the wiring harness
between the diagnosis connector and the
ETACS-ECU or their connector(s) is damaged.
NOTE: If the wiring harness between the
ETACS-ECU and body earth is defective, also check
C-225 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.3, and
Room lamp control

Interior lamp automatic
shutdown function

Door-ajar indicator lamp

Function L-1 L-2 L-3 L-4 L-8 L-10 L-11 L-15
ETACS-
ECU
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
LHD RHD
FRONT SIDE Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue
W : White Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue BR : Brown
O : Orange GR : Gray R : Red P : Pink V : Violet
J/B SIDE
MUT-II/III Communication Circuit and ETACS-ECU Ground Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-39
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Step 1. Check that the M.U.T.-II/III communicates
with the other systems.
Use the M.U.T.-II/III to confirm that it communicates
with the engine-ECU.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Diagnose the engine control system by
referring to P.13A-237.
Step 2. Check that the M.U.T.-II/III can
communicate with the system.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, check if the
M.U.T.-II/III can communicate with the system.
YES : Refer to inspection procedure A-2 "Check
NO : Go to Step 3.
connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
ETACS-ECU connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
junction block side.
(2) Resistance between C-228 ETACS-ECU
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310506AB
Connector C-228
(Harness side)
68
74
63 66
72 73
67 6564 61
70 71
62
69
60
57 58 59 5655 52 54 53 51
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-40
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.56 and body
earth.
NOTE:
Step 6. Connector check: C-14 diagnosis
connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310452
AB
C-06 (GR)
AC310456
AB
C-06 (GR)
AC310446
AB
Front side
C-14 (B)
AC310456
AC
Front side
C-14 (B)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-41
C-14 diagnosis connector terminal Nos.9 and 1.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
joint connector C-23 <LH driver vehicles> or C-21
<RH drive vehicles>, and repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Retest the system.
Check whether the communication with the
M.U.T.-II/III is possible.
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
AC310447
AB
2 1 3
13 12 14 21
10 5 4 6
16 15 17
7 8 9
19 18 20
11
22
C-14 (B)
C-23 (B)
C-23
Front side
C-14
AC310456
AC
Front side
C-14 (B)
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310454AB
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-42
INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: When the ignition switch is at the LOCK (OFF) position, the functions
do not work normally. Check the battery power supply circuit to the ETACS-ECU.
CAUTION
power supply circuit and the earthing circuit are
normal.
If this circuit is defective and the ignition switch is at
the LOCK (OFF) position, the ETACS-ECU does not
work. In this case, the functions below will be sus-
pended.
Headlamp automatic shutdown function
However, when the ignition switch is at the ON posi-
tion, the functions below will work.
Reading diagnosis code and checking input sig-
nal by M.U.T.-II/III.
Central door locking
Headlamp and tail lamp
Hazard warning lamp
Room lamps
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
BATTERY
RELAY
BOX
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-43
connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Voltage measurement at the C-226
ETACS-ECU connector
(1) Remove the ETACS-ECU, and measure at the
(2) Voltage between C-226 ETACS-ECU connector
terminal No.20 and body earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310507AB
Connector C-226
(Junction block side)
2019 7 13 17 18 1615 14 10 11 12 9 8 2 6 5 3 4 1
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-44
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.20 and
battery.
NOTE:
connector C-05, intermediate connector C-129 and
junction block connector C-210, and repair if neces-
sary.
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310447
C-05 (GR)
C-129
C-05
C-129
AC
AC310455
C-05 (GR)
C-129
C-05
C-129
AB
AC310448
Harness side
AD
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC310458
Harness side
AD
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-45
ETACS-ECU connector
(2) Continuity between C-226 ETACS-ECU
connector terminal No.3 and body earth.
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.3 and body
earth.
NOTE:
block connector C-214, and repair if necessary.
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310506AC
Connector C-226
2019 7 13 17 18 1615 14 10 11 12 9 8 2 6 5 3 4 1
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310448
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AC310458
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-46
Check that the battery power supply circuit to the
ETACS-ECU is normal.
BUZZER
INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Lamp reminder buzzer function does not work normally.
CAUTION
input and output signal circuits are normal.
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accord-
ance with the input signals below.
Ignition switch (IG1)
Driver's door switch
Tail lamp switch
Headlamp switch
If this function does not work normally, these input
signal circuit(s) or the ETACS-ECU may be defec-
tive.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the driver's door switch
Step 1. Check the power supply circuit.
illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
FRONT DOOR SWITCH (RH) <RHD>
FRONT DOOR SWITCH (LH) <LHD>
HEADLAMP SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)
TAIL LAMP SWITCH
Lamp Reminder Tone Alarm Function
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-47
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signals below, which are related to
the lamp reminder buzzer function.
OK: The M.U.T.-II/III sounds or the voltmeter
needle fluctuates.
All the signals are received normally. : Go to Step
3.
The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received. :
Refer to inspection procedure L-2 "The
ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received
P.54B-242."
The driver's door switch signal is not received. :
Refer to inspection procedure L-3 "The door
switch (front: LH) signal is not received <LH
drive vehicles>P.54B-244 ." Refer to
inspection procedure L-3 "The door switch
(front: RH) signal is not received <RH drive
vehicles>P.54B-246 ."
The tail lamp switch signal is not received. : Refer
to inspection procedure L-4 "The column
switch (lighting and turn-signal lamp switch)
signal is not received P.54B-248."
The headlamp switch signal is not received. :
column switch (lighting and turn-signal lamp
switch) signal is not received P.54B-248."
The lamp reminder buzzer function should work nor-
mally.
System switch Check condition
Ignition switch (IG1) When turned from ACC
to ON
Driver's door switch When the driver's door is
opened
Tail lamp switch When the lighting switch
is turned to the TAIL
position
Headlamp switch When the lighting switch
is turned to the
HEADLAMP position
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-48
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central door locking system does not work. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
DOOR
UNLOCK
RELAY
DOOR
LOCK
RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT: LH)
1
FUSIBLE
LINK
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
J/B SIDE
Central Door Lock Power Supply Circuit <LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-49
COMMENT ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the central door locking system does not work at
all, the front door lock actuator (LH) or the
ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the front door lock actuator (LH)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 2.
the ETACS-ECU battery power supply
circuit P.54B-42."
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the driver's door lock
actuator switch.
OK: The M.U.T.-II/III sound or the voltmeter
needle fluctuate.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure L-11 "The
front door lock actuator (LH) switch signal is
not received <LH drive vehicles>P.54B-272
."
Step 3. Connector check: E-04 front door lock
actuator (LH) connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the front door lock actuator (LH)
Check that the front door lock actuator (LH) works
normally. Refer to GROUP 42 Door P.42-31.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front door lock actuator (LH).
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
Driver's door lock
actuator switch
When the driver's key
cylinder or inside lock
knob is unlocked or
locked
AC310484
Harness side
AB
E-04(B)
Front door (LH)
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-50
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.2 and fusible
link (1).
NOTE:
diate connector C-126 and junction block connector
C-212, and repair if necessary.
Check the power supply line for open or short cir-
cuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the central door locking system works
normally.
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310523AB
Fusible link: No.1
AC310446
AD
AC310448
Harness side
AF
C-212 (B)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-51
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central door locking system does not work. <RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
DOOR
UNLOCK
RELAY
DOOR
LOCK
RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT: RH)
1
FUSIBLE
LINK
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
J/B SIDE
Central Door Lock Power Supply Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-52
If the central door locking system does not work at
all, the front door lock actuator (RH) or the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the front door lock actuator (RH)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 2.
circuit" P.54B-42.
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the driver's door lock
actuator switch.
OK: The M.U.T.-II/III sound or the voltmeter
needle fluctuate.
YES : Go to Step 3.
front door lock actuator (RH) switch signal is
not received <RH drive vehicles>P.54B-275
."
actuator (RH) connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the front door lock actuator (RH)
Check that the front door lock actuator (RH) works
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front door lock actuator (RH).
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
Driver's door lock
actuator switch
knob is unlocked or
locked
AC310493
Harness side
AF
E-15 (B)
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-53
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.2 and fusible
link (1).
NOTE:
Check the power supply line for open or short cir-
cuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.
normally.
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310523AB
Fusible link: No.1
AC310454
AF
AC310458
AF
Harness side
C-212 (B)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-54
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: A Door or a tailgate can not be locked or unlocked by the central door
locking system. <LH drive vehicles>
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR: RH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR: LH)
ETACS-ECU
DOOR
UNLOCK
RELAY
DOOR
LOCK
RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT: LH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT:RH)
J/B SIDE
Central Door Lock Circuit <LHD>
Wire colour code
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-55
If a door can not be locked or unlocked by the central
door locking system, the door lock actuator may be
defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the door lock actuator
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Confirm which door lock actuator is
defective.
Q: Which door fails to lock correctly?
Driver's door : Go to Step 2.
Front passenger's door : Go to Step 6.
Rear right door : Go to Step 10.
Rear left door : Go to Step 14.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Check the front door lock actuator (LH)
Check that the front door lock actuator (LH) works
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Connector check: C-226, C-227
ETACS-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC310484
Harness side
AB
E-04(B)
Front door (LH)
AC310451
AB
Junction block side
C-227
C-226
C-227
Harness side
C-226
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-56
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.22 to E-04
front door lock actuator (LH) connector terminal
Nos.4 and 6.
NOTE:
Check the input and output lines for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.
AC310451
AB
Junction block side
C-227
C-226
C-227
Harness side
C-226
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
AC310484
Harness side
AB
E-04(B)
Front door (LH)
AC310446
AE
AC310448
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AC310488
Harness side
AB
E-15(B)
Front door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-57
Step 7. Check the front door lock actuator (RH).
YES : Go to Step 8.
connector
YES : Go to Step 9.
E-15 front door lock actuator (RH) connector
terminal Nos.4 and 6.
NOTE:
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310488
Harness side
AB
E-15(B)
Front door (RH)
AC310452
AC
AC310448
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-58
Step 10. Connector check: E-18 rear door lock
Step 11. Check the rear door lock actuator (RH).
Check that the rear door lock actuator (RH) is in
good condition. Refer to GROUP 42 Door P.42-31.
NO : Replace the rear door lock actuator (RH).
connector
E-18 rear door lock actuator (RH) connector
AC310491
Harness side
AB
Connector: E-18
E-18 (B)
Rear door (RH)
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310491
Harness side
AB
Connector: E-18
E-18 (B)
Rear door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-59
NOTE:
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check C-112,
D-04 intermediate connectors and C-214 junction
block connector, and repair if necessary.
Step 15. Check the rear door lock actuator (LH).
Check that the rear door lock actuator (LH) is in good
condition. Refer to GROUP 42 Door P.42-31.
NO : Replace the rear door lock actuator (LH).
connector
AC310452
AD
C-112 (GR)
AC310448
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AC310463
Connector: D-04 <LHD>
AB
AC310486
Harness side
AC
Connector: E-07
E-07 (B)
Rear door (LH)
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-60
E-07 rear door lock actuator (LH) connector
NOTE:
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check D-15
intermediate connectors and C-217 junction block
connector, and repair if necessary.
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310486
Harness side
AC
Connector: E-07
E-07 (B)
Rear door (LH)
AC310448
Harness side
AG
AC310465AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-61
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: A door or a tailgate can not be locked or unlocked by the central door
locking system. <RH drive vehicles>
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR: RH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(REAR: LH)
ETACS-ECU
DOOR
UNLOCK
RELAY
DOOR
LOCK
RELAY
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT: LH)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(FRONT:RH)
J/B SIDE
Central Door Lock Circuit <RHD>
Wire colour code
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-62
If a door can not be locked or unlocked by the central
door locking system, the door lock actuator may be
defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the door lock actuator
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Confirm which door lock actuator is
defective.
Q: Which door fails to lock correctly?
Driver's door : Go to Step 2.
Front passenger's door : Go to Step 6.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Check the front door lock actuator (RH)
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Connector check: C-226, C-227
ETACS-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC310493
Harness side
AF
E-15 (B)
AC310462
AB
Junction block side
C-226
C-226
C-227
Harness side
C-227
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-63
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.22 to E-15
front door lock actuator (RH) connector terminal
Nos.4 and 6.
NOTE:
YES : Go to Step 7.
AC310462
AB
Junction block side
C-226
C-226
C-227
Harness side
C-227
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
AC310493
Harness side
AF
E-15 (B)
AC310456
AH
AC310458
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AC310498
AF
Harness side
E-04 (B)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-64
Step 7. Check the front door lock actuator (LH).
YES : Go to Step 8.
connector
YES : Go to Step 9.
E-04 front door lock actuator (LH) connector
NOTE:
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310498
AF
Harness side
E-04 (B)
AC310454
AH
AC310458
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-65
Step 11. Check the rear door lock actuator (RH).
Check that the rear door lock actuator (RH) is in
good condition. Refer to GROUP 42 Door P.42-31.
NO : Replace the rear door lock actuator (RH).
connector
E-18 rear door lock actuator (RH) connector
NOTE:
diate connector D-04, and repair if necessary.
AC310495
Harness side
AE
Connector: E-18
E-18 (B)
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310495
Harness side
AE
Connector: E-18
E-18 (B)
AC310471
Connector: D-04 <RHD>
AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-66
Step 15. Check the rear door lock actuator (LH).
Check that the rear door lock actuator (LH) is in good
condition. Refer to GROUP 42 Door P.42-31.
NO : Replace the rear door lock actuator (LH).
connector
E-07 rear door lock actuator (LH) connector
AC310500
Harness side
AB
Connector: E-07
E-07 (B)
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310500
Harness side
AB
Connector: E-07
E-07 (B)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-67
NOTE:
diate connectors C-127, D-15 and junction block
AC310454AI
AC310458
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AC310473
AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-68
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: The central door locking system can not be operated by means of the
front passenger's door lock key cylinder.
CAUTION
If the central door locking system does not work by
means of the front passenger's door lock key cylin-
der, the front passenger's door lock key cylinder or
the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the front passenger's door lock key
cylinder
Step 1. Check the operation of the central door
locking system.
normally by means of the driver's door lock key cylin-
der and inside lock knob.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure C-1 "Central
door locking system does not work
P.54B-48. <LH drive vehicles>" Refer to
inspection procedure C-1 "Central door
locking system does not work P.54B-51.
<RH drive vehicles>"
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
DOOR LOCK KEY
CYLINDER SWITCH
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (FRONT: LH)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (FRONT: RH)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (REAR: LH)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (REAR: RH)
J/B SIDE
Central Door Lock (Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cyilinder Switch) Circuit
DOOR
UNLOCK
RELAY
DOOR
LOCK
RELAY
1
FUSIBLE
LINK
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-69
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the front passengers
door lock key cylinder switch.
needle fluctuates.
YES : Go to Step 3.
door lock key cylinder switch signal is not
received P.54B-292."
normally by means of the front passenger's door lock
key cylinder.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: The ignition key reminder function does not work normally.
CAUTION
Front passengers door
lock key cylinder switch
Turn the key to the lock
or unlock position
ETACS-ECU
DOOR
UNLOCK
RELAY
DOOR
LOCK
RELAY
1
FUSIBLE
LINK
INPUT SIGNAL
KEY REMINDER
SWITCH
DRIVER'S DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S DOOR
LOCK ACTUCTOR
SWITCH
J/B SIDE
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (FRONT: LH)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (FRONT: RH)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (REAR: LH)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (REAR: RH)
Ignition Key Reminder Function Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-70
If the key reminder function does not work normally,
the input signal circuits below or the ETACS-ECU
may be defective.
Key reminder switch
Driver's door lock actuator
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the key reminder switch
Malfunction of the driver's door lock actuator
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 2.
circuit" P.54B-42.
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signals below which are related to
the key reminder function.
needle fluctuates.
3.
The key reminder switch signal is not received. :
Refer to inspection procedure L-8 "The key
reminder switch signal is not received
P.54B-257."
The driver's door lock actuator switch signal is not
received. : Refer to inspection procedure L-11
"The front door lock actuator (LH) switch
signal is not received <LH drive
vehicles>P.54B-272 . " Refer to inspection
procedure L-11 "The front door lock actuator
(RH) switch signal is not received <RH drive
Q: Does the ignition key reminder function work
normally?
opened
Key reminder switch When the inserted
ignition key is pulled out
Driver's door lock
actuator switch
knob is unlocked or
locked
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-71
INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: The impact detection door unlock function does not function.
CAUTION
If the impact detection door unlock function does not
work normally, the input signal circuit from the impact
detection sensor, the SRS-ECU or the ETACS-ECU
may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Use the M.U.T.-II/III to confirm a diagnosis code.
Check whether the ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code
No.31 or 32.
YES : Refer to P.54B-30.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-72
POWER WINDOW
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-1: Power windows do not work at all.
CAUTION
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
FRONT
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(RH)
REAR
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(LH)
REAR
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(RH)
Wire colour code
B : Black
LG : Light green
G : Green
L: Blue
W : White
Y: Yellow
SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown
O : Orange
GR : Gray
R : Red
P : Pink
V : Violet
J/B SIDE
CPU
Power Window Relay Circuit <LHD>
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-73
If the power windows do not work at all, the power
window relay, the power window main switch or the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the power window relay
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the ignition switch.
needle fluctuates.
FUSIBLE LINK
5
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
J/B SIDE
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
FRONT
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(LH)
REAR
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(LH)
REAR
POWER
WINDOW
SUB
SWITCH
(RH)
Wire colour code
B : Black
LG : Light green
G : Green
L: Blue
W : White
Y: Yellow
SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown
O : Orange
GR : Gray
R : Red
P : Pink
V : Violet
CPU
Power Window Relay Circuit <RHD>
Ignition switch (IG1) When turned from ACC to
ON
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-74
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure A-2 "When
the ignition switch is at the LOCK (OFF)
position, the functions do not work normally.
Check the battery power supply circuit to
the ETACS-ECU P.54B-42."
Step 2. Connector check: C-224 power window
relay connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector.
Step 3. Check the power window relay.
Refer to GROUP 42 Door On-vehicle Service
P.42-24.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the power window relay.
Step 4. Connector check: E-05 power window
main switch connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-75
Step 5. Voltage measurement at the E-05 power
(2) Voltage between terminal 6 and body earth
OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Voltage measurement at the C-224 power
window relay connector
wiring junction block side.
(2) Voltage between terminal 5 and body earth
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC303986
Connector E-05
(Harness side)
AB
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310507
Connector C-224
AG
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-76
power window relay connector terminal No.5 and
fusible link (5).
intermediate connector C-126 and junction block
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310523AC
Fusible link: No.5
AC310446
AD
AC310454
AF
AC310448AJ
Harness side
AC310458AI
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-77
Step 8. Resistance measurement at C-224 power
window relay connector
(2) Resistance between terminal 3 and body earth
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 9.
body earth.
junction block connector C-214, and repair if neces-
sary.
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC303984
Connector C-223
AB
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310448
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AC310458
Harness side
AE
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-78
connector
power window relay connector terminal No.1.
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310450
AB
Junction block side
AC310461
AE
Junction block side
Junction block
(rear view)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-79
E-05 power window main switch connector
terminal No.6.
intermediate connectors C-17 <LH drive vehicles>,
C-110 <RH drive vehicles> and junction block con-
nector C-211, and repair if necessary.
NO : Repair the harness wire.
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310446
AE
AC310456
AH
AC310458AI
Harness side
AC310448AJ
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-80
Step 13. Resistance measurement at E-05 power
harness side.
(2) Resistance between terminal 2 and body earth
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Check the wiring harness between E-05
No.2 and body earth.
intermediate connector C-17 <LH drive vehicles> or
C-110 <RH drive vehicles>, and repair if necessary.
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310506
Connector E-05
(Harness side)
AD
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310446
AE
AC310452
AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-81
After the power window main switch is replaced,
check that all the power windows work.
(1) Replace the power window main switch.
(2) Check that the all the power windows work.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Driver's power window does not work by means of the power window
main switch. <LH drive vehicles>
If the driver's power window does not work by means
of the power window main switch, the power window
main switch or the driver's door power window regu-
lator motor may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the front power window regulator
motor (LH)
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
FRONT
(LH)
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT: LH)
Wire colour code
Power Window (front: LH) Circuit <LHD>
CPU
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-82
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the power window main switch.
Check that all of the front passenger's and rear door
power windows can operate by means of the power
window main switch.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure D-1 "Power
windows do not work at all P.54B-72."
STEP 2. Connector check: E-05 power window
main switch connector and E-02 front power
window regulator motor (LH) connector
Q: Are the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness from E-02 front
power window regulator motor (LH) connector
terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-05 power window main
switch connector terminal Nos.7 and 1.
Check the input and output lines for open or short
circuit.
YES : Go to Step 4.
check that the driver's door power window can be
operated by the power window main switch.
(2) Check that the driver's power window works by
NO : Replace the front power window regulator
motor assembly (LH).
AC310485
Connectors: E-02, E-05 <LHD>
E-02
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-02 (GR)
AB
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310485
E-02
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-02 (GR)
AB
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-83
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Driver's power window does not work by means of the power window
main switch. <RH drive vehicles>
If the driver's power window does not work by means
of the power window main switch, the power window
main switch or the driver's door power window regu-
lator motor may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
motor (RH)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the power window main switch.
Check that all of the front passenger's and rear door
power windows can operate by means of the power
window main switch.
YES : Go to Step 2.
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
FRONT
(RH)
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR
(FRONT: RH)
Wire colour code
Power Window (front: RH) Circuit <RHD>
CPU
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-84
STEP 2. Connector check: E-05 power window
window regulator motor (RH) connector
Q: Are the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness from E-11 front
power window regulator motor (RH) connector
terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-05 power window main
switch connector terminal Nos.7 and 1.
circuit.
YES : Go to Step 4.
check that the driver's door power window can be
operated by the power window main switch.
(2) Check that the driver's power window works by
motor assembly (RH).
AC310494
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC310494
Connectors: E-05, E-11 <RHD>
E-11
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-11 (GR)
AB
Front door (RH)
AC310494
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC310494
E-11
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-11 (GR)
AB
Front door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-85
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Relevant power window(s) do not work by means of the front and
rear passenger's power window sub switches.
FUSIBLE
LINK
ETACS-
ECU
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: RH)
Wire colour code
POWER
WINDOW SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
5
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
CPU
Power Window (front: RH) Circuit <LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-86
FUSIBLE
LINK
ETACS-
ECU
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: LH)
Wire colour code
POWER
WINDOW SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
5
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
CPU
Power Window (front: LH) Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-87
If the front passenger's or rear power window does
not work by means of the respective power window
sub switch, the power window sub switch or the
power window regulator motor may be defective.
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
POWER
WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(REAR: LH)
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(REAR: LH)
POWER
WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(REAR: RH)
POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR
(REAR: RH)
Wire colour code
CPU CPU
Power Window (rear) Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-88
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the front power window sub
switch, rear power window sub switch (RH) or
rear power window sub switch (LH)
motor (RH) <LH drive vehicles>, front power win-
dow regulator motor (LH) <RH drive vehicles>,
rear power window regulator motor (RH) or rear
power window regulator motor (LH)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the power window main switch.
Check that the power window lock switch is turned
off.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Turn off the power window lock switch.
Step 2. Determine a trouble spot.
Q: Which power window does not work?
Front passenger's door <LH drive vehicles> : Go
to Step 3.
Front passenger's door <RH drive vehicles> : Go
to Step 12.
Step 3. Connector check: E-14 front power
window sub switch connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Resistance measurement at E-14 front
power window sub switch connector
(2) Resistance between E-14 front power window
sub switch connector terminal No.1 and body
earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
AC303981
Connector E-14
(Harness side)
AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-89
Step 5. Check the wiring harness from E-14 front
power window sub switch connector terminal
No.1 to body earth.
NOTE:
diate connector C-110, and repair if necessary.
Step 6. Voltage measurement at E-14 front power
(3) Voltage between E-14 front power window sub
switch connector terminal No.4 and body earth
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 7.
relay connector
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
AC310452
AC
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
AC303982
Connector E-14
(Harness side)
AC
AC310448AI
Junction block side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-90
Step 8. Check the wiring harness from E-14 front
No.4 to C-224 power window relay connector
terminal No.4.
NOTE:
diate connectors C-110 and junction block connector
Step 10. Check the wiring harness from E-11
front power window regulator motor (RH)
connector terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-14 front
Nos.5 and 7.
circuit.
AC310449AD
Junction block side
C-211
C-224
C-224
Harness side
C-211
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
AC310452
AC
AC310488
Harness side
E-11 (GR)
AE
Front door (RH)
AC310489
E-14
E-11
Harness side
Harness side
E-14
E-11 (GR)
AB
Front door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-91
After the front power window sub switch is replaced,
check that the front passenger's door power window
can be operated by the front power window sub
switch.
(1) Replace the front power window sub switch.
(2) Check that the front passenger's door power
window can be operated by the front power
window sub switch.
sub switch connector terminal No.1 and body
earth
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 14.
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
AC310506
Connector E-14
(Harness side)
AE
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-92
front power window sub switch connector
terminal No.1 to body earth.
NOTE:
Step 15. Voltage measurement at E-14 front
(3) Voltage between E-14 front power window sub
OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 16.
relay connector
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
AC310454
AH
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
AC310507
Connector E-14
(Harness side)
AD
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-93
terminal No.4 to C-224 power window relay
connector terminal No.4.
NOTE:
diate connectors C-17 and junction block connector
front power window regulator motor (LH)
connector terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-14 front
Nos.5 and 7.
circuit.
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
AC310459AD
Junction block side
C-211
C-224
C-224
Harness side
C-211
AC310454
AH
AC310498
Harness side
E-02 (GR)
AD
Front door (LH)
AC310499
E-14
E-02
Harness side
Harness side
E-14
E-02 (GR)
AB
Front door (LH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-94
can be operated by the front power window sub
switch.
(2) Check that the front passenger's door power
window can be operated by the front power
window sub switch.
Step 21. Connector check: E-17 rear power
window sub switch (RH) connector
Step 22. Resistance measurement at E-17 rear
power window sub switch (RH) connector
(2) Resistance between E-17 rear power window sub
switch (RH) connector terminal No.1 and body
earth
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 23.
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
AC310506
Connector E-17
(Harness side)
AF
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-95
Step 23. Check the wiring harness from E-17 rear
NOTE:
diate connectors D-04, and repair if necessary.
Step 24. Voltage measurement at E-17 rear power
(3) Voltage between E-17 rear power window sub
switch (RH) connector terminal No.4 and body
earth
OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 25.
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
AC310463
AB
AC310471
AC
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
AC310507
Connector E-17
(Harness side)
AE
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-96
relay connector
terminal No.4 to C-224 power window connector
terminal No.4.
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
AC310449AD
Junction block side
C-211
C-224
C-224
Harness side
C-211
AC310459AD
Junction block side
C-211
C-224
C-224
Harness side
C-211
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-97
NOTE:
diate connectors C-112 <LH drive vehicles>, C-113
<RH drive vehicles>, D-04 and junction block con-
nector C-211, and repair if necessary.
terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-17 rear power window
sub switch (RH) connector terminal Nos.5 and 7.
circuit.
AC310452
AD
C-112 (GR)
AC310456
AN
AC310463
AB
AC310471
AC
AC310491
Connector: E-16
AD
Harness side
E-16 (GR)
Rear door (RH)
AC310492
Harness side
Connectors: E-16, E-17
E-16
E-17
Harness side
E-17
E-16 (GR)
AB
Rear door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-98
After the rear power window sub switch (RH) is
replaced, check that the rear right door power win-
dow can be operated by the rear power window sub
switch (RH).
(1) Replace the rear power window sub switch (RH).
(2) Check that the rear right door power window can
be operated by the rear power window sub switch
(RH).
NO : Replace the rear power window regulator
window sub switch (LH) connector
power window sub switch (LH) connector
(2) Resistance between E-08 rear power window sub
switch (LH) connector terminal No.1 and body
earth
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 32.
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
AC303981
Connector E-08
(Harness side)
AB
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-99
NOTE:
diate connectors D-15, and repair if necessary.
Step 33. Voltage measurement at E-08 rear power
(3) Voltage between E-08 rear power window sub
switch (LH) connector terminal No.4 and body
earth
OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 34.
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
AC310465AC
AC310473AD
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
AC303982
Connector E-08
(Harness side)
AB
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-100
relay connector
terminal No.4 to C-224 power window relay
AC310448AI
Junction block side
AC310458AG
Junction block
side
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
AC310449AD
Junction block side
C-211
C-224
C-224
Harness side
C-211
AC310459AD
Junction block side
C-211
C-224
C-224
Harness side
C-211
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-101
NOTE:
diate connectors C-127, D-15 and junction block
terminal Nos.1 and 4 to E-08 rear power window
sub switch (LH) connector terminal Nos.5 and 7.
circuit.
AC310446AO
AC310454AI
AC310465AC
AC310473AD
AC310486
Connector: E-09
AB
Harness side
E-09 (GR)
Rear door (LH)
AC310487
E-09
E-08
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
Harness side
E-08
E-09 (GR)
AB
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-102
After the rear power window sub switch (LH) is
replaced, check that the rear left door power window
can be operated by the rear power window sub
switch (LH).
(1) Replace the rear power window sub switch (LH).
(2) Check that the rear left door power window can
be operated by the rear power window sub switch
(LH).
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-103
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Front and/or rear passenger's power window(s) do not work by
FRONT
(RH)
REAR
(RH)
LOCK
SWITCH
REAR
(LH)
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
Wire colour code
CPU CPU
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(REAR: RH)
CPU
CPU
Power Window Circuit <LHD>
(FRONT) (REAR: LH)
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-104
If the passenger's and/or rear power window does
not work by means of the power window main switch,
the power window main switch or the respective
power window sub switch(es) may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the front power window sub
switch, rear power window sub switch (RH) or
rear power window sub switch (LH)
FRONT
(LH)
REAR
(RH)
LOCK
SWITCH
CPU
REAR
(LH)
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
Wire colour code
CPU CPU CPU
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(FRONT) (REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)
Power Window Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-105
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the power window main switch.
Check that the driver's power window works by
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure D-2 "Driver's
power window does not work by means of
the power window main switch <LH drive
vehicles>P.54B-81 ." Refer to inspection
procedure D-2 "Driver's power window does
not work by means of the power window
main switch <RH drive vehicles>P.54B-83 ."
Step 2. Check the power window sub switch.
Check that each power window works by means of
the respective power window sub switch when the
power window lock switch is turned off.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure D-3 "Relevant
power window(s) do not work by means of
the front and rear passenger's power
window sub switches P.54B-85."
Q: Which power window does not work when the
power window main switch is operated?
to Step 4.
to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-106
No.11 and E-14 front power window sub switch
NOTE:
diate connectors C-17, C-110, and repair if neces-
sary.
YES : Go to Step 6.
can be operated by the power window sub switch.
(2) Check that the front passenger's power window
works by means of the power window main
switch.
NO : Replace the power window main switch.
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
AC310446
AE
AC310452
AC
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-107
No.11 and E-14 front power window sub switch
NOTE:
diate connectors C-17, C-110, and repair if neces-
sary.
YES : Go to Step 9.
works by means of the power window main
switch.
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
AC310454
AH
AC310456
AH
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-108
main switch connector and E-17 rear power
No.11 and E-17 rear power window sub switch
(RH) connector terminal No.6.
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-109
NOTE:
diate connectors C-113, C-17 <LH drive vehicles>,
C-110 <RH drive vehicles>, D-04, and repair if nec-
essary.
replaced, check that the rear right door power win-
dow can be operated by the power window sub
switch.
(2) Check that the rear right power window works by
AC310446
AE
AC310456
AH
AC310452
AO
AC310456
AN
AC310463
AB
AC310471
AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-110
main switch connector and E-08 rear power
No.11 and E-08 rear power window sub switch
(LH) connector terminal No.6.
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
AC310484
AD
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493
AG
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-111
NOTE:
diate connectors C-17 <LH drive vehicles>, C-110
<RH drive vehicles>, C-127, D-15, and repair if nec-
essary.
replaced, check that the rear left door power window
(2) Check that the rear left power window works by
AC310446
AE
AC310456
AH
AC310446AO
AC310454AI
AC310465AC
AC310473AD
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-112
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: The window glass lowers automatically while it is rising.
If the sliding resistance is too great when the window
is being raised or the window glass encounters an
object, the window glass will lower by approximately
150 mm.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Improper adjusted door window glass
Incorrectly installed or warped glass slider
Malfunction of the power window regulator motor
Malfunction of the window regulator
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the power window anti-trap
function.
Check that the power window anti-trap function
works. Refer to GROUP 42 Door On-vehicle
Service P.42-24.
YES : Go to Step 2.
window anti-trap function does not work
normally P.54B-113."
Step 2. Check the power window operating
current.
Check that the power window operating current is
normal (Refer to GROUP 42 Door On-vehicle
Service P.42-24).
YES : Adjust the door window glass (Refer to
GROUP 42 Door On-vehicle service
P.42-23), and then go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the defective power window
regulator motor assembly which operating
current are abnormal.
Step 3. Check that the door window glasses are
installed correctly.
Check that the door window glasses are installed
correctly. Refer to GROUP 42 Door On-vehicle
Service P.42-23.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Adjust the door window glass (Refer to
P.42-23).
Check that the power window does not lower auto-
matically while it is being raised.
NO : Replace the power window regulator motor
assembly of the defective window.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-113
INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-6: Power window anti-trap function does not work normally.
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
(FRONT)
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
CPU CPU
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: LH)
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: RH)
HALL IC HALL IC HALL IC HALL IC
Wire colour code
(FRONT: LH)
Power Window (front) Circuit <LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-114
POWER WINDOW
SUB SWITCH
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
POWER
WINDOW MAIN
SWITCH (FRONT)
(FRONT: RH)
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(FRONT: LH)
CPU CPU
Wire colour code
(FRONT: RH)
Power Window (front) Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-115
The revolution detection sensor, which is incorpo-
rated in the power window regulator motor, may be
defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the power window regulator motor
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the power window operating
current.
Check that the power window operating current is
normal (Refer to GROUP 42 Door On-vehicle
Service P.42-24).
YES : Adjust the door window glass (Refer to
P.42-23), and then go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the defective power window
regulator motor assembly which operating
current are abnormal.
Step 2. Confirm the power window learning
function.
Check that the power window switch has learned the
fully closed position of the windows (Refer to
GROUP 42 Door P.42-29).
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Make the power window switch learn the
fully closed position of the windows (Refer
to GROUP 42 Door P.42-29).
Q: Which door does the power window anti-trap
function fail on?
Driver's door <LH drive vehicles> : Go to Step 4.
Driver's door <RH drive vehicles> : Go to Step 7.
to Step 10.
to Step 16.
POWER
WINDOW SUB
SWITCH (REAR: LH)
CPU CPU
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(REAR: LH)
POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(REAR: RH)
Wire colour code
POWER
WINDOW SUB
SWITCH (REAR: RH)
Power Window (rear) Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-116
YES : Go to Step 5.
Nos.8, 9, 10 and 12 to E-02 front power window
regulator motor (RH) connector terminal Nos.5, 2,
3 and 6.
Check the input and output lines to the revolution
detection sensor for open or short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 6.
check that the driver's power window anti-trap func-
tion works.
(2) Check that the driver's power window anti-trap
function works.
AC310485
E-02
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-02 (GR)
AB
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310485
E-02
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-02 (GR)
AB
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-117
YES : Go to Step 8.
Nos.8, 9, 10 and 12 to E-11 front power window
regulator motor (RH) connector terminal Nos.5, 2,
3 and 6.
YES : Go to Step 9.
check that the driver's power window anti-trap func-
tion works.
(2) Check that the driver's power window anti-trap
function works.
AC310494
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC310494
E-11
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-11 (GR)
AB
Front door (RH)
AC310494
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC310494
E-11
E-05
Harness side
Harness side
E-05
E-11 (GR)
AB
Front door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-118
regulator motor (RH) connector terminal No.5
and body earth.
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 12.
front power window regulator motor (RH)
connector terminal No.5 to body earth.
NOTE:
AC310488
Harness side
E-11 (GR)
AE
Front door (RH)
AC310488
Harness side
E-11 (GR)
AE
Front door (RH)
AC310506
Connector E-02
(Harness side)
AG
AC310488
Harness side
E-11 (GR)
AE
Front door (RH)
AC310452
AC
AC310488
Harness side
AD
Front door (RH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-119
terminal Nos.2, 8 and 3 to E-11 front power
window regulator motor (RH) connector terminal
Nos.2, 3 and 6.
check that the front passenger's anti-trap function
(1) Replace the front power window sub switch (RH).
anti-trap function works.
regulator motor (LH) connector terminal No.5 and
body earth.
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 18.
AC310489
E-14
E-11
Harness side
Harness side
E-14
E-11 (GR)
AB
Front door (RH)
AC310498
Harness side
E-02 (GR)
AD
Front door (LH)
AC310498
Harness side
E-02 (GR)
AD
Front door (LH)
AC310506
Connector E-02
(Harness side)
AG
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-120
front power window regulator motor (LH)
NOTE:
terminal Nos.2, 8 and 3 to E-02 front power
window regulator motor (LH) connector terminal
Nos.2, 3 and 6.
check that the front passenger's anti-trap function
anti-trap function works.
AC310498
Harness side
E-02 (GR)
AD
Front door (LH)
AC310454
AH
AC310498
Harness side
AC
Front door (LH)
AC310499
E-14
E-02
Harness side
Harness side
E-14
E-02 (GR)
AB
Front door (LH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-121
(2) Resistance between E-16 rear power window
regulator motor (RH) connector terminal No.5
and body earth.
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 24.
NOTE:
AC310491
Connector: E-16
AD
Harness side
E-16 (GR)
Rear door (RH)
AC310491
Connector: E-16
AD
Harness side
E-16 (GR)
Rear door (RH)
AC310506
Connector E-16
(Harness side)
AE
AC310491
Connector: E-16
AD
Harness side
E-16 (GR)
Rear door (RH)
AC310463
AB
AC310471
AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-122
terminal Nos.2, 8 and 3 to E-16 rear power
window regulator motor (RH) connector terminal
Nos.2, 3 and 6.
replaced, check that the rear right door anti-trap
function can be operated by the power window sub
switch.
(2) Check that the rear right power window anti-trap
function works.
AC310491
Connector: E-17
AC
Harness side
Rear door (RH)
AC310492
Harness side
E-16
E-17
Harness side
E-17
E-16 (GR)
AB
Rear door (RH)
AC310486
Connector: E-09
AB
Harness side
E-09 (GR)
Rear door (LH)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-123
(2) Resistance between E-09 rear power window
regulator motor (LH) connector terminal No.5 and
body earth.
OK: 2 or less
NO : Go to Step 30.
NOTE:
AC310486
Connector: E-09
AB
Harness side
E-09 (GR)
Rear door (LH)
AC310506
Connector E-09
(Harness side)
AI
AC310486
Connector: E-09
AB
Harness side
E-09 (GR)
Rear door (LH)
AC310465AC
AC310473AD
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-124
terminal Nos.8, 2 and 3 to E-09 rear power
window regulator motor (LH) connector terminal
Nos.3, 2 and 6.
replaced, check that the rear left door anti-trap func-
tion can be operated by the power window sub
switch.
(2) Check that the rear left power window anti-trap
function works.
AC310486
Connector: E-08
AD
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
AC310487
E-09
E-08
Harness side
Rear door (LH)
Harness side
E-08
E-09 (GR)
AB
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-125
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-1: Keyless entry system does not work.
CAUTION
If the keyless entry system does not work normally,
the input signal circuits to the components below or
Key reminder switch
All of the door switches
Keyless entry transmitter
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the door switches
Malfunction of the keyless entry transmitter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 2.
circuit P.54B-42."
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
ALL DOOR SWITCHES
DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SWITCH
KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER BUTTON
KEY REMINDER SWITCH
KEYLESS ENTRY
RECEIVER
Keyless Entry System Function Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-126
Step 2. Pulse check
the keyless entry system.
needle fluctuates.
3.
P.54B-257."
All the door switch signals are not received. :
Refer to inspection procedure L-10 "All the
door switch signals are not received <LH
inspection procedure L-10 "All the door
switch signals are not received <RH drive
The keyless entry transmitter switch signal is not
"Each switch signal of the keyless entry
transmitter is not received P.54B-282."
Check the keyless entry system works normally.
All of the door switches A door is opened when
all the doors are closed
Driver's door lock
actuator switch
knob is unlocked or
locked
switch
When the switch is
turned from off to on
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-127
INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless entry hazard warning lamp answerback function or the room
lamp answerback function does not work normally.
CAUTION
If the hazard warning lamp and the room lamp work
normally, the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
Alternatively, it is possible that the keyless entry haz-
ard warning lamp answerback function was disabled
by the adjustment function.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Defective turn-signal lamp
Malfunction of the room lamp
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the adjustment function.
Check that the keyless entry hazard warning lamp
answerback function has been enabled by using the
adjustment function.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Enable the keyless entry hazard warning
lamp answerback function by using the
adjustment function (Refer to P.54B-302).
Step 2. Check the operation of the hazard
warning lamp.
Check that the hazard warning lamps illuminate nor-
mally.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure I-2 "The
hazard warning lamps do not illuminate
P.54B-196".
Step 3. Check the operation of the room lamps.
Check that the room lamps illuminate normally.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure K-1 "The
front, rear room lamp and/or luggage
extinguish normally P.54B-225."
Check that the keyless entry hazard warning lamp
answerback function or the room lamp answerback
function work normally.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-128
INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-3: Encrypted code cannot be registered.
CAUTION
If the encrypted code registration mode is not
entered, the key reminder switch, the hazard warning
lamp switch or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
If the registration is not possible although the regis-
tration mode is entered, the keyless entry transmitter
or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the encrypted code registration
mode.
Check that the encrypted code registration mode is
entered.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Pulse check
the encrypted code of the keyless entry transmitter.
needle fluctuates.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER BUTTON
KEY REMINDER SWITCH
Encrypted Transmitter Code Register Mode
Hazard warning lamp
switch
When the switch is
switch
When the switch is
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-129
3.
P.54B-257."
The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not
received. : Refer to inspection procedure L-9 "The
hazard warning lamp switch signal is not
The keyless entry transmitter switch signal is not
"Each switch signal of the keyless entry
transmitter is not received P.54B-282."
Check that the encrypted code can be registered.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-4: The timer lock function does not work after the doors have been
unlocked by the keyless entry system.
CAUTION
If the keyless entry timer lock does not work nor-
mally, the input signal circuit(s) to the keyless entry
transmitter or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the operation of the keyless entry
system.
Check that the keyless entry system works normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure E-1 "Keyless
entry system does not work P.54B-125."
Check that the timer lock works normally.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-130
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: The windshield wipers does not work at all.
CAUTION
FRONT-ECU
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
COLUMN
SWITCH
WIPER SPEED
SWITCHING
RELAY
WIPER
AUTOMATIC
STOP RELAY
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
COLUMN-
ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
Windshield Wiper Power Supply Circuit
Wire colour code
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-131
The windshield wiper motor, the column switch or the
front-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the windshield wiper motor
(OFF) position, check that the ETACS-ECU does not
set the diagnosis code.
YES : Refer to diagnosis code chart P.54B-14.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Pulse check
the windshield wiper.
needle fluctuates.
All the signals are received normally : Go to Step
3.
The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received. :
ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received
P.54B-239."
Windshield mist wiper switch signal is not
column switch (windshield wiper washer
and rear wiper washer switch) signal is not
Step 3. Connector check: B-01 windshield wiper
motor connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the windshield wiper motor
assembly.
Refer to GROUP 51 Windshield wiper P.51-21.
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Replace the windshield wiper motor
assembly.
Ignition switch (ACC) When turned from the
LOCK (OFF) position to
the ACC position.
Windshield mist wiper
switch
When the switch is
turned from off to on.
AC310437
Connector: B-01 <LHD>
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
Connector: B-01 <RHD>
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-132
Step 5. Resistance measurement at the B-01
windshield wiper motor connector
(2) Continuity between B-01 windshield wiper motor
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Check the wiring harness between B-01
windshield wiper motor connector terminal No.5
and body earth.
connector
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
4
1 2
5
3
AC301635
Connector B-01
(Harness side)
AC
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-133
Step 8. Voltage measurement at the A-11X
front-ECU connector
box side.
(2) Ignition switch: ACC
(3) Check the voltage between the A-11X front-ECU
connector terminal No.24 and body earth.
OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 9.
ignition switch (ACC).
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
24 29 30 31 2827 25 26 21 2322
AC304768
Connector A-11X
(Relay box side)
AB
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-134
NOTE:
Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check the
junction block connectors C-210, C-211 and interme-
diate connector C-129 and repair if necessary.
Check the power supply line to the ignition switch
(ACC) for open circuit.
AC310449
AF
C-210
C-211
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-211
Harness side
4 6 5 3
2 1
AC310459
AF
C-210
C-211
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-211
Harness side
4 6 5 3
2 1
AC310446
Connector: C-129
<LHD>
AI
AC310454
Connector: C-129
<RHD>
AJ
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-135
connector
A-11X front-ECU connector terminal No.26.
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310479AD
Harness side
AC310481AD
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-136
NOTE:
intermediate connector C-129 and repair if neces-
sary.
Check the wiper backup circuit.
The windshield wiper should now work normally at
all.
NO : Replace the front-ECU.
AC310446
AS
AC310454
AV
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-137
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: The windshield wipers do not work when the wiper switch is at "INT",
"Washer" or "Mist" position. However, the wipers work at low speed when the switch is at "Lo" and
"Hi" position.
CAUTION
The system may be at fail-safe mode as the SWS
communication line is defective. If the front-ECU
does not receive the ignition switch (ACC) signal due
to an open circuit in the SWS communication lines or
other reasons when the ignition switch is at the ACC
position, the system will enter the fail-safe mode.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
FRONT-ECU INPUT SIGNAL
WINDSHIELD WIPER HI SPEED SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMIT SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER LO SPEED SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER MIST SWITCH
WIPER SPEED
SWITCHING
RELAY
Windshield Wiper Motor Drive Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-138
NO : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Pulse check
needle fluctuates.
3.
P.54B-239."
The windshield wiper should now work normally.
the ACC position.
switch
When the switch is
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-139
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: The windshield wipers do not stop at the specified park position
CAUTION
The windshield wiper motor or the front-ECU may be
defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
Wire colour code
FRONT-ECU
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
WIPER
AUTOMATIC
STOP RELAY
Windshield Wiper Automatic Stop Relay Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-140
motor connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
assembly.
YES : Go to Step 3
assembly.
Step 3. Voltage measurement at the B-01
windshield wiper motor connector
(2) Ignition switch: ACC
(3) Check the voltage between the B-01 windshield
wiper motor connector terminal No.4 and body
earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
4
1 2
5
3
AC304770
Connector B-01
(Harness side)
AB
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-141
and ignition switch (ACC).
NOTE:
junction connectors C-210, C-211 and the intermedi-
ate connector C-123 and repair if necessary.
Check the power supply line to ignition switch
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310446
AT
C-123 (GR)
AC310454
AX
C-123 (GR)
AC310449
AF
C-210
C-211
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-211
Harness side
4 6 5 3
2 1
AC310459
AF
C-210
C-211
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-211
Harness side
4 6 5 3
2 1
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-142
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
and A-11X front-ECU connector terminal No.23.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-143
NOTE:
intermediate connector A-13 <LH drive vehicles>,
C-31 <RH drive vehicles> and repair if necessary.
Check the input signal lines.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the windshield wipers stop at the speci-
fied park position.
AC303857
Connector: A-13
<LHD>
AB
A-13 (B)
AC310454
AY
10
2
9
1
8
3
12 11
4
13
6
15
5
14
7
16
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-144
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: The windshield wipers does not work normally.
CAUTION
The windshield wiper motor, the column switch or the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Wire colour code
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
FRONT-ECU INPUT SIGNAL
WINDSHIELD WIPER HI SPEED SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMIT SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER LO SPEED SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER MIST SWITCH
WIPER SPEED
SWITCHING
RELAY
Windshield Wiper Motor Drive Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-145
Step 1. Pulse check
needle fluctuates.
2.
P.54B-239."
Windshield intermittent wiper switch signal is not
Windshield low-speed wiper switch signal is not
Windshield high-speed wiper switch signal is not
Step 2. Check the operation of the windshield
wipers.
Check that the windshield wipers work at high speed
and the mist mode.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 8.
motor connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
assembly.
YES : Go to Step 5
assembly.
the ACC position.
switch
When the switch is
Windshield intermittent
wiper switch
When the switch is
Windshield low-speed
wiper switch
When the switch is
Windshield high-speed
wiper switch
When the switch is
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-146
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
front-ECU connector terminal No.27 and B-01
windshield wiper motor connector terminal No.1.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-147
NOTE:
Check the power supply line to front-ECU for
open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the windshield wipers work normally by
moving the switch to each position.
motor connector
YES : Go to Step 9.
assembly.
YES : Go to Step 10
assembly.
connector
AC310542
AC
A-13 (B)
AC310454
AY
10
2
9
1
8
3
12 11
4
13
6
15
5
14
7
16
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-148
front-ECU connector terminal No.28 and B-01
windshield wiper motor connector terminal No.2.
NOTE:
Check the power supply line to front-ECU for
open circuit.
Check that the windshield wipers work normally by
moving the switch to each position.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310437
AB
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310477
AD
Harness side
B-01 (GR)
AC310542
AC
A-13 (B)
AC310454
AY
10
2
9
1
8
3
12 11
4
13
6
15
5
14
7
16
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-149
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-5: The intermittent wiper interval can not be adjusted by operating the
windshield intermittent wiper volume control.
CAUTION
The column switch or the front-ECU may be defec-
tive.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Pulse check
the windshield intermittent wiper function.
needle fluctuates.
2.
P.54B-239."
The windshield wiper volume signal is not
windshield intermittent wiper volume signal
is not received P.54B-250."
Check that the windshield intermittent wiper interval
can be adjusted by operating the windshield intermit-
tent wiper volume control.
OK: The intermittent wiper interval is
changed as the intermittent wiper volume is
rotated.
NO : Replace the front-ECU
ETACS-ECU
WINDSHIELD WIPER
INTERMITTENT VOLUME
INPUT SIGNAL
Windshield Wiper Intermittent Volume Input Signal
Ignition switch (ACC) When turned from LOCK
(OFF) position to the
ACC position
Windshield intermittent
wiper volume
When the windshield
intermittent wiper volume
is rotated from "FAST" to
"SLOW" (a pulse is sent
around the volume
middle position)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-150
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-6: The intermittent wiper interval is not changed according to the
vehicle speed.
CAUTION
The ETACS-ECU calculates the intermittent wiper
interval according to the vehicle speed signal which
is sent by the vehicle speed sensor.
If the intermittent wiper interval does not depend on
the vehicle speed, the input circuit of the vehicle
speed signal and the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the vehicle speed signal (vehicle
speed sensor)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Check that the vehicles speed sensing function has
been enabled by using the adjustment function.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Enable the vehicles speed sensing function
by using the adjustment function (Refer to
P.54B-302).
Check that the windshield intermittent wiper interval
can be adjusted by operating the windshield intermit-
tent wiper volume control.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure F-5 "The
intermittent wiper interval can not be
adjusted by operating the windshield
intermittent wiper volume control
P.54B-149."
Step 3. Pulse check
the vehicle speed-dependent intermittent wiper.
needle fluctuates.
ETACS-ECU
VEHICLE SPEED
INPUT SIGNAL
Vehicles Speed Input Signal
Ignition switch (ACC) When turned from LOCK
(OFF) position to the
ACC position
Vehicle speed signal
(engine-ECU)
When the vehicle speed
has reached 10 km/h or
more
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-151
4.
P.54B-239."
The vehicle speed signal (engine-ECU) is not
"The vehicle speed sensor signal is not
Check that the intermittent wiper interval depends on
the vehicle speed.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-152
INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-7: The windshield washer does not work.
CAUTION
FRONT-ECU
WINDSHIELD
WASHER MOTOR
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
RELAY
INPUT SIGNAL
WINDSHIELD WASHER
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
Wire colour code
Windshield Washer Motor Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-153
The windshield washer motor, the column switch or
the front-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the windshield washer motor
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Step 1. Check the operation of the windshield
wipers.
Check that the windshield wipers work normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure F-1 "The
windshield wipers do not work at all
P.54B-130."
Step 2. Pulse check
needle fluctuates.
3.
P.54B-239."
Windshield washer switch signal is not received. :
Step 3. Connector check: F-18 windshield washer
motor connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the windshield washer motor
assembly.
Refer to GROUP 51 Windshield washer P.51-24.
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Replace the windshield washer motor.
the ACC position.
Windshield washer
switch
When the switch is
AC310467AF
Harness side
Connector: F-18 <LHD>
AC310469AF
Harness side
Connector: F-18 <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-154
Step 5. Resistance measurement at the F-18
windshield washer motor connector
(2) Continuity between F-18 windshield washer
motor connector terminal No.1 and body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Check the wiring harness between F-18
windshield washer motor connector terminal
No.1 and body earth.
connector
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC310467AF
Harness side
AC310469AF
Harness side
AC310506
2
1
Connector F-18
(Harness side)
AJ
AC310467AF
Harness side
AC310469AF
Harness side
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-155
Step 8. Check the wiring harness between F-18
windshield washer motor connector terminal
No.2 and A-11X front-ECU connector terminal
No.21.
NOTE:
intermediate connector C-129, C-113 and repair if
necessary.
Check the power supply line to the ignition switch
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC310572AC
Connector: A-11X
Relay box side
Battery
29 3130 2827 25 26 24 21 22 23
AC310467AF
Harness side
AC310469AF
Harness side
AC310452
AO
AC310456
AN
AC310446
AS
AC310454
AV
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-156
The windshield washer should now work normally.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: The ignition key cylinder illumination lamp does not
illuminate/extinguish normally.
CAUTION
Key reminder switch
Interior lamp loaded signal
signal circuit(s), the ignition key cylinder illumination
lamp or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the ignition key cylinder illumina-
tion lamp
ETACS-ECU
Wire colour code
IGNITION KEY
LAMP
KEY
REMINDER SWITCH
Ignition Key Cylinder Illumination Lamp Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-157
Step 1. Check the operation of the room lamp.
Check that the room lamps illuminate and extinguish
normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Pulse check
the ignition key cylinder illumination lamp.
needle fluctuates.
3.
P.54B-242."
P.54B-257."
drive vehicles>P.54B-244 ." Or refer to
Step 3. Connector check: C-207 key reminder
switch connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the bulb of the ignition key
cylinder illumination lamp.
Check the bulb of the ignition key cylinder illumina-
tion lamp.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the bulb of the ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp.
to ON
opened
AC310479
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AE
Harness side
AC310481
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AE
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-158
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
C-207 ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
connector terminal Nos.1 and 2.
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310479
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AE
Harness side
AC310481
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AE
Harness side
AC310450
AC
C-228 (GR)
Harness side
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
AC310461
AC
Harness side
C-228 (GR)
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-159
NOTE:
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
illuminates/extinguishes normally.
AC310446
AY
C-23 (B)
AC310456
Connector: C-23
AJ
<RHD>
C-23 (B)
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-160
HEADLAMP AND TAIL LAMP
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-1: The tail lamps do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
If all the tail lamps do not illuminate, the tail lamp
switch input circuit or the front-ECU may be defec-
tive.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO : Go to Step 2.
Wire colour code
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
RELAY
BOX
INPUT SIGNAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN
TAIL LAMP SWITCH
<LHD>
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (LH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
COMBINATION METER
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
<RHD>
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (LH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
<LHD>
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (RH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
<RHD>
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (RH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
COMBINATION METER
Taillamp Relay Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-161
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the tail lamp switch.
needle fluctuates.
3.
P.54B-242."
connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
connector
box side.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
battery.
to ON
position
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC301541DB
Connector A-10X
(Relay box side)
5 11 9 10 8 7 6 2 4 3 1
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-162
Check that the tail lamps illuminate normally.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-2: The low-beam headlamps do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
If the low-beam headlamps do not illuminate, the
headlamp switch input circuit or the front-ECU may
be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO : Go to Step 2.
Wire colour code
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY: LO
RELAY
BOX
INPUT SIGNAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN
TAIL LAMP SWITCH
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (RH)
Headlamp Relay (Low-Beam) Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-163
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the headlamp switch.
needle fluctuates.
3.
P.54B-242."
connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
connector
box side.
terminal Nos.3, 4 and body earth
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
front-ECU connector terminal Nos.3, 4 and the
battery.
to ON
is turned to the
HEADLAMP position
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC301541 DC
Connector A-10X
(Relay box side)
5 11 9 10 8 7 6 2 4 3 1
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-164
Check that the low-beam headlamps illuminate nor-
mally.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-3: The high-beam headlamps do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
If the high-beam headlamps do not illuminate, the
dimmer switch input circuit or the front-ECU may be
defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Step 1. Check that the headlamps operate.
Check that the low-beam headlamps illuminate and
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure H-2 "The
low-beam headlamps do not illuminate
normally P.54B-162."
Wire colour code
BATTERY
FRONT-ECU
TAIL LAMP
RELAY: HI
RELAY
BOX
INPUT SIGNAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN
TAIL LAMP SWITCH
COMBINATION METER
HEADLAMP (LH)
HEADLAMP (RH)
Headlamp Relay (High-Beam) Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-165
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the dimmer switch.
needle fluctuates.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Check that the high-beam headlamps illuminate nor-
mally.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: The high-beam and low-beam headlamps do not illuminate when the
passing switch is operated.
CAUTION
If the low-beam and high-beam headlamps are nor-
mal, the passing switch input signal circuit or the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Check that the low-beam and high-beam headlamps
work normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the headlamps. Refer to trouble
symptom chart P.54B-33.
Step 2. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the passing switch.
needle fluctuates.
YES : Go to Step 3.
When the passing switch is turned on, check if the
headlamps illuminate normally.
Dimmer switch When the dimmer switch
is turned from off to on
Passing lamp switch When the passing switch
is turned from off to on
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-166
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-5: The headlamp automatic shutdown function does not work normally.
CAUTION
Tail lamp switch
Headlamp switch
signal circuit(s), the front-ECU or the ETACS-ECU
may be defective. Note that this function can be disa-
bled/enabled by the adjustment function (default set-
ting; enabled).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Check that the headlamp automatic shutdown func-
tion has been enabled by using the adjustment func-
tion.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Enable the headlamp automatic shutdown
function by using the adjustment function.
Refer to P.54B-302.
Check that the low-beam and high-beam headlamps
work normally.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the headlamps. Refer to trouble
symptom chart P.54B-33.
ETACS-ECU
INPUT SIGNAL
DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH
TAIL LAMP SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)
HEADLAMP SWITCH
Headlamp Automatic Shutdown Function
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-167
Step 3. Pulse check
the headlamp automatic shutdown function.
needle fluctuates.
4.
P.54B-242."
Replace the ETACS-ECU, and then check that the
headlamp automatic shutdown function works nor-
mally.
(1) Replace the ETACS-ECU.
(2) Check that the headlamp automatic shutdown
function works normally.
to ON
opened
position
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-168
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-6: Any of tail lamps, position lamps or licence plate lamps does not
illuminate. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the input
and output signal circuits are normal.
FRONT-ECU
COMBINATION METER
LICENCE
PLATE
LAMP
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TAIL: LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(POSITION)
(LH) (RH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(TAIL: RH)
Taillamps, Position Lamps and License Plate Lamps Circuit <LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-169
If the tail lamps, the position lamps or the licence
plate lamps do not illuminate, the wiring harness con-
nector(s), the bulb or the fuse may be defective or
burned out.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Burned-out bulb
Step 1. Connector check: F-14 <tail lamp LH> or
F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear combination lamp
connector, A-31 <position lamp LH> or A-39
<position lamp RH> headlamp assembly
connector, F-11 <licence plate lamp LH> or F-10
<licence plate lamp RH> licence plate lamp
connector, C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
combination meter connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the bulbs of the tail lamps, the
position lamp, the licence plate lamp or tail lamp
indicator.
Check the bulb of the lamp which does not illumi-
nate.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the bulb of the lamp which does not
illuminate.
AC310468
Connectors: F-08, F-10, F-11, F-14
<LHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310542
Connectors: A-31
AD
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<LHD>
AC310431
Connectors: A-39
AE
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<LHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-170
Step 3. Resistance measurement at the F-14 <tail
lamp LH> or F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear
combination lamp connector, the A-31 <position
lamp LH> or A-39 <position lamp RH> headlamp
assembly connector, the F-11 <licence plate lamp
LH> or F-10 <licence plate lamp RH> licence
plate lamp connector or C-02 <tail lamp
indicator> combination meter connector
(2) Check the resistance between the lamp
connector and body earth.
Resistance between A-31 <position lamp LH>

headlamp assembly connector terminal No.7
and body earth
Resistance between A-39 <position lamp
RH> headlamp assembly connector terminal
No.7 and body earth
Resistance between F-14 <tail lamp LH> rear

combination lamp connector terminal No.5
and body earth
Resistance between F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear
and body earth
AC310468
<LHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310542
Connectors: A-31
AD
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<LHD>
AC310431
Connectors: A-39
AE
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<LHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC301541HP
Connector A-31, A-39
(Harness side)
AC301541HN
Connector F-08, F-14
(Harness side)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-171
Resistance between F-11 <licence plate lamp

LH> licence plate lamp connector terminal
No.1 and body earth
RH> licence plate lamp connector terminal
No.1 and body earth
Resistance between C-02 <tail lamp indicator>

combination meter connector terminal No.48
and body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the wiring harness from F-14 <tail
combination lamp connector terminal No.5, A-31
<position lamp LH> or A-39 <position lamp RH>
headlamp assembly connector terminal No.7,
F-11 <licence plate lamp LH> or F-10 <licence
plate lamp RH> licence plate lamp connector
terminal No.1 or C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
combination meter connector terminal No.48 to
body earth.
AC301541HO
(Harness side)
2 1
AC301541HE
Connector C-02
(Harness side)
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
AC310468
<LHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310542
Connectors: A-31
AD
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<LHD>
AC310431
Connectors: A-39
AE
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-172
NOTE:
diate connector F-12 <licence plate lamp> and repair
if necessary.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310467AG
F-12 (GR)
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-173
terminal No.2, C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
NOTE:
AC310468
<LHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310542
Connectors: A-31
AD
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<LHD>
AC310431
Connectors: A-39
AE
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<LHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC310446
C-129
Connectors: C-129
AP
<LHD>
AC310452
Connector: C-113
AF
<LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-174
diate connector C-129 <tail lamp LH, licence plate
lamp or tail lamp indicator>, C-113 <tail lamp RH> or
F-12 <licence plate lamp>, joint connector C-05 <tail
lamp RH>, junction block connector C-210 <tail lamp
LH, licence plate lamp or tail lamp indicator>, C-214
<tail lamp indicator> or C-217 <tail lamp LH or
licence plate lamp> and repair if necessary.
Check the output lines for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the tail lamps, the position lamps and the
licence plate lamps illuminate normally.
The all lamps illuminate normally : The trouble can
be an intermittent malfunction (Refer to
GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent
When the tail lamps do not illuminate : Replace
the rear combination lamp socket assembly.
When the position lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the position lamp socket.
When the licence plate lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the licence plate lamp socket.
When the tail lamp indicator do not illuminate :
Replace the combination meter assembly.
AC310467AG
F-12 (GR)
AC310446
Connectors: C-05
AV
<LHD>
C-05
C-05
AC310449
C-214
Harness side
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AE
C-214
<LHD>
C-210
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-217
C-217
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-175
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-6: Any of tail lamps, position lamps or licence plate lamps does not
illuminate. <RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the input
and output signal circuits are normal.
TAIL LAMP
RELAY
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
LICENCE
PLATE
LAMP
(LH) (RH)
COMBINATION
METER
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
FRONT-ECU
(LH) (RH)
RELAY
BOX
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
Wire colour code
Taillamps, Position Lamps and License Plate Lamps Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-176
If the tail lamps, the position lamps or the licence
plate lamps do not illuminate, the wiring harness con-
nector(s), the bulb or the fuse may be defective or
burned out.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Burned-out bulb
Step 1. Connector check: F-14 <tail lamp LH> or
F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear combination lamp
connector, A-31 <position lamp LH> or A-39
<position lamp RH> headlamp assembly
connector, F-11 <licence plate lamp LH> or F-10
<licence plate lamp RH> licence plate lamp
connector, C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the bulbs of the tail lamps, the
position lamp, the licence plate lamp or tail lamp
indicator.
Check the bulb of the lamp which does not illumi-
nate.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the bulb of the lamp which does not
illuminate.
AC310470
<RHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310475
Connectors: A-31
AB
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<RHD>
AC310433
Connectors: A-39
AD
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<RHD>
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-177
Step 3. Resistance measurement at the F-14 <tail
combination lamp connector, the A-31 <position
lamp LH> or A-39 <position lamp RH> headlamp
assembly connector, the F-11 <licence plate lamp
LH> or F-10 <licence plate lamp RH> licence
plate lamp connector or C-02 <tail lamp
Resistance between A-31 <position lamp LH>

and body earth
Resistance between A-39 <position lamp
RH> headlamp assembly connector terminal
No.7 and body earth
Resistance between F-14 <tail lamp LH> rear

and body earth
Resistance between F-08 <tail lamp RH> rear
and body earth
AC310470
<RHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310475
Connectors: A-31
AB
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<RHD>
AC310433
Connectors: A-39
AD
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<RHD>
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC301541HP
(Harness side)
AC301541HN
(Harness side)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-178

LH> licence plate lamp connector terminal
No.1 and body earth
RH> licence plate lamp connector terminal
No.1 and body earth
Resistance between C-02 <tail lamp indicator>

and body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
terminal No.1 or C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
body earth.
AC301541HO
(Harness side)
2 1
AC301541HE
Connector C-02
(Harness side)
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
AC310470
<RHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310475
Connectors: A-31
AB
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<RHD>
AC310433
Connectors: A-39
AD
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<RHD>
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-179
NOTE:
diate connector F-12 <licence plate lamp> and repair
if necessary.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310469AG
F-12 (GR)
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-180
terminal No.2, C-02 <tail lamp indicator>
AC310470
<RHD>
AD
F-08(B)
F-10(GR)
F-11(GR)
F-14(B)
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-11
Harness side
F-10
Harness side
F-14
AC310475
Connectors: A-31
AB
A-31(B)
Harness side
A-31
<RHD>
AC310433
Connectors: A-39
AD
A-39(B)
Harness side
A-39
<RHD>
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-181
NOTE:
diate connector C-129 <tail lamp, licence plate lamp
or tail lamp indicator>, C-127 <tail lamp LH or licence
plate lamp> or F-12 <licence plate lamp>, joint con-
nector C-05 <tail lamp RH, or tail lamp indicator>,
junction block connector C-210 <tail lamp RH, or tail
lamp indicator>, C-214 <tail lamp indicator> or C-217
<tail lamp RH> and repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the tail lamps, the position lamps and the
licence plate lamps illuminate normally.
The all lamps illuminate normally : The trouble can
be an intermittent malfunction (Refer to
GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent
When the tail lamps do not illuminate : Replace
the rear combination lamp socket assembly.
When the position lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the position lamp socket.
When the licence plate lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the licence plate lamp socket.
When the tail lamp indicator do not illuminate :
Replace the combination meter assembly.
AC310455
C-127
C-129
AE
C-129
<RHD>
C-127
AC310469AG
F-12 (GR)
AC310454
Connectors: C-05
AZ
<RHD>
C-05
C-05
AC310459
C-214
Harness side
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AE
C-214
Junction block (front view) <RHD>
C-210
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-217
C-217
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-182
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-7: The headlamp(s) do not illuminate. <including high-beam indicator>
CAUTION
If any of the headlamps or the high-beam indicator
does not illuminate, the wiring harness connector(s),
the bulb or the fuse may be defective or burned out.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the headlamp bulbs
Malfunction of the high-beam indicator bulb
Wire colour code
HEADLAMP
(HI: RH)
HEADLAMP
(HI: LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(LH) (LO)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(RH) (LO)
COMBINATION
METER
RELAY
BOX
FRONT-ECU
HEADLAMP
RELAY: HI
HEADLAMP
RELAY: LO
Headlamps Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-183
Step 1. Connector check: A-31 <headlamp (LO)
RH>, A-39 <headlamp (LO) LH>, A-21 <headlamp
(HI) RH>, A-15 <headlamp (HI) LH> headlamp
assembly connector or C-01 <high-beam
AC310543
Connectors: A-15, A-31
AC
<LHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310476
AC
<RHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310432
AC
<LHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
AC310434
AC
<RHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-184
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the bulb(s) of the headlamps or the
high-beam indicator lamp.
Check the bulb(s) of the defective lamp.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the defective lamp.
AC310446
Connector: C-01
<LHD>
AM
Harness side
AC310456
Connector: C-01
<RHD>
AL
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-185
Step 3. Resistance measurement at A-31
<headlamp (LO) RH>, A-39 <headlamp (LO) LH>,
A-21 <headlamp (HI) RH>, A-15 <headlamp (HI)
LH> headlamp assembly connector or C-01
<high-beam indicator> combination meter
connector
AC310543
AC
<LHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310476
AC
<RHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310432
AC
<LHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
AC310434
AC
<RHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-186
Resistance between A-31 <headlamp (LO) RH>

and body earth
Resistance between A-39 <headlamp (LO)
LH> headlamp assembly connector terminal
No.8 and body earth
Resistance between A-21 <headlamp (HI) RH>

and body earth
Resistance between A-15 <headlamp (HI)
LH> headlamp assembly connector terminal
No.2 and body earth
Resistance between C-01 <high-beam indicator>

and body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310446
Connector: C-01
<LHD>
AM
Harness side
AC310456
Connector: C-01
<RHD>
AL
Harness side
AC301541HJ
(Harness side)
AC301541HK
(Harness side)
AC301541HL
Connector C-01
(Harness side)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-187
Step 4. Check the wiring harness from A-31
<headlamp (LO) RH> or A-39 <headlamp (LO)
LH> headlamp connector terminal No.8, or A-21
<headlamp (HI) RH> or A-15 <headlamp (HI) LH>
headlamp connector terminal No.2, or C-01
AC310543
AC
<LHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310476
AC
<RHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310432
AC
<LHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
AC310434
AC
<RHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-188
YES : Go to Step 7.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310446
Connector: C-01
<LHD>
AM
Harness side
AC310456
Connector: C-01
<RHD>
AL
Harness side
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-189
<headlamp (LO) RH> or A-39 <headlamp (LO)
LH> headlamp connector terminal No.4, or A-21
<headlamp (HI) RH> or A-15 <headlamp (HI) LH>
headlamp connector terminal No.1, or C-01
connector terminal No.5 to A-10X front-ECU
connector terminal No.6 <low-beam> or No.2
<high-beam>.
AC310543
AC
<LHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310476
AC
<RHD>
A-15
Harness side
A-31
Harness side
A-15
A-31
AC310432
AC
<LHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
AC310434
AC
<RHD>
A-21
Harness side
A-39
Harness side
A-21
A-39
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-190
NOTE:
diate connector C-129 <high-beam indicator>, and
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the headlamps and the high-beam indica-
tor lamp illuminate/extinguish normally.
The lamps illuminate normally at both high and low
beams. : The trouble can be an intermittent
When the headlamps do not illuminate : Replace
the headlamp socket.
When the high-beam indicator lamp does not
illuminate : Replace the combination meter.
AC310446
Connector: C-01
<LHD>
AM
Harness side
AC310456
Connector: C-01
<RHD>
AL
Harness side
AC310572AB
Connector: A-10X
Relay box side
10 11 5 9 8 7 6 4 3 1 2
Battery
AC310446
Connector: C-129
<LHD>
AI
AC310454
Connector: C-129
<RHD>
AJ
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-191
FLASHER TIMER
INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: The turn-signal lamps do not illuminate.
CAUTION
Wire colour code
BATTERY
ETACS-ECU
RELAY
BOX
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: RH
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (LH)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL
LAMP (LH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
COMBINATION
METER
COMBINATION
METER
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (RH)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL
LAMP (RH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
J/B SIDE
Turn-Signal Lamp Power Supply Circuit <LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-192
If all the turn-signal lamps do not illuminate, the igni-
tion switch (IG1), the turn-signal lamp switch input
circuit or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Step 1. Check that the hazard warning lamps
operate.
Check that the hazard warning lamps illuminate nor-
mally.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Wire colour code
BATTERY
ETACS-ECU
RELAY
BOX
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: RH
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (LH)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL
LAMP (LH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
COMBINATION
METER
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (RH)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL
LAMP (RH)
J/B SIDE
Turn-Signal Lamp Power Supply Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-193
connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU connector
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC301541HF
Connector C-226
2019 7 13 17 18 1615 14 10 11 12 9 8 2 6 5 3 4 1
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-194
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.11 and the
battery.
NOTE:
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310446
Connector: C-129
<LHD>
AI
AC310454
Connector: C-129
<RHD>
AJ
AC310448
Connector: C-210
AK
<LHD>
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
AC310458
Connector: C-210
AH
<RHD>
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-195
Check that the turn-signal lamps illuminate normally.
Step 6. Pulse check
the turn-signal lamp illumination.
needle fluctuates.
7.
The turn-signal lamp switch (RH) signal is not
The turn-signal lamp switch (LH) signal is not
Check that the turn-signal lamps illuminate.
Turn-signal lamp switch
(RH)
When the turn-signal
lamp switch (RH) is
Turn-signal lamp switch
(LH)
When the turn-signal
lamp switch (LH) is
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-196
INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-2: The hazard warning lamps do not illuminate.
CAUTION
If the hazard warning lamps do not illuminate, the
hazard warning lamp input signal circuit or the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the hazard warning lamp switch
Step 1. Check that the turn-signal lamps operate.
Check that the turn-signal lamps illuminate normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure I-1 "The
turn-signal lamps do not illuminate
P.54B-191."
Wire colour code
BATTERY
COMBINATION METER
ETACS-ECU
HAZARD
WARNING
LAMP SWITCH
RELAY
BOX
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: RH
INPUT SIGNAL
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (LH)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL
LAMP (LH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
COMBINATION METER
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY (RH)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL
LAMP (RH)
REAR COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
J/B SIDE
Hazard Warning Lamp Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-197
When the ignition switch is at the LOCK (OFF) posi-
tion, check that the functions below work normally.
Central door locking system
Dome lamp (excluding interior lamp automatic
shutdown function)
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the hazard warning lamp
switch.
needle fluctuates.
The signal is received normally. : Go to Step 4.
The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not
hazard warning lamp switch signal is not
Check that the hazard warning lamps illuminate.
Hazard warning lamp
switch
When the hazard
warning lamp switch is
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-198
INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-3: Any of the turn-signal lamps does not illuminate. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
If any of the turn-signal lamp does not illuminate nor-
mally, wiring harness connector(s) or the bulb may
be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Defective turn-signal lamp bulb
SIDE
TURN
SIGNAL
LAMP
(LH)
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(RH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
SIDE TURN
SIGNAL LAMP
(RH)
COMBINATION
METER
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: RH
Turn-Signal Lamps Circuit <LHD>
Wire colour code
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-199
Step 1. Connector check: A-39 <front RH> or
A-31 <front LH> headlamp assembly connector,
A-01 <side RH> or A-02 <side LH> side
turn-signal lamp connector, F-08 <rear RH> or
F-14 <rear LH> rear combination lamp connector,
C-02 <turn-signal indicator lamp> and C-01
<turn-signal indicator lamp (LH)> combination
meter connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the bulb(s) of the turn-signal lamps
or the turn-signal indicator lamps.
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC310447
AE
<LHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
AC310432
<LHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310543
<LHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310468
Connectors: F-08, F-14
<LHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-200
Step 3. Resistance measurement at the A-39
<front RH> or A-31 <front LH> headlamp
assembly connector, the A-01 <side RH> or A-02
<side LH> side turn-signal lamp connector, the
F-08 <rear RH> or F-14 <rear LH> rear
combination lamp connector, the C-02
<turn-signal indicator lamp> combination meter
connector
AC310432
<LHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310543
<LHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310468
<LHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-201
(2) Measure the resistance between the defective
lamp connector terminal and body earth.
Resistance between A-39 <front RH> headlamp

assembly connector terminal No.7 and body
earth
Resistance between A-31 <front LH> head-
lamp assembly connector terminal No.7 and
body earth
Resistance between A-01 <side RH> side

turn-signal lamp connector terminal No.1 and
body earth
Resistance between A-02 <side LH> side
body earth
Resistance between F-08 <rear RH> rear combi-

nation lamp connector terminal No.5 and
body earth
Resistance between F-14 <rear LH> rear
and body earth
Resistance between C-02 <turn-signal indicator

lamp> combination meter terminal No.48 and
body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC301541HG
(Harness side)
AC301541HH
(Harness side)
AC301541HI
(Harness side)
AC301541HE
Connector C-02
(Harness side)
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-202
assembly connector terminal No.7, A-01 <side
RH> or A-02 <side LH> side turn-signal lamp
connector terminal No.1, F-08 <rear RH> or F-14
<rear LH> rear combination lamp connector
terminal No.5, or C-02 <turn-signal indicator
lamp> combination meter connector terminal
No.48 to body earth.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310432
<LHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310543
<LHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310468
<LHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-203
Step 6. Check the wiring harness from the A-39
assembly connector terminal No.2, the A-01
<side RH> or A-02 <side LH> side turn-signal
lamp connector terminal No.2, the F-08 <rear RH>
or F-14 <rear LH> rear combination lamp
connector terminal No.1, the C-02 <turn-signal
indicator lamp> combination meter connector
terminal No.49 or C-01 <turn-signal indicator
lamp (LH)> combination lamp connector terminal
No.9 <RH> or 14 <LH>.
AC310432
<LHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310543
<LHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310468
<LHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
AC310447
AE
<LHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-204
NOTE:
diate connector C-129 <front or side LH>, C-113
<rear RH> or C-111 <side RH> and junction block
connector C-210 <front LH, side or rear RH>, C-217
<rear LH> or C-214 <front RH or turn-signal indicator
lamp>, and repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the turn-signal lamps and the indicator
lamps illuminate normally.
The front turn-signal lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the socket.
The side turn-signal lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the socket.
The rear turn-signal lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the socket assembly.
The turn-signal indicator lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the combination meter.
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310453
C-111
C-113
AB
C-113
<LHD>
C-111
Harness side
Harness side
AC310446
C-129
Connectors: C-129
AP
<LHD>
AC310449
C-214
Harness side
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AE
C-214
<LHD>
C-210
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-217
C-217
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-205
INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-3: Any of the turn-signal lamps does not illuminate. <RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
If any of the turn-signal lamp does not illuminate nor-
mally, wiring harness connector(s) or the bulb may
be defective.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Defective turn-signal lamp bulb
SIDE
TURN
SIGNAL
LAMP
(LH)
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: LH
( )
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(LH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (RH)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP (LH)
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY
(RH)
SIDE TURN
SIGNAL LAMP
(RH)
COMBINATION
METER
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
( )
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP RELAY: RH
Wire colour code
Turn-Signal Lamps Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-206
Step 1. Connector check: A-39 <front RH> or
A-31 <front LH> headlamp assembly connector,
A-01 <side RH> or A-02 <side LH> side
turn-signal lamp connector, F-08 <rear RH> or
F-14 <rear LH> rear combination lamp connector,
C-02 <turn-signal indicator lamp> and C-01
<turn-signal indicator lamp (LH)> combination
meter connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the bulb(s) of the turn-signal lamps
or the turn-signal indicator lamps.
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC310434
<RHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310476
<RHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310470
<RHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
AC310457
AB
<RHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-207
Step 3. Resistance measurement at the A-39
assembly connector, the A-01 <side RH> or A-02
<side LH> side turn-signal lamp connector, the
F-08 <rear RH> or F-14 <rear LH> rear
combination lamp connector, the C-02
<turn-signal indicator lamp> combination meter
connector
AC310434
<RHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310476
<RHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310470
<RHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-208
(2) Measure the resistance between the defective
lamp connector terminal and body earth.
Resistance between A-39 <front RH> headlamp

assembly connector terminal No.7 and body
earth
Resistance between A-31 <front LH> head-
lamp assembly connector terminal No.7 and
body earth
Resistance between A-01 <side RH> side

body earth
Resistance between A-02 <side LH> side
body earth
Resistance between F-08 <rear RH> rear combi-

nation lamp connector terminal No.5 and
body earth
Resistance between F-14 <rear LH> rear
and body earth
Resistance between C-02 <turn-signal indicator

lamp> combination meter terminal No.48 and
body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC301541HG
(Harness side)
AC301541HH
(Harness side)
AC301541HI
(Harness side)
AC301541HE
Connector C-02
(Harness side)
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-209
assembly connector terminal No.7, A-01 <side
RH> or A-02 <side LH> side turn-signal lamp
connector terminal No.1, F-08 <rear RH> or F-14
<rear LH> rear combination lamp connector
terminal No.5, or C-02 <turn-signal indicator
lamp> combination meter connector terminal
No.48 to body earth.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310434
<RHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310476
<RHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310470
<RHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-210
Step 6. Check the wiring harness from the A-39
assembly connector terminal No.2, the A-01
<side RH> or A-02 <side LH> side turn-signal
lamp connector terminal No.2, the F-08 <rear RH>
or F-14 <rear LH> rear combination lamp
connector terminal No.1, the C-02 <turn-signal
indicator lamp RH> combination meter connector
terminal No.49 or C-01 <turn-signal indicator
lamp LH> combination lamp connector terminal
No.9 <RH> or 14 <LH>.
AC310434
<RHD>
A-39
A-01 (GR)
Harness side
A-01
Harness side
A-39
AB
AC310476
<RHD>
A-31
A-02 (GR)
Harness side
A-02
Harness side
A-31
AB
AC310470
<RHD>
F-14
F-08
Harness side
F-08
Harness side
F-14
AC
AC310457
AB
<RHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-211
NOTE:
diate connector C-129 <front or side LH>, C-127
<rear LH> or C-111 <side RH> and junction block
connector C-210 <front, side or rear LH>, C-217
<rear RH> or C-214 <turn-signal indicator lamp>,
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the turn-signal lamps and the indicator
lamps illuminate normally.
The front turn-signal lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the socket.
The side turn-signal lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the socket.
The rear turn-signal lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the socket assembly.
The turn-signal indicator lamps do not illuminate. :
Replace the combination meter.
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310455
C-127
C-129
AE
C-129
<RHD>
C-127
AC310456
Connectors: C-111
AP
<RHD>
AC310459
C-214
Harness side
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
AE
C-214
Junction block (front view) <RHD>
C-210
C-210
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
C-217
C-217
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-212
FOG LAMP
INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: The rear fog lamps do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
COMBINATION
METER
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG)
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
Rear Fog Lamp Circuit <LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-213
OPERATION
Tail lamp switch
Headlamp switch
If the rear fog lamps do not illuminate normally, these
input signal circuit(s) or the ETACS-ECU may be
defective.
Wire colour code
COMBINATION
METER
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG)
REAR FOG
LAMP RELAY
ETACS-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK
1
Rear Fog Lamp Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-214
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the fog lamp switch
Step 1. Check that the tail lamps and headlamps
operate.
Check that the tail lamps and headlamps illuminate
normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Check the tail lamps and the headlamps
(Refer to trouble symptom chart P.54B-33).
Step 2. Pulse check
the rear fog lamps.
needle fluctuates.
3.
P.54B-242."
The rear fog lamp switch signal is not received. :
rear fog lamp switch signal is not received
P.54B-283."
Step 3. Connector check: C-219 rear fog lamp
relay connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the rear fog lamp relay.
Refer to GROUP 54A Rear fog lamp P.54A-64.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the rear fog lamp relay.
to ON
position
is turned to the
HEADLAMP position
Rear fog lamp switch When the rear fog lamp
switch is turned from off
to on
AC310448
Connector: C-219
AN
<LHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC310458
Connector: C-219
AK
<RHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-215
Step 5. Voltage measurement at the C-219 rear
fog lamp relay connector
(1) Remove the rear fog lamp relay, and measure at
the junction block side.
(2) Check the voltage between the rear fog lamp
relay connector and body earth.
Voltage between C-219 rear fog lamp relay
Voltage between C-219 rear fog lamp relay
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
rear fog lamp relay connector (terminal Nos.3
and 4) and the battery.
AC310448
Connector: C-219
AN
<LHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC310458
Connector: C-219
AK
<RHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC301541HC
Connector C-219
4
2 1
3
AC310449
Connectors: C-209, C-212, C-214, C-219
AC
C-219
<LHD>
C-209
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
C-209
Harness side
C-219
C-214
Harness side
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
C-212(B)
C-214
C-212
Harness side
AC310459
Connectors: C-209, C-212, C-214, C-219
AC
C-219
<RHD>
C-209
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
C-209
Harness side
C-219
C-214
Harness side
21
7
16 15 17 18 20 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
23 22 24 25 28 26 27
9 8 10 11 14 12 13
C-212(B)
C-214
C-212
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-216
NOTE:
diate connector C-126, joint connector C-21 <RH
drive vehicles> and junction block connectors C-209,
C-212 and C-214, and repair if necessary.
connector
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC310446
Connector: C-126
AJ
<LHD>
AC310455
AD
<RHD>
C-126
C-21
C-126
C-21
Junction block side
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
Junction block (rear view) Connector: C-228
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-217
rear fog lamp relay connector terminal No.2 and
NOTE:
YES : Go to Step 9.
Check that the rear fog lamps illuminate normally.
AC310448
Connector: C-219
AN
<LHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC310458
Connector: C-219
AK
<RHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310448
Harness side
Connector: C-209
AO
<LHD>
AC310458
Harness side
Connector: C-209
AL
<RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-218
INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: The rear fog lamp or the rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate
normally.
CAUTION
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK 1
COMBINATION
METER
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG)
REAR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
Rear Fog Lamp Circuit <LHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-219
If any of the rear fog lamps do not illuminate, the wir-
ing harness connector(s), the bulb or the fuse may
be defective or burned out.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Burned-out rear fog lamp bulb
Wire colour code
COMBINATION
METER
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
(REAR FOG)
REAR FOG
LAMP RELAY
ETACS-
ECU
FUSIBLE
LINK
1
Rear Fog Lamp Circuit <RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-220
Step 1. Connector check: F-14 <LH drive
vehicles>, F-08 <RH drive vehicles> rear fog lamp
connector or C-02 <rear fog lamp indicator lamp>
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the bulbs of the rear fog lamps or
the rear fog lamp indicator lamp.
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC310467
Harness side
AC
<LHD>
Connector: F-14
AC310469
Connector: F-08
Harness side
AC
<RHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-221
Step 3. Resistance measurement at the F-14 <LH
drive vehicles>, F-08 <RH drive vehicles> rear
fog lamp connector or C-02 <fog lamp indicator
lamp> combination meter connector
Resistance between F-14 <LH drive vehicles>,

F-08 <RH drive vehicles> rear fog lamp relay
Resistance between C-02 <rear fog lamp indica-

tor lamp> combination meter connector termi-
nal No.48 and body earth
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310467
Harness side
AC
<LHD>
Connector: F-14
AC310469
Connector: F-08
Harness side
AC
<RHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC301541HD
(Harness side)
AC301541HE
Connector C-02
(Harness side)
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-222
Step 4. Check the wiring harness from F-14 <LH
fog lamp connector terminal No.5, C-02 <rear fog
lamp indicator lamp> combination meter
Step 5. Connector check: C-219 rear fog lamp
relay connector, C-01 <rear fog lamp indicator
lamp> combination meter connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310467
Harness side
AC
<LHD>
Connector: F-14
AC310469
Connector: F-08
Harness side
AC
<RHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310448
Connector: C-219
AN
<LHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC310458
Connector: C-219
AK
<RHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC310446
Connector: C-01
<LHD>
AM
Harness side
AC310456
Connector: C-01
<RHD>
AL
Harness side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-223
Step 6. Check the wiring harness from F-14 <LH
fog lamp connector terminal No.4, C-01 <rear fog
lamp indicator lamp> combination meter
connector terminal No.21 to C-219 rear fog lamp
relay connector terminal No.1.
AC310467
Harness side
AC
<LHD>
Connector: F-14
AC310469
Connector: F-08
Harness side
AC
<RHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-02
<LHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310456
Connector: C-02
<RHD>
AK
Harness side
31 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34 44 33 43 32 42
C-02 (L)
AC310448
Connector: C-219
AN
<LHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
AC310458
Connector: C-219
AK
<RHD>
Junction block side
3
1 2
4
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-224
NOTE:
diate connector C-127 <LH drive vehicles - rear fog
lamp>, C-112 <RH drive vehicles - rear fog lamp>
and junction block connector C-209, and repair if
necessary.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the rear fog lamp and the rear fog lamp
indicator lamp illuminate normally.
The rear fog lamps do not illuminate. : Replace the
rear fog lamp(s).
The rear fog lamp indicator lamp does not
illuminate. : Replace the combination meter.
AC310446
Connector: C-127
<LHD>
AN
C-112(GR)
AC310456
Connector: C-112
<RHD>
AM
C-112(GR)
AC310448
Harness side
Connector: C-209
AO
<LHD>
AC310458
Harness side
Connector: C-209
AL
<RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-225
INTERIOR LAMP
INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: The front, rear room lamp and/or luggage compartment lamp do not
illuminate or extinguish normally.
CAUTION
Key reminder switch
signal circuit(s), the interior lamp automatic shut-
down function or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
The delay-off setting of this function can be changed
by the adjustment function (default setting; 15 sec-
onds).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
J/B SIDE
ETACS-ECU
REAR
ROOM
LAMP
FRONT
ROOM
LAMP
Wire colour code
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP SWITCH
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LAMP
Room Lamp Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-226
Check that the room lamp delay-off time has been
set to other than "0 second" by the adjustment func-
tion.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Use the adjustment function to set the room
lamp delay-off time to other than "0 second."
Refer to P.54B-302.
illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Pulse check
the front and rear room lamps.
needle fluctuates.
4.
P.54B-242."
Interior lamp loaded signal is not detected. : Refer
to inspection procedure L-15 "Interior lamp
loaded signal is not detected P.54B-287."
Q: Which lamp does not illuminate?
No lamp illuminates. : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
The front room lamp or the rear room lamp does
not illuminate. : Go to Step 5.
The luggage compartment lamp does not
illuminate. : Go to Step 10.
to ON
Driver's door lock
actuator switch
When the driver's door is
unlocked or locked
Interior lamp loaded
signal
When a load is applied
through multi-purpose
fuse No.18
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-227
Step 5. Connector check: D-05 front room lamp
connector, D-07 rear room lamp connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Check the bulbs of the front or rear room
lamps.
Check that the front or rear room lamp bulbs are not
burned out.
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the front or rear room lamp bulb.
connector
YES : Go to Step 8.
AC310464
Harness side
D-05
D-05
AB
Connectors: D-05, D-07
Harness side
D-07
<LHD>
D-07
(GR)
AC310472
Harness side
D-05
D-05
AB
Harness side
D-07
<RHD>
D-07
(GR)
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-228
D-05 front room lamp connector terminal Nos.2
and 1 or D-07 rear room lamp connector terminal
Nos.2 and 1.
NOTE:
Check the input or output lines for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 9.
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310464
Harness side
D-05
D-05
AB
Harness side
D-07
<LHD>
D-07
(GR)
AC310472
Harness side
D-05
D-05
AB
Harness side
D-07
<RHD>
D-07
(GR)
AC310448
Harness side
Connector: C-218
AL
<LHD>
AC310458
Harness side
Junction block (front view) Connector: C-218
AJ
<RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-229
Check that the front or rear room lamp illuminates
and extinguishes normally.
Step 10. Connector check: F-02 luggage
compartment lamp connector, F-09 luggage
compartment lamp switch connector
AC310468
<LHD>
Harness side
F-02
Harness side
F-09
AB
F-09 (B)
F-02
AC310470
<RHD>
Harness side
F-02
Harness side
F-09
AB
F-02
F-09 (B)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-230
Step 11. Check the bulbs of the luggage
compartment lamp.
Check that the luggage compartment lamp bulb are
not burned out.
NO : Replace the luggage compartment lamp
bulb.
Step 12. Check the luggage compartment lamp
switch.
Check the luggage compartment lamp switch.Refer
to GROUP 42 Trunk lid P.42-39.
NO : Replace the luggage compartment lamp
switch.
Step 13. Check the wiring harness from F-02
luggage compartment lamp connector terminal
No.2 to F-09 luggage compartment lamp switch
AC310468
<LHD>
Harness side
F-02
Harness side
F-09
AB
F-09 (B)
F-02
AC310470
<RHD>
Harness side
F-02
Harness side
F-09
AB
F-02
F-09 (B)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-231
connector
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.6 to F-02
luggage compartment lamp connector terminal
No.1.
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310467
Connector: F-02
Harness side
AB
<LHD>
AC310469
Connector: F-02
Harness side
AB
<RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-232
NOTE:
Check that the luggage compartment lamp illumi-
nates and extinguishes normally.
AC310448
Harness side
Connector: C-217
AC
<LHD>
AC310458
Harness side
Connector: C-217
AC
<RHD>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-233
INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Interior lamp automatic shutdown function does not work normally.
CAUTION
The ETACS-ECU operates the interior lamp auto-
matic shutdown function in accordance with the input
signals below.
Ignition switch (ACC)
signal circuit(s) or the ETACS-ECU may be defec-
tive. Note that this function can be disabled/enabled
by the adjustment function (default setting; enabled).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the room lamp
Check that the interior lamp automatic shutdown
function has been enabled by using the adjustment
function.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Enable the interior lamp automatic
shutdown function by using the adjustment
function. Refer to P.54B-302.
INPUT SIGNAL
COMBINATION
METER
KEEP RELAY
LOAD
DETERMINATION
CIRCUIT
LOAD
DETERMINATION
CIRCUIT
ALL DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S DOOR
SWITCH
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
INTERIOR LAMP
LOADED SIGNAL
ETACS-ECU
FRONT ROOM LAMP
REAR ROOM LAMP
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP
J/B SIDE
RELAY BOX
(FUSE ) 22
Interior Lamp Automatic Shutdown Function Circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-234
illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Pulse check
the front and rear dome lamps.
needle fluctuates.
4.
P.54B-239."
P.54B-242."
Interior lamp loaded signal is not detected : Refer
to inspection procedure L-15 "Interior lamp
loaded signal is not detected P.54B-287."
Check that the interior lamp automatic shutdown
function works normally.
the ACC position
to ON
Driver's door switch Driver's door is opened
while all the other doors
are closed.
Interior lamp loaded
signal
When a load is applied
through multi-purpose
fuse No.18
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-235
INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: The door-ajar warning lamp does not illuminate/extinguish normally.
CAUTION
If the door-ajar warning lamp does not work normally,
the input signal circuits from all the door switches or
POSSIBLE CAUSES
All the door switches are defective.
Step 1. Check the operation of the room lamp.
Q: Does the room lamp illuminate/extinguish?
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Pulse check
the door-ajar warning lamp.
needle fluctuates.
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
ALL DOOR SWITCH
INPUT SIGNAL
COMBINATION
METER
DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH
Door Ajar Indicator Lamp Circuit
Driver's door switch Driver's door is opened
while all the other doors
are closed.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-236
3.
Step 3. Connector check: C-01 and C-02
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC310447
AE
<LHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
AC310457
AB
<RHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-237
Step 4. Check the door-ajar warning lamp bulb.
Check the door-ajar warning lamp bulb.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the door-ajar warning lamp bulb.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
54B-238
C-02 combination meter connector terminal
No.34 and C-01 combination meter connector
terminal No.8.
Check the input or output lines for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Replace the ETACS-ECU, and then check that the
door-ajar warning lamp illuminates/extinguishes nor-
mally.
(1) Replace the ETACS-ECU.
(2) Check that the door-ajar warning lamp
illuminates/extinguishes normally.
NO : Replace the combination meter.
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310447
AE
<LHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
AC310457
AB
<RHD>
C-01
Harness side
C-02
Harness side
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
C-01
C-02(L)
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES
54B-239
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Input signal from the ignition switch (ACC) is used to
operate the functions below. If the signal is abnormal,
these functions will not work normally.
Windshield wiper and washer
Interior lamp automatic shutdown function
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
J/B SIDE
Ignition Switch (ACC) Input Circuit
54B-240
connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU connector
(2) Ignition switch: ACC position
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC301541GT
Connector C-226
2019 7 13 17 18 1615 14 10 11 12 9 8 2 6 5 3 4 1
54B-241
ignition switch (ACC).
NOTE:
Check that the ignition switch (ACC) signal is
received normally.
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310448
Harness side
Connector: C-211
AB
<LHD>
4 6 5 3
2 1
AC310458
Harness side
Connector: C-211
AB
<RHD>
54B-242
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Input signal from the ignition switch (IG1) is used to
Ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
Turn signal lamp
Room lamps
POSSIBLE CAUSES
connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
J/B SIDE
Ignition Switch (IG1) Input Circuit
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
54B-243
ETACS-ECU connector
(2) Ignition switch: ON position
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ignition switch (IG1).
NOTE:
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC301541GU
Connector C-226
2019 7 13 17 18 1615 14 10 11 12 9 8 2 6 5 3 4 1
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310448
Harness side
Connector: C-211
AB
<LHD>
4 6 5 3
2 1
AC310458
Harness side
Connector: C-211
AB
<RHD>
54B-244
Check that the ignition switch (IG1) signal is received
normally.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: The door switch (front: LH) signal is not received. <LH drive
vehicles>
CAUTION
Input signal from the door switch (front: LH) is used
to operate the functions below. If the signal is abnor-
mal, these functions will not work normally.
Room lamps
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the door switch (front: LH)
Step 1. Check the installation condition.
Check that the door switch (front: LH) is installed on
the body correctly.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.
J/B SIDE
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
FRONT DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
Door Switch Input Circuit <LHD>
54B-245
Step 2. Connector check: D-18 door switch (front:
LH) connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Check the door switch (front: LH).
Refer to GROUP 42 Door P.42-27.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the door switch (front: LH).
connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Check the wiring harness between D-18
door switch (front: LH) connector terminal No.3
and C-226 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.10.
NOTE:
Check the input line for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 6.
Check that the door switch (front: LH) signal is
received normally.
AC310465
Harness side
AB
Connector: D-18
<LHD>
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310465
Harness side
AB
Connector: D-18
<LHD>
AC310448
Harness side
Connector: C-217
AC
<LHD>
54B-246
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: The door switch (front: RH) signal is not received. <RH drive
vehicles>
CAUTION
Input signal from the door switch (front: RH) is used
to operate the functions below. If the signal is abnor-
mal, these functions will not work normally.
Room lamps
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the door switch (front: RH)
Check that the door switch (front: RH) is installed on
the body correctly.
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Connector check: D-01 door switch (front:
RH) connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Check the door switch (front: RH).
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the door switch (front: RH).
J/B SIDE
Wire colour code
ETACS-ECU
DOOR SWITCH
(RH)
Door Switch Input Circuit <RHD>
AC310471
Harness side
AB
Connector: D-01
<RHD>
54B-247
connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Check the wiring harness between D-01
door switch (front: RH) connector terminal No.3
and C-226 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.10.
NOTE:
YES : Go to Step 6.
Check that the door switch (front: RH) signal is
received normally.
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310461
Connector: C-226
AB
<RHD>
Junction block side
AC310471
Harness side
AB
Connector: D-01
<RHD>
AC310458
Harness side
Connector: C-217
AC
<RHD>
54B-248
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-4: The column switch (lighting and turn-signal lamp switch) signal is not
received.
CAUTION
Input signal from the column switch (lighting and
turn-signal lamp switch) is used to operate the func-
tions below. If the signal is abnormal, these functions
will not work normally.
Headlamp and tail lamp
Fog lamp
Turn signal lamp
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Step 1. Check the column switch connector.
Check that the wiper and washer switch connector,
the lighting switch connector and the switch body
connector are in good condition.
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the column switch (lighting switch
and switch body).
Refer to GROUP 54A Column switch P.54A-74.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the column switch.
Check that the ETACS-ECU sets a diagnosis code.
NO : Go to Step 4.
Replace the column switch, and check if the column
switch (lighting, turn-signal lamp) sends signal.
(2) Check if the column switch (lighting and
turn-signal switch) sends signal.
COLUMN-ECU
DIMMER
PASSING SWITCH
TURN-SIGNAL
LAMP SWITCH
LIGHTING
SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
Lighting Switch Input Circuit
54B-249
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-5: The column switch (windshield wiper/washer) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Input signal from the column switch (wiper switch) is
used to operate the functions below. If the signal is
abnormal, these functions will not work normally.
Windshield wiper and washer
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Check that the ETACS-ECU sets a diagnosis code.
NO : Go to Step 2.
Replace the column switch, and check if the column
switch (windshield wiper washer) sends signal.
(2) Check if the column switch (windshield
wiper/washer) sends signal.
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
SWITCH
WINDSHIELD
WIPER SWITCH
UPPER
SIDE
UPPER
SIDE
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Input Circuit
54B-250
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-6: The windshield intermittent wiper volume signal is not received.
CAUTION
The intermittent wiper interval is calculated in
accordance with the input signal from the windshield
intermittent wiper volume. If this signal is abnormal,
the wiper interval can not be adjusted.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COLUMN
SWITCH
WINDSHIELD
INTERMITTENT
WIPER INTERVAL
ADJUSTING KNOB
UPPER
SIDE
UPPER
SIDE
ETACS-
ECU
Wire colour code
Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob Input Circuit
54B-251
connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
column switch connector
column switch side.
(2) Resistance between C-206 column switch
OK: The resistance should rise from 0 to
1 k when the windshield intermittent
wiper volume is rotated from "Fast" to
"Slow".
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the column switch.
AC310479AB
Connector: C-206
<LHD>
Harness side
AC310481AB
Harness side
Connector: C-206
<RHD>
AC310479AB
Connector: C-206
<LHD>
Harness side
AC310481AB
Harness side
Connector: C-206
<RHD>
AC301541GV
Connector C-206
(Harness side)
54B-252
connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AE
Harness side
C-228(GR)
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-228
AD
<RHD>
C-228(GR)
Harness side
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AE
Harness side
C-228(GR)
<LHD>
AC310461
Connector: C-228
AD
<RHD>
C-228(GR)
Harness side
AC310479AB
Connector: C-206
<LHD>
Harness side
AC310481AB
Harness side
Connector: C-206
<RHD>
54B-253
Check that the windshield intermittent wiper volume
is sending a correct signal.
54B-254
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-7: When the power window main switch is operated, the switch signals
are not received.
CAUTION
J/B SIDE
POWER
WINDOW RELAY
ETACS-ECU
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
CPU
Wire colour code
FUSIBLE
LINK 5
Power Window Main Switch Circuit
54B-255
Input signal from the power window main switch is
used in order to check the power window main
switch and confirm how the system is communicating
with the ETACS-ECU. If the communication line is
defective, the power windows will not work normally.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Step 1. Check the operation by using the power
window main switch.
Check if each window can be operated by means of
the power window main switch.
Q: Can each power window be operated by means of
the power window main switch?
YES : Go to Step 2.
connector and E-05 power window main switch
connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310484
Harness side
AC
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493AC
Connector: E-05
<RHD>
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
54B-256
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.59 and E-05
No.4.
NOTE:
diate connector C-17 <LH drive vehicles> or C-110
<RH drive vehicles> and joint connector C-101, and
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310484
Harness side
AC
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (LH)
AC310493AC
Connector: E-05
<RHD>
Harness side
10
1 6
14
5
12 13
4
11 7
2 3
8 9
Front door (RH)
AC310446
Connector: C-17
AC
<LHD>
AC310456
Connector: C-110
AE
<RHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-101
<LHD>
AF
Harness side
AC310456
Connector: C-101
<RHD>
AF
Harness side
54B-257
Step 4. Replace the power window main switch,
and then retest the system.
Replace the power window main switch, and check
that the power window main switch signal is
received.
(2) Check that the power window main switch signal
is received.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-8: The key reminder switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
Input signal from the key reminder switch is used to
Room lamps
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ETACS-
ECU
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
Wire colour code
WHEN KEY
IS REMOVED
Key Reminder Switch Input Circuit
54B-258
Step 1. Connector check: C-207 key reminder
switch connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the key reminder switch.
Refer to GROUP 54A Ignition switch P.54A-30.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the key reminder switch.
Step 3. Resistance measurement at the C-207 key
reminder switch connector
(2) Resistance between C-207 key reminder switch
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310479AC
Connector: C-207
<LHD>
Harness side
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AC310481AC
Harness side
Connector: C-207
<RHD>
AC310479AC
Connector: C-207
<LHD>
Harness side
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AC310481AC
Harness side
Connector: C-207
<RHD>
AC301541
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
GY
Connector C-207
(Harness side)
54B-259
key reminder switch connector terminal No.4 and
the body earth.
NOTE:
connector C-101 <LH drive vehicles> or C-06 <RH
drive vehicles>, and repair if necessary.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310479AC
Connector: C-207
<LHD>
Harness side
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AC310481AC
Harness side
Connector: C-207
<RHD>
AC310446
Connector: C-101
<LHD>
AF
Harness side
AC310456
Connector: C-06
<RHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310450
Connector: C-227
AG
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
AC310461
Harness side
Connector: C-227
AF
<RHD>
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
39 40 41 42 43 44
54B-260
key reminder switch connector terminal No.6 and
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the key reminder switch signal is received
normally.
AC310479AC
Connector: C-207
<LHD>
Harness side
2
7 6
1
3 5 4
AC310481AC
Harness side
Connector: C-207
<RHD>
AC310450
Connector: C-227
AG
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
28
37
43
29
44
38
23
32
41
24 25 26 27
34
42
36 35 33
21 22
30
39 40
31
AC310461
Harness side
Connector: C-227
AF
<RHD>
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
39 40 41 42 43 44
54B-261
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-9: The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
Input signal from the hazard warning lamp switch is
used to operate the functions below. If the signal is
Keyless entry system (encrypted code registra-
tion)
Hazard warning lamp
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Malfunction of the hazard warning lamp switch
ETACS-
ECU
HAZARD
WARNING
LAMP SWITCH
Wire colour code
Hazard Warning Lamp Switch Input Circuit
54B-262
Step 1. Connector check: C-03 hazard warning
lamp switch connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Check the hazard warning lamp switch.
Refer to GROUP 54A Hazard warning lamp switch
P.54A-72.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the hazard warning lamp switch.
hazard warning lamp switch connector
(2) Resistance between C-03 hazard warning lamp
OK: 2 or less
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC310446
Connector: C-03
<LHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310454
Connector: C-03
<RHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310446
Connector: C-03
<LHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310454
Connector: C-03
<RHD>
AG
Harness side
AC301541
3 4 2 1
GZ
Connector C-03
(Harness side)
54B-263
hazard warning lamp switch connector terminal
No.2 and the body earth.
NOTE:
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC310446
Connector: C-03
<LHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310454
Connector: C-03
<RHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310452AE
C-06 (GR)
AC310456
Connector: C-06
<RHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
54B-264
hazard warning lamp switch connector terminal
No.1.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the hazard warning lamp switch signal is
received normally.
AC310446
Connector: C-03
<LHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310454
Connector: C-03
<RHD>
AG
Harness side
AC310450
Connector: C-228
AH
Junction block
(rear view)
Harness side
<LHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
AC310461
Harness side
AG
<RHD>
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
585756555453 52 51 60
747372 71 70 69
54B-265
INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-10: All the door switch signals are not received. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Input signals from all the door switches are used to
operate the functions below. If the signal(s) are
Room lamps
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Step 1. Pulse check
Check the input signal from the door switch (front:
LH).
needle fluctuates.
ETACS-ECU
DOOR
SWITCH
(FRONT: RH)
DOOR
SWITCH
(REAR: RH)
DOOR
SWITCH
(REAR: LH)
DOOR
SWITCH
(FRONT: LH)
J/B SIDE
Wire colour code
All Door Switches Input Circuit <LHD>
door switch (front: LH) When the driver's door is
opened
54B-266
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to inspection procedure L-3 "The door
switch (front: LH) signal is not received
P.54B-244."
Step 2. Connector check: D-18 <front: LH>, D-01
<front: RH>, D-08 <rear: RH> or D-11 <rear: LH>
door switch connectors, and C-226 ETACS-ECU
connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
Check that the door switch is installed on the body
correctly.
YES : Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check the door switch.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the door switch.
Step 5. Check the wiring harness from terminal
No.2 of the D-18 <front: LH>, D-01 <front: RH>,
D-08 <rear: RH> or D-11 <rear: LH> door switch
connector to terminal No.7 of the C-226
ETACS-ECU connector.
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310463
<LHD>
AC
Harness side
Harness side
D-01
D-08
D-01
D-08
AC310465
Harness side
D-11
D-11
AD
<LHD>
Harness side
D-18
D-18
AC310450
Connector: C-226
AB
Junction block side
<LHD>
AC310463
<LHD>
AC
Harness side
Harness side
D-01
D-08
D-01
D-08
AC310465
Harness side
D-11
D-11
AD
<LHD>
Harness side
D-18
D-18

1001 Mitsubishi Lancer Evo IX.

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

1001 Mitsubishi Lancer Evo IX.

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

TROUBLESHOOTING <ACD>

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (FF)

Measure the resistance between connector C-14 ter-

Measure the resistance between 4WD-ECU connec-

Front floor console (Refer to

Front floor console (Refer to

Power steering return hose and

Power steering pressure hose and

Raise the vehicle.

Column cover (Refer to GROUP 37

Front floor console (Refer to

Instrument panel ornament (Refer to

Negative battery cable connection

Front floor console (Refer to

Front floor console (Refer to

Negative battery cable connection

Lower column cover (Refer to

Negative battery cable connection

Lower column cover (Refer to

Negative battery cable connection

Instrument panel (Refer to GROUP

Instrument panel (Refer to GROUP

Negative battery cable connection

When the air bag module is removed, do not

Centre pillar trim, lower (Refer to

Centre pillar trim, lower (Refer to

Negative battery cable connection

Before operation, check carefully to be sure

Turbocharger and exhaust fitting

Parking brake cable clamp

Rear ABS sensor connector and

5 Ignition switch (IG2) 7.5 Brown A/C compressor relay, A/C-ECU,

B-06X Engine speed detection

A-06X Condenser fan relay (LO) B-08X

A-07X Condenser fan relay (HI) B-09X

B-10X Ignition coil relay <RH drive

A-10X Front-ECU B-12X Engine control relay

Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation

Steering column shaft mounting bolt

Rear seat cushion assembly (refer

Front scuff plate (refer to

Rear scuff plate (refer to P.52A-10).

Lower centre pillar trim (refer to

Front floor console assembly (Refer

Lower centre pillar trim (refer to

Shield cover (refer to P.52A-19).

Rear seat cushion assembly (refer to

Rear seatback assembly (refer to

Rear shelf trim (refer to P.52A-10).

Resistance between A-31 <position lamp LH>

Resistance between F-14 <tail lamp LH> rear

Resistance between F-11 <licence plate lamp

Resistance between C-02 <tail lamp indicator>

Resistance between A-31 <position lamp LH>

Resistance between F-14 <tail lamp LH> rear

Resistance between F-11 <licence plate lamp

Resistance between C-02 <tail lamp indicator>

Resistance between A-31 <headlamp (LO) RH>

Resistance between A-21 <headlamp (HI) RH>

Resistance between C-01 <high-beam indicator>

Resistance between A-39 <front RH> headlamp

Resistance between A-01 <side RH> side

Resistance between F-08 <rear RH> rear combi-